Irelands naturall history being a true and ample description of its situation, greatness, shape, and nature, of its hills, woods, heaths, bogs, of its fruitfull parts, and profitable grounds : with the severall ways of manuring and improving the same : with its heads or promontories, harbours, roads, and bays, of its springs, and fountains, brooks, rivers, loghs, of its metalls, mineralls, free-stone, marble, sea-coal, turf, and other things that are taken out of the ground : and lastly of the nature and temperature of its air and season, and what diseases it is free from or subject unto : conducing to the advancement of navigation, husbandry, and other profitable arts and professions / written by Gerald Boate ; and now published by Samuell Hartlib for the common good of Ireland and more especially for the benefit of the adventurers and planters therein.
         Boate, Gerard, 1604-1650.
      
       
         
           1657
        
      
       Approx. 309 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 104 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2007-10 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A28496
         Wing B3373
         ESTC R27215
         09721903
         ocm 09721903
         44031
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A28496)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 44031)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 1350:5)
      
       
         
           
             Irelands naturall history being a true and ample description of its situation, greatness, shape, and nature, of its hills, woods, heaths, bogs, of its fruitfull parts, and profitable grounds : with the severall ways of manuring and improving the same : with its heads or promontories, harbours, roads, and bays, of its springs, and fountains, brooks, rivers, loghs, of its metalls, mineralls, free-stone, marble, sea-coal, turf, and other things that are taken out of the ground : and lastly of the nature and temperature of its air and season, and what diseases it is free from or subject unto : conducing to the advancement of navigation, husbandry, and other profitable arts and professions / written by Gerald Boate ; and now published by Samuell Hartlib for the common good of Ireland and more especially for the benefit of the adventurers and planters therein.
             Boate, Gerard, 1604-1650.
             Hartlib, Samuel, d. 1662.
          
           [13], 186, [5] p.
           
             Imprinted for John Wright,
             London :
             1657.
          
           
             Reproduction of original in the University of Illinois (Urbana-Champaign Campus). Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Natural history -- Ireland.
           Ireland -- Description and travel.
        
      
    
     
        2003-03 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2005-12 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2006-11 Ali Jakobson
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2006-11 Ali Jakobson
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2007-02 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           IRELANDS
           NATURALL
           HISTORY
           .
        
         
           Being
           a
           true
           and
           ample
           Description
           of
           its
           Situation
           ,
           Greatness
           ,
           Shape
           ,
           and
           Nature
           ▪
           Of
           its
           Hills
           ,
           Woods
           ,
           Heaths
           ,
           Bogs
           ;
           Of
           its
           Fruitfull
           Parts
           and
           profitable
           Grounds
           ,
           with
           the
           severall
           ways
           of
           Manuring
           and
           Improving
           the
           same
           :
        
         
           With
           its
           Heads
           or
           Promontories
           ,
           Harbours
           ,
           Roads
           and
           Bays
           ;
           Of
           its
           Springs
           and
           Fountains
           ,
           Brooks
           ,
           Rivers
           ,
           Loghs
           ;
           Of
           its
           Metalls
           ,
           Mineralls
           ,
           Free-stone
           ,
           Marble
           ,
           Sea-coal
           ,
           Turf
           ,
           and
           other
           things
           that
           are
           taken
           out
           of
           the
           ground
           .
        
         
           And
           lastly
           ,
           of
           the
           Nature
           and
           temperature
           of
           its
           Air
           and
           Season
           ,
           and
           what
           diseases
           it
           is
           free
           from
           ,
           or
           subject
           unto
           .
           Conducing
           to
           the
           Advancement
           of
           Navigation
           ,
           Husbandry
           ,
           and
           other
           profitable
           Arts
           and
           Professions
           .
        
         
           Written
           by
           
             Gerard
             Boate
          
           ,
           late
           Doctor
           of
           Physick
           to
           the
           State
           in
           Ireland
           .
        
         
           And
           now
           Published
           by
           SAMUELL
           HARTLIB
           ,
           
             Esq
          
           For
           the
           Common
           Good
           of
           Ireland
           ,
           and
           more
           especially
           ,
           for
           the
           benefit
           of
           the
           Adventurers
           and
           Planters
           therein
           .
        
         
           Imprinted
           at
           London
           for
           
             Iohn
             Wright
          
           at
           the
           
             Kings
             Head
          
           in
           the
           Old
           Baily
           ,
           1657.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           To
           His
           Excellency
           OLIVER
           CROMWEL
           ,
           Captain
           Generall
           of
           the
           
             Common-wealths
             Army
          
           in
           
             England
             ,
             Scotland
          
           and
           Ireland
           ,
           and
           Chancellor
           of
           the
           University
           of
           OXFORD
           .
           AND
           To
           the
           Right
           Honorable
           CHARLES
           FLEETWOOD
           ,
           Commander
           in
           Chief
           (
           under
           the
           
             Lord
             Generall
             Cromwell
          
           )
           of
           all
           the
           Forces
           in
           IRELAND
           .
        
         
           
             Right
             Honorable
             ,
          
        
         
           IT
           is
           a
           very
           great
           and
           signal
           Truth
           ,
           that
           
             all
             the
             works
             of
             God
          
           are
           both
           wonderfull
           and
           precious
           ,
           
             much
             sought
             out
             by
             all
             those
             that
             love
             him
          
           :
           and
           it
           is
           the
           guilt
           of
           the
           wicked
           ,
           that
           as
           
             they
             regard
             not
             the
             Lord
          
           ,
           so
           they
           
             consider
             not
             the
             Operation
             of
             his
             hands
          
           ;
           for
           the
           Lord
           hath
           
             revealed
             
             his
             Truth
             ,
             even
             his
             Godhead
             and
             his
             Eternall
             Power
          
           by
           his
           Workes
           ,
           
           that
           such
           as
           respect
           him
           not
           ,
           in
           the
           Creation
           of
           the
           World
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           wayes
           of
           his
           Providence
           ,
           may
           be
           without
           excuse
           :
           Now
           it
           se●ms
           to
           mee
           ,
           that
           the
           end
           for
           which
           God
           hath
           not
           left
           himself
           without
           a
           Testimony
           in
           Nature
           ,
           is
           not
           onely
           ,
           that
           we
           should
           in
           our
           spirit
           
             glorifie
             him
             as
             God
             and
             be
             thankfull
             ,
          
           
           but
           that
           also
           our
           Outward
           Man
           should
           bee
           made
           sensible
           of
           his
           goodness
           ,
           and
           partake
           of
           that
           supply
           of
           life
           ,
           which
           by
           his
           appointment
           the
           Creature
           can
           yeeld
           unto
           us
           ,
           
             if
             happily
             wee
             may
             feel
             after
             him
             and
             find
             him
             therein
             .
          
           
           So
           that
           such
           as
           respect
           him
           not
           in
           his
           wayes
           of
           Nature
           ,
           being
           careless
           to
           seek
           them
           out
           ,
           do
           make
           themselves
           also
           incapable
           of
           the
           blessings
           of
           Nature
           through
           their
           ignorance
           and
           neglect
           of
           the
           good
           things
           which
           God
           hath
           provided
           for
           them
           thereby
           :
           
             for
             all
             things
             are
             Ours
             ,
             things
             present
             and
             things
             to
             come
          
           ;
           and
           
             Godliness
             hath
             the
             promise
             of
             the
             life
             that
             now
             is
             aswell
             as
             of
             that
             which
             is
             to
             come
          
           :
           for
           as
           by
           the
           act
           of
           Faith
           we
           are
           made
           capable
           of
           the
           good
           things
           of
           the
           life
           to
           come
           ,
           because
           by
           the
           truth
           of
           God
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           the
           Object
           of
           our
           Faith
           ,
           they
           have
           a
           spirituall
           being
           and
           Subsistence
           in
           us
           ▪
           
           so
           by
           the
           act
           of
           Reason
           rightly
           ordered
           we
           are
           made
           partakers
           of
           the
           benefit
           of
           this
           life
           ,
           because
           by
           the
           effect
           of
           Gods
           Wisedom
           and
           Power
           in
           Nature
           ,
           as
           they
           are
           the
           Objects
           of
           our
           Reasonable
           facultie
           ,
           they
           have
           a
           bodily
           being
           and
           subsistence
           in
           us
           :
           and
           as
           the
           Wisdom
           of
           God
           doth
           many
           wayes
           manifest
           it self
           ,
           not
           only
           in
           Spirituall
           ,
           but
           also
           in
           Outward
           and
           Bodily
           things
           ,
           so
           there
           are
           many
           parts
           of
           Humane
           Learning
           ▪
           some
           wherof
           are
           subservient
           to
           the
           Private
           life
           of
           a
           single
           man
           ,
           some
           to
           the
           comforts
           and
           Publick
           Use
           of
           a
           Societie
           ,
           and
           amongst
           all
           these
           parts
           of
           Learning
           ,
           which
           relate
           to
           a
           Society
           ,
           I
           can
           conceive
           none
           more
           profitable
           in
           Nature
           ,
           than
           that
           of
           Husbandry
           .
           For
           whether
           we
           reflect
           upon
           the
           first
           settlement
           of
           a
           Plantation
           ,
           to
           prosper
           it
           ,
           or
           upon
           the
           wealth
           of
           a
           Natiō
           that
           is
           planted
           ,
           to
           increase
           it
           ,
           this
           is
           the
           Head
           spring
           of
           al
           the
           native
           Commerce
           &
           Trading
           which
           may
           bee
           set
           afoot
           therein
           by
           any
           way
           whatsoever
           .
           Now
           to
           advance
           Husbandry
           either
           in
           the
           production
           and
           perfectiō
           of
           earthly
           benefits
           ,
           or
           in
           the
           management
           thereof
           by
           way
           of
           Trading
           ,
           I
           know
           nothing
           more
           usefull
           ,
           than
           to
           have
           the
           knowledg
           of
           the
           Natural
           History
           of
           each
           Nation
           advanced
           &
           perfected
           :
           For
           as
           it
           is
           evident
           ,
           
           that
           except
           the
           benefits
           which
           God
           by
           Nature
           hath
           bestowed
           upon
           each
           Country
           bee
           known
           ,
           there
           can
           be
           no
           Industrie
           used
           towards
           the
           improvement
           and
           Husbandry
           thereof
           ;
           so
           except
           Husbandry
           be
           improved
           ,
           the
           industrie
           of
           Trading
           ,
           whereof
           a
           Nation
           is
           capable
           ,
           can
           neither
           be
           advanced
           or
           profitably
           upheld
           .
        
         
           There
           is
           a
           twofold
           body
           ,
           and
           a
           twofold
           life
           in
           man
           ,
           which
           God
           hath
           created
           ,
           the
           one
           is
           Naturall
           ,
           the
           other
           Spiritual
           ,
           &
           the
           Apostle
           tells
           us
           ,
           
           
             that
             the
             Spirituall
             is
             not
             first
             ,
             but
             the
             Naturall
             ,
             and
             afterward
             that
             which
             is
             Spirituall
          
           ;
           as
           the
           Bodies
           and
           lives
           of
           men
           are
           ordered
           by
           God
           ,
           so
           we
           must
           conceive
           of
           the
           frames
           of
           their
           Societies
           ,
           that
           the
           Naturall
           is
           before
           that
           which
           is
           Spirituall
           ,
           &
           that
           in
           Gods
           aime
           it
           is
           a
           preparatory
           thereunto
           ;
           although
           in
           the
           use
           which
           men
           make
           thereof
           ,
           this
           aime
           is
           not
           obtained
           :
           for
           seeing
           
             in
             the
             wisdom
             of
             God
             ,
             the
             world
             by
             wisdome
             hath
             not
             known
             God
          
           ;
           
           
             therefore
             God
             is
             pleased
             by
             another
             way
             which
             to
             the
             World
             doth
             seem
             foolishness
             ,
             to
             manifest
             his
             Power
             and
             his
             Wisdome
             unto
             salvation
             ,
          
           namely
           
             by
             the
             Preaching
             of
             the
             Gospel
             in
             the
             name
             of
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             and
             him
             crucified
          
           ;
           and
           although
           hitherto
           ,
           since
           the
           death
           of
           Christ
           ,
           the
           dispensation
           
           of
           wisdome
           hath
           not
           yet
           opened
           the
           conduit
           pipes
           of
           Natural
           Knowledge
           to
           cause
           the
           souls
           of
           men
           flow
           forth
           &
           partake
           of
           the
           life
           of
           God
           therein
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           prevalencie
           of
           Sensuall
           inclinations
           ,
           &
           of
           the
           want
           of
           due
           reflection
           upon
           Christ
           ,
           in
           whom
           alone
           the
           perfect
           use
           of
           Nature
           is
           brought
           home
           to
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           Father
           ,
           by
           the
           Spirit
           ,
           yet
           when
           the
           time
           of
           
             the
             Restauration
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             shall
             come
             from
             the
             presence
             of
             him
             ,
             who
             will
             come
             shortly
             and
             will
             not
             tarry
             ,
          
           then
           the
           works
           of
           the
           Devill
           ,
           whereby
           he
           hath
           brought
           us
           ,
           &
           the
           whole
           Creation
           ,
           under
           the
           bondage
           of
           Corruption
           ,
           shall
           be
           destroied
           ,
           &
           when
           the
           Nature
           &
           right
           use
           of
           the
           Creature
           by
           his
           meanes
           obscured
           ,
           shall
           be
           revealed
           ,
           then
           also
           the
           properties
           and
           application
           of
           the
           Creature
           
             in
             the
             glorious
             liberty
             of
             the
             sonnes
             of
             God
             ,
          
           shall
           be
           subjected
           unto
           Grace
           .
        
         
           These
           great
           and
           mighty
           Changes
           ,
           which
           God
           is
           making
           in
           the
           Earth
           ,
           do
           tend
           to
           break
           the
           yokes
           of
           Vanity
           ,
           and
           to
           weaken
           the
           Power
           ,
           which
           hath
           wreathed
           the
           same
           upon
           the
           necks
           of
           the
           Nations
           ,
           these
           Changes
           seem
           to
           me
           to
           presage
           the
           neer
           approaches
           of
           this
           Liberty
           ,
           and
           the
           advancement
           of
           the
           ways
           of
           Learning
           ,
           whereby
           the
           Intellectuall
           
           Cabinets
           of
           Nature
           are
           opened
           ,
           and
           the
           effects
           therof
           discovered
           ,
           more
           fully
           to
           us
           ,
           than
           to
           former
           Ages
           ,
           seem
           in
           like
           manner
           to
           prepare
           a
           plainer
           Address
           unto
           the
           right
           use
           thereof
           for
           us
           than
           our
           forefathers
           have
           had
           :
           which
           will
           be
           effectuall
           to
           the
           manifestation
           of
           Gods
           Wisdome
           ,
           Power
           ,
           and
           Goodness
           ,
           when
           the
           great
           promises
           shall
           be
           accomplished
           ,
           
             that
             the
             Earth
             shall
             be
             filled
             with
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
          
           
           
             as
             the
             waters
             cover
             the
             sea
             ,
             &
             that
             we
             shall
             be
             taught
             of
             God
             ,
             from
             the
             least
             to
             the
             greatest
             :
          
           and
           although
           
             the
             Father
             hath
             reserved
             in
             his
             own
             hand
             the
             times
             and
             seasons
             ,
          
           wherin
           these
           promises
           are
           to
           be
           fulfilled
           ,
           yet
           as
           by
           the
           dawning
           of
           the
           day
           we
           can
           know
           that
           the
           Sun
           is
           neer
           rising
           ,
           so
           by
           the
           breaking
           of
           yoakes
           &
           the
           breaking
           forth
           of
           the
           meanes
           of
           more
           perfect
           knowledge
           ,
           both
           in
           Natural
           and
           Spiritual
           things
           ,
           wee
           may
           see
           the
           drawing
           neer
           of
           the
           promises
           ,
           which
           will
           in
           their
           own
           times
           Constitute
           
             the
             day
             of
             Salvation
             unto
             all
             the
             Earth
             ,
             wherein
             all
             flesh
             shall
             see
             the
             glory
             of
             the
             Lord
             together
             .
          
           
        
         
           The
           expectation
           of
           this
           day
           is
           
             the
             hope
             of
             Israel
          
           ;
           and
           those
           that
           wait
           for
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           his
           appearance
           therein
           ,
           shall
           find
           a
           plentious
           redemption
           ;
           namely
           such
           as
           having
           this
           hope
           
             purifie
             themselves
             
             that
             they
             may
             be
             found
             in
             peace
             at
             his
             appearing
             ,
          
           and
           such
           as
           being
           solicitous
           to
           bestow
           their
           Talents
           in
           their
           way
           and
           generation
           ,
           to
           the
           advancement
           of
           his
           approaching
           Kingdom
           ,
           shall
           approve
           themselves
           as
           faithfull
           servants
           to
           him
           in
           that
           day
           .
           Of
           this
           Number
           I
           am
           perswaded
           your
           Honours
           are
           in
           these
           Nations
           as
           Leading
           Men
           ;
           therefore
           I
           have
           made
           bold
           thus
           to
           address
           my self
           unto
           you
           ,
           and
           to
           inscribe
           this
           Work
           unto
           your
           Names
           ,
           that
           it
           may
           see
           the
           light
           under
           your
           joint
           patronage
           .
           God
           hath
           made
           You
           very
           eminent
           Instruments
           to
           set
           forward
           one
           part
           of
           the
           preparatives
           of
           his
           great
           Work
           ,
           the
           Breaking
           of
           our
           yokes
           ,
           the
           other
           part
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           Advancement
           of
           Spirituall
           and
           Natural
           sanctified
           Knowledge
           ,
           your
           Zeal
           ,
           I
           am
           sure
           will
           carry
           you
           to
           countenance
           by
           the
           wayes
           which
           Providence
           shall
           open
           unto
           You.
           Therefore
           I
           hope
           it
           wil
           not
           be
           without
           acceptance
           ,
           what
           in
           this
           kind
           (
           though
           but
           a
           mean
           beginning
           )
           I
           have
           here
           offered
           .
           Your
           influence
           upon
           it
           ,
           to
           set
           forward
           Learned
           Endeavours
           of
           this
           Nature
           for
           a
           Publick
           Good
           may
           be
           a
           blessing
           unto
           Posteritie
           ,
           and
           your
           Relations
           of
           Eminent
           note
           ,
           unto
           Ireland
           ,
           to
           watch
           for
           the
           good
           therof
           ,
           
           and
           to
           the
           Universities
           of
           Oxford
           and
           Dublin
           ,
           to
           countenance
           all
           the
           Meanes
           of
           profitable
           Learning
           ,
           have
           encouraged
           me
           to
           make
           this
           Dedication
           ;
           besides
           the
           expressions
           of
           your
           Honours
           willingness
           ,
           to
           favour
           me
           in
           my
           undertakings
           ,
           which
           I
           knew
           no
           way
           so
           well
           to
           resent
           ,
           as
           by
           offering
           to
           your
           Generous
           Inclinations
           ,
           the
           Objects
           ,
           which
           are
           worthy
           of
           being
           considered
           and
           set
           forward
           in
           order
           to
           a
           common
           good
           .
           I
           lookt
           also
           somewhat
           upon
           the
           hopefull
           appearance
           of
           Replanting
           Ireland
           shortly
           ,
           not
           only
           by
           the
           Adventurers
           ,
           but
           happily
           by
           the
           calling
           in
           of
           exiled
           Bohemians
           and
           other
           Protestants
           also
           ,
           and
           happily
           by
           the
           invitation
           of
           some
           well
           affected
           out
           of
           the
           
             Low
             Countries
          
           ,
           which
           to
           advance
           are
           thoughts
           suitable
           to
           your
           noble
           genius
           ,
           and
           to
           further
           the
           setlement
           thereof
           ,
           the
           Naturall
           History
           of
           that
           Countrie
           will
           not
           bee
           unfit
           ,
           but
           very
           subservient
           .
           Thus
           beseeching
           the
           Lord
           to
           prosper
           all
           your
           undertakings
           to
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           Kingdom
           of
           Christ
           ,
           I
           take
           my
           leave
           ,
           and
           rest
           unfeignedly
        
         
           
             Your
             Honours
             most
             humble
             servant
             
               SAMUEL
               HARTLIB
            
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           the
           Reader
           .
        
         
           
             Gentle
             Reader
             ,
          
        
         
           SOme
           particulars
           there
           are
           concerning
           this
           following
           Work
           ,
           of
           which
           I
           think
           it
           sit
           you
           should
           be
           advertised
           :
           and
           for
           as
           much
           as
           I
           can
           tell
           you
           no
           more
           of
           them
           than
           what
           was
           written
           to
           me
           by
           the
           Authors
           most
           Loving
           and
           Learned
           Brother
           ,
           give
           me
           leave
           in
           stead
           of
           mine
           own
           Words
           to
           present
           you
           with
           his
           said
           Letter
           on
           that
           subject
           ,
           being
           such
           as
           doth
           follow
           .
        
         
           
             
               
                 Sir
                 ,
              
            
             
               I
               Am
               very
               glad
               to
               understand
               by
               you
               ,
               that
               my
               Brothers
               work
               of
               the
               Naturall
               History
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               is
               not
               only
               not
               lost
               ,
               as
               I
               greatly
               feared
               i●
               was
               ,
               and
               that
               you
               have
               found
               it
               in
               perusing
               those
               books
               and
               papers
               of
               his
               ,
               which
               he
               had
               left
               behind
               him
               at
               London
               ;
               but
               that
               you
               are
               a
               going
               to
               print
               it
               ,
               and
               have
               already
               contracted
               about
               it
               :
               by
               the
               doing
               whereof
               I
               am
               fully
               perswaded
               ,
               that
               
               you
               will
               gain
               both
               credit
               and
               contentment
               ,
               and
               that
               those
               shall
               no
               wayes
               be
               losers
               ,
               who
               will
               bee
               at
               the
               charges
               of
               doing
               the
               same
               .
               For
               though
               I
               say
               it
               ,
               the
               work
               is
               excellent
               in
               it's
               kind
               ,
               as
               not
               only
               full
               of
               truth
               and
               certainty
               ,
               but
               written
               with
               much
               judgment
               ,
               order
               ,
               &
               exactness
               ;
               so
               as
               it
               is
               to
               be
               preferred
               before
               most
               Naturall
               Histories
               of
               particular
               Countries
               ,
               and
               may
               well
               be
               equalled
               to
               the
               very
               best
               ,
               for
               as
               much
               as
               there
               is
               done
               of
               it
               .
               For
               to
               make
               it
               a
               compleat
               Naturall
               History
               ,
               there
               should
               be
               joyned
               to
               that
               which
               my
               Brother
               hath
               gone
               through
               ,
               two
               Books
               more
               ,
               the
               one
               of
               all
               kind
               of
               Plants
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               living
               Creatures
               ;
               which
               also
               might
               have
               been
               expected
               of
               him
               if
               God
               had
               given
               him
               longer
               life
               .
               For
               he
               intended
               ,
               assoon
               as
               he
               had
               published
               this
               part
               ,
               to
               have
               fallen
               also
               to
               the
               rest
               ,
               if
               he
               had
               found
               that
               he
               had
               not
               lost
               his
               labour
               on
               what
               was
               done
               already
               ,
               &
               that
               it
               had
               met
               with
               a
               gratefull
               acceptance
               abroad
               ,
               such
               as
               might
               have
               incouraged
               him
               to
               take
               further
               paines
               ●bout
               the
               perfecting
               of
               it
               :
               in
               which
               case
               he
               was
               resolved
               to
               have
               also
               joined
               a
               Fourth
               book
               to
               those
               other
               Three
               ,
               concerning
               the
               Natives
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               their
               old
               Fashions
               ,
               Lawes
               ,
               and
               Customes
               ;
               as
               likewise
               the
               great
               paines
               taken
               by
               the
               English
               ,
               ever
               since
               the
               Conquest
               ,
               for
               to
               civilize
               them
               ,
               and
               to
               improve
               the
               Countrie
               .
               You
               say
               you
               wonder
               ,
               &
               others
               may
               justly
               concurre
               with
               you
               in
               that
               your
               wonderment
               ,
               how
               a
               Countrie
               could
               bee
               so
               accurately
               described
               by
               one
               ,
               who
               never
               was
               in
               it
               .
               For
               although
               my
               Brother
               hath
               been
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               that
               he
               hath
               ended
               his
               dayes
               there
               ,
               yet
               he
               had
               both
               begun
               and
               finished
               this
               First
               Book
               of
               his
               Naturall
               History
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               some
               yeares
               before
               he
               went
               
               thither
               ,
               or
               had
               any
               thoughts
               of
               doing
               so
               :
               seeing
               that
               he
               begun
               to
               write
               that
               work
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               year
               of
               our
               Lord
               1645.
               and
               made
               an
               end
               of
               it
               long
               before
               the
               end
               of
               the
               same
               year
               !
               wheras
               he
               went
               not
               to
               Ireland
               untill
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               the
               year
               1649.
               &
               dyed
               at
               Dublin
               within
               a
               very
               short
               while
               after
               he
               was
               arrived
               there
               ,
               viz.
               on
               the
               19th
               of
               Ianuary
               
                 16
                 ●0
                 /
                 49.
              
               
               Now
               to
               answer
               that
               difficulty
               moved
               by
               you
               ,
               be
               pleased
               to
               know
               ,
               that
               I
               being
               come
               from
               Dublin
               to
               London
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               May
               1644.
               and
               having
               stayed
               there
               untill
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               October
               ,
               great
               part
               of
               that
               conversation
               ,
               which
               he
               and
               I
               had
               together
               during
               those
               six
               months
               ,
               was
               spent
               in
               reasoning
               about
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               about
               all
               manner
               of
               particulars
               concerning
               the
               Morall
               and
               Civill
               ,
               but
               chiesly
               the
               Naturall
               History
               of
               the
               same
               :
               my
               Brother
               beeing
               very
               carefull
               to
               inform
               himself
               of
               me
               ,
               about
               all
               things
               appertaining
               thereunto
               .
               For
               besides
               that
               his
               curiositie
               ,
               which
               was
               very
               great
               for
               to
               enrich
               his
               mind
               with
               all
               manner
               of
               laudable
               knowledge
               ,
               was
               of
               it self
               alone
               capable
               enough
               for
               to
               make
               him
               inquisitive
               in
               that
               kind
               ;
               he
               was
               there-besides
               led
               thereto
               by
               his
               own
               interest
               ,
               having
               ventured
               great
               part
               of
               his
               estate
               upon
               the
               escheated
               lands
               there
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               severall
               Acts
               made
               by
               the
               King
               and
               Parliament
               in
               that
               behalf
               .
               And
               having
               set
               down
               in
               writing
               what
               he
               had
               so
               heard
               of
               me
               ,
               he
               conferred
               afterwards
               about
               the
               same
               with
               severall
               of
               those
               Gentlemen
               ,
               whom
               the
               bloody
               combustions
               of
               Ireland
               had
               driven
               away
               thence
               ,
               and
               made
               to
               resort
               to
               London
               ;
               he
               beeing
               very
               well
               acquainted
               with
               them
               ,
               especially
               with
               Sir
               
                 William
                 Parsons
              
               ,
               and
               Sir
               
                 Richard
                 Parsons
              
               ,
               which
               two
               having
               above
               all
               others
               a
               very
               perfect
               
               insight
               into
               that
               land
               ,
               &
               into
               all
               matters
               '
               belonging
               to
               the
               same
               ,
               were
               wonderfull
               well
               able
               to
               satisfie
               any
               of
               those
               Questions
               ,
               which
               from
               time
               to
               time
               he
               propounded
               unto
               them
               ,
               either
               about
               those
               things
               that
               he
               had
               already
               learned
               of
               me
               ,
               or
               about
               such
               others
               ,
               of
               which
               hee
               had
               forgot
               to
               speak
               to
               me
               ,
               or
               on
               which
               I
               had
               not
               been
               able
               fully
               to
               inform
               him
               .
               In
               this
               maner
               he
               brought
               that
               Work
               together
               ,
               the
               which
               to
               accomplish
               yet
               further
               ,
               he
               sent
               to
               me
               still
               as
               much
               as
               he
               had
               finished
               ,
               desiring
               me
               to
               review
               it
               diligently
               ,
               and
               to
               adde
               ,
               put
               out
               ,
               or
               alter
               ,
               what
               I
               should
               see
               cause
               :
               wherein
               also
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               first
               informations
               ,
               I
               was
               not
               wanting
               to
               contribute
               what
               ever
               was
               necessary
               ,
               as
               far
               forth
               as
               my
               knowledge
               did
               reach
               unto
               ,
               and
               according
               to
               those
               Observations
               ,
               unto
               which
               I
               had
               very
               studiously
               and
               with
               singular
               delight
               applied
               my self
               during
               those
               eight
               yeares
               that
               I
               lived
               in
               that
               Iland
               :
               whereunto
               I
               had
               so
               much
               the
               more
               opportunity
               ,
               because
               that
               as
               my
               constant
               abode
               was
               in
               Dublin
               ,
               so
               I
               made
               very
               many
               journeys
               into
               the
               Countrie
               ,
               &
               by
               meanes
               therof
               saw
               great
               part
               of
               it
               ,
               especially
               of
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Leinster
               and
               Ulster
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               thereof
               also
               it
               would
               be
               an
               easie
               matter
               for
               me
               ,
               to
               make-up
               those
               parts
               of
               this
               work
               ,
               which
               are
               still
               wanting
               .
               Thus
               I
               beleeve
               to
               have
               fully
               taken
               away
               the
               forementioned
               Objection
               ,
               and
               to
               have
               given
               you
               as
               perfect
               an
               account
               about
               the
               grounds
               &
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               writing
               of
               this
               Naturall
               History
               ,
               as
               was
               expected
               by
               you
               .
               And
               having
               nothing
               else
               to
               trouble
               you
               with
               all
               at
               the
               present
               ,
               I
               shall
               end
               these
               with
               my
               most
               hearty
               wishes
               ,
               that
               notwithstanding
               any
               discouragements
               ,
               or
               any
               want
               of
               incouragement
               ,
               you
               would
               still
               goe
               
               on
               in
               that
               most
               commendable
               purpose
               ,
               of
               furthering
               as
               much
               as
               in
               you
               lieth
               all
               manner
               of
               reall
               and
               profitable
               knowledge
               :
               the
               which
               indeed
               hitherto
               you
               have
               done
               so
               largely
               on
               very
               many
               occasions
               ,
               as
               must
               needs
               greatly
               redound
               to
               the
               generall
               good
               of
               Mankind
               ,
               and
               make
               your
               memory
               precious
               to
               them
               in
               all
               future
               ages
               .
            
             
               
                 Your
                 most
                 affectionate
                 and
                 humble
                 servant
                 ARNOLD
                 BOATE
                 .
              
               
                 Paris
                 
                   
                     10
                     /
                     20
                  
                   Aug.
                   
                
              
            
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
         
           IRELANDS
           NATVRALL
           HISTORY
           .
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             I.
             Of
             the
             situation
             ,
             shape
             ,
             and
             greatness
             of
             Ireland
             :
             it
             's
             division
             into
             Provinces
             and
             Counties
             :
             of
             the
             English
             Pale
             :
             the
             principall
             towns
             of
             that
             Nation
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Situation
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               IReland
               ,
               by
               the
               Irish
               themselves
               called
               Erin
               ,
               and
               by
               their
               neighbours
               the
               Welsh
               Yverdon
               ,
               lyeth
               in
               the
               North-west
               Ocean
               ,
               having
               on
               the
               West-side
               no
               land
               nearer
               than
               America
               ,
               or
               the
               West-Indi●s
               ,
               and
               thereof
               that
               part
               ,
               which
               above
               
                 Nova
                 francia
              
               and
               Canada
               running
               North-ward
               ,
               hath
               of
               the
               English
               received
               the
               name
               of
               New-Britain
               ,
               but
               of
               other
               Nations
               before
               of
               
                 Terra
                 Laboratoris
              
               .
               The
               next
               land
               over
               against
               it
               on
               the
               South
               is
               Galicia
               ,
               one
               of
               the
               Kingdomes
               of
               Spain
               ,
               from
               which
               it
               lyeth
               
               divided
               some
               dayes
               sayling
               .
               Northwards
               it
               hath
               the
               Scotish
               Ilands
               ,
               by
               the
               Geographers
               called
               Hebrides
               or
               Hebudes
               ;
               the
               principall
               of
               which
               are
               Eust
               ,
               Lewis
               ,
               Skye
               ,
               Ila
               ,
               &
               Mula
               .
               On
               the
               East-side
               is
               Great-Brittain
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               three
               parts
               of
               it
               ,
               to
               wit
               part
               of
               Scotland
               ,
               the
               whole
               West
               coast
               of
               England
               ,
               and
               all
               Wales
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Distance
               betwixt
               Ireland
               and
               severall
               places
               upon
               the
               coast
               of
               Great-Britain
               .
            
             
               The
               Sea
               ,
               which
               parteth
               Ireland
               from
               Great-Britain
               ,
               being
               of
               a
               very
               unequall
               breadth
               ,
               is
               more
               narrow
               in
               the
               North-end
               ,
               less
               in
               the
               South-end
               ,
               but
               broad
               in
               the
               midst
               ,
               as
               farre
               as
               it
               washeth
               the
               the
               English
               coast
               ,
               being
               the
               full
               length
               of
               the
               two
               Counties
               of
               Cumberland
               and
               Lancashire
               ,
               opposite
               against
               which
               are
               situated
               in
               Ireland
               the
               Counties
               of
               Down
               ,
               Lowth
               ,
               and
               Dublin
               .
               The
               Sea
               which
               is
               inclosed
               betwixt
               these
               Counties
               ,
               &
               compriseth
               in
               its
               middle
               the
               I
               le
               of
               Man
               ,
               is
               wel
               neer
               of
               an
               equall
               and
               uniform
               breadth
               every
               where
               ,
               not
               beeing
               in
               any
               place
               much
               broader
               or
               much
               narrower
               ,
               than
               it
               is
               betwixt
               the
               havens
               of
               Dublin
               &
               Leverpoole
               ,
               the
               distance
               betwixt
               which
               two
               is
               reckoned
               by
               the
               English
               Pilots
               to
               be
               of
               fortie
               leagues
               ,
               or
               sixscore
               English
               miles
               .
               But
               Wales
               in
               two
               or
               three
               places
               commeth
               a
               great
               deal
               neerer
               to
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               as
               neer
               again
               .
               For
               Holy-head
               ,
               being
               the
               most
               Westerly
               corner
               of
               the
               Northerliest
               part
               of
               Wales
               ,
               called
               Anglesey
               ,
               lyeth
               just
               half
               way
               between
               Dublin
               &
               Lerpoole
               or
               Chester
               ,
               being
               twenty
               Leagues
               ,
               or
               three
               score
               miles
               ,
               from
               Dublin
               ,
               and
               ten
               or
               twelve
               houres
               sayl
               with
               a
               reasonable
               good
               wind
               ;
               which
               distance
               is
               no
               greater
               ,
               than
               what
               the
               eye
               may
               very
               
               very
               well
               reach
               :
               for
               a
               man
               whose
               sight
               is
               but
               of
               an
               ordinary
               goodness
               ,
               may
               at
               any
               time
               in
               clea●
               weather
               with
               ease
               discern
               the
               high
               and
               mountainous
               coast
               of
               Wales
               from
               the
               top
               of
               the
               Dublin
               mountaines
               .
               And
               about
               the
               same
               distance
               ,
               as
               is
               betwixt
               Dublin
               and
               Holy-head
               ,
               is
               also
               betwixt
               St.
               Davis-head
               ,
               a
               Promontory
               of
               Pembrookshire
               (
               which
               shire
               is
               situated
               in
               the
               most
               South-west
               part
               of
               Wales
               )
               and
               the
               Irish
               Promontory
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Wexford
               ,
               which
               the
               Natives
               call
               Cancarne
               ,
               and
               the
               English
               Sea-men
               Tuskard-point
               .
               Also
               the
               Promontory
               of
               Carnarvan
               in
               Wales
               ,
               called
               Brachipult-point
               ,
               and
               lying
               betwixt
               Holy-head
               and
               St.
               Davis
               ,
               is
               well
               neer
               at
               the
               same
               distance
               from
               the
               next
               Irish
               shore
               ,
               as
               either
               of
               those
               other
               Welsh
               Promontories
               .
               But
               between
               Brachipult-point
               and
               Saint
               Davis-head
               the
               Sea
               doth
               much
               inlarge
               it self
               (
               although
               nothing
               so
               much
               as
               betwixt
               Ireland
               and
               England
               )
               making
               a
               great
               inlet
               on
               the
               coast
               of
               Wales
               ,
               the
               which
               here
               retireth
               it self
               a
               great
               way
               backwards
               :
               whereas
               to
               the
               contrary
               the
               Irish
               shore
               ,
               which
               lyeth
               opposite
               to
               it
               ,
               extendeth
               it self
               in
               an
               equall
               manner
               without
               any
               great
               Bayes
               or
               inlets
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               North
               part
               ,
               where
               Ireland
               &
               Scotland
               are
               neighbours
               ,
               there
               this
               Sea
               groweth
               very
               narrow
               ;
               insomuch
               as
               Galloway
               ,
               a
               County
               in
               that
               part
               of
               Scotland
               ,
               is
               distant
               with
               its
               most
               westerlie
               shoare
               from
               the
               Ardes
               (
               a
               little
               country
               and
               demy-island
               so
               named
               in
               the
               most
               Northerlie
               part
               of
               the
               County
               of
               Down
               in
               Ireland
               )
               not
               above
               five
               Leagues
               ;
               which
               space
               the
               open
               boats
               ,
               wherein
               they
               ordinarily
               here
               doe
               pass
               from
               the
               one
               kingdome
               into
               the
               other
               ,
               use
               to
               sail
               in
               three
               
               or
               four
               houres
               time
               :
               and
               Cantire
               ,
               another
               Foreland
               on
               the
               West
               shore
               of
               Scotland
               ,
               more
               to
               the
               North
               than
               Galloway
               ,
               is
               neerer
               yet
               unto
               Ireland
               :
               so
               that
               in
               these
               two
               places
               the
               one
               Nation
               may
               perfectly
               bee
               seen
               and
               discerned
               out
               of
               the
               other
               at
               all
               times
               ,
               whensoever
               it
               is
               no
               very
               dark
               gloomie
               weather
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Shape
               and
               bigness
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               The
               shape
               of
               this
               Iland
               is
               long-waies
               square
               ,
               but
               not
               fully
               :
               for
               to
               say
               nothing
               of
               severall
               corners
               and
               Forelands
               ,
               which
               run
               out
               a
               great
               way
               into
               the
               Sea
               ,
               nor
               of
               divers
               great
               Bayes
               and
               Inlets
               ,
               which
               the
               sea
               maketh
               here
               and
               there
               ,
               in
               the
               three
               other
               parts
               of
               this
               Iland
               ;
               the
               fourth
               part
               ,
               called
               Munster
               ,
               doth
               greatly
               alter
               that
               figure
               ;
               for
               in
               lieu
               of
               stretching
               it self
               fi●st
               from
               the
               North
               to
               the
               South
               ,
               &
               then
               from
               the
               South
               to
               the
               West
               ,
               it
               runneth
               altogether
               sloping
               from
               the
               North-east
               to
               the
               South-west
               ;
               and
               there
               besides
               it
               stretcheth
               it self
               much
               further
               into
               the
               Sea
               with
               its
               Western
               shores
               ,
               than
               any
               other
               part
               of
               Ireland
               on
               the
               same
               West-side
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               bigness
               thereof
               ,
               questionless
               it
               is
               to
               be
               reckoned
               among
               the
               chief
               Ilands
               of
               the
               whole
               World
               ;
               and
               of
               Europe
               the
               principalest
               of
               all
               ,
               except
               only
               Great-Britain
               ,
               the
               which
               is
               more
               than
               twice
               as
               big
               :
               for
               being
               as
               long
               again
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               broad
               ,
               it
               is
               at
               the
               narrowest
               (
               which
               is
               just
               in
               the
               middle
               ,
               where
               Dublin
               is
               situated
               )
               no
               less
               than
               an
               hundred
               miles
               broad
               ;
               seeing
               that
               Atlone
               ,
               which
               lyeth
               just
               half
               way
               betwixt
               the
               two
               Seas
               ,
               is
               fifty
               miles
               distant
               from
               Dublin
               ;
               and
               in
               Vlster
               ,
               where
               Ireland
               is
               at
               its
               broadest
               ,
               it
               is
               in
               most
               places
               ten
               ,
               or
               twelve
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               twenty
               miles
               
               broader
               .
               In
               the
               length
               ,
               if
               from
               the
               middle
               of
               the
               Northern
               coast
               one
               doe
               go
               directly
               Southward
               ,
               one
               shall
               find
               it
               to
               be
               about
               two
               hundred
               miles
               .
               But
               if
               you
               shape
               your
               course
               more
               to
               the
               East
               ,
               the
               length
               will
               be
               found
               less
               by
               some
               miles
               ,
               because
               the
               cost
               of
               Munster
               runneth
               so
               sloping
               ,
               as
               we
               have
               said
               before
               :
               and
               to
               the
               contrary
               ,
               if
               one
               measure
               the
               length
               of
               Ireland
               more
               to
               the
               West
               ,
               it
               will
               be
               found
               to
               bee
               a
               great
               deal
               more
               than
               two
               hundred
               miles
               .
               And
               if
               the
               measure
               were
               taken
               not
               through
               the
               inland-parts
               ,
               as
               now
               we
               have
               framed
               it
               ,
               but
               all
               along
               the
               sea-shore
               ,
               the
               length
               would
               amount
               to
               a
               great
               deal
               more
               than
               what
               now
               we
               have
               declared
               (
               as
               well
               on
               the
               East
               as
               on
               the
               West
               side
               )
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               inequality
               of
               the
               coast
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               great
               Bayes
               and
               Fore-lands
               ,
               which
               make
               it
               in
               most
               places
               very
               much
               run
               out
               to
               the
               seaward
               ,
               or
               into
               the
               landward
               :
               for
               which
               same
               reason
               the
               circuit
               of
               the
               whole
               Iland
               ,
               taken
               alongst
               the
               shoare
               ,
               is
               by
               far
               greater
               ,
               than
               otherwise
               the
               proportion
               of
               its
               length
               and
               breadth
               would
               seem
               to
               require
               .
               The
               Miles
               here
               mentioned
               must
               bee
               understood
               not
               of
               the
               cōmon
               English
               ones
               ,
               three
               wherof
               make
               one
               League
               ,
               or
               Holland
               mile
               ▪
               but
               of
               the
               Irish
               ,
               the
               which
               are
               about
               one
               fifth
               part
               bigger
               ,
               so
               as
               five
               Irish
               miles
               doe
               amount
               to
               about
               six
               English.
               
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Division
               of
               Ireland
               into
               Provinces
               and
               Counties
               .
            
             
               This
               Iland
               is
               divided
               into
               four
               principall
               parts
               ,
               called
               Provinces
               ,
               viz.
               Vlster
               ,
               Leinster
               ,
               Connaught
               ,
               and
               Munster
               :
               of
               which
               the
               first
               and
               the
               last
               extend
               themselves
               from
               the
               one
               sea
               to
               the
               other
               ,
               Vlster
               in
               the
               North
               ,
               and
               Munster
               in
               the
               
               South
               .
               Leinster
               &
               Connaught
               ,
               lying
               betwixt
               those
               two
               forenamed
               Provinces
               ,
               have
               the
               sea
               only
               on
               one
               side
               ,
               Connaught
               on
               the
               West
               ,
               and
               Leinster
               on
               the
               East
               .
               To
               these
               four
               most
               Writers
               and
               Records
               add
               a
               fifth
               ,
               called
               Meath
               ;
               but
               that
               is
               really
               a
               part
               of
               Leinster
               ,
               and
               ordinarily
               now
               is
               held
               to
               be
               such
               .
            
             
               Each
               of
               these
               Provinces
               is
               again
               divided
               into
               divers
               Counties
               .
               Vlster
               hath
               eleven
               ,
               whereof
               six
               on
               the
               sea-side
               ,
               viz.
               Fermanagh
               ,
               Doneghall
               alias
               Tirconnel
               ,
               Colraine
               ,
               Antrim
               ,
               Down
               ,
               Lowth
               ;
               and
               five
               within
               the
               land
               ,
               viz.
               Cavan
               ,
               Monaghan
               ,
               Armahg
               ,
               Nether-Tirone
               ,
               &
               Upper-Tirone
               .
               Leinster
               comprehendeth
               likewise
               eleven
               Counties
               ,
               Dublin
               ,
               Wickloe
               ,
               and
               Wexford
               on
               the
               sea-side
               ,
               East-Meath
               ,
               and
               Catherlogh
               or
               Carlo
               within
               the
               land
               ,
               but
               with
               a
               little
               nook
               reaching
               unto
               the
               sea
               ;
               West-Meath
               ,
               Kildare
               ,
               Kilkenny
               ,
               Kings-county
               ,
               Queenes-county
               ,
               and
               Longford
               altogether
               within
               the
               land
               .
               Munster
               is
               divided
               into
               six
               Counties
               ,
               two
               within
               the
               Land
               ,
               viz.
               Tipperary
               and
               Limmerick
               ;
               and
               the
               other
               four
               ,
               Waterford
               ,
               Cork
               ,
               Desmond
               ,
               and
               Kerry
               ,
               situated
               on
               the
               sea-side
               ,
               but
               stretching
               themselves
               a
               great
               way
               into
               the
               land
               .
               In
               Connaught
               there
               be
               six
               Counties
               ,
               viz.
               Clare
               alias
               Tomond
               ,
               Galloway
               ,
               Majo
               ,
               and
               Sleigo
               ,
               situated
               on
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               Roscomen
               ,
               and
               Letcim
               within
               the
               land
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               the
               English
               Pale
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               yet
               another
               division
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               whereby
               the
               whole
               land
               is
               divided
               into
               two
               parts
               ,
               The
               English
               Pale
               ,
               and
               the
               Land
               of
               the
               meer
               Irish.
               The
               English
               Pale
               comprehendeth
               onlie
               four
               Counties
               ,
               one
               whereof
               is
               in
               Vlster
               ,
               viz.
               
               Louth
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               three
               in
               Leinster
               ,
               to
               wit
               Meath
               ,
               Dublin
               ,
               and
               Kildare
               :
               the
               originall
               of
               which
               division
               is
               this
               .
               The
               English
               at
               the
               first
               conquest
               ,
               under
               the
               reign
               of
               Henry
               the
               second
               ,
               having
               within
               a
               litle
               time
               conquered
               great
               part
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               did
               afterwards
               ,
               in
               the
               space
               of
               not
               very
               many
               yeares
               ,
               make
               themselves
               masters
               of
               almost
               all
               the
               rest
               ,
               having
               expelled
               the
               natives
               (
               called
               the
               Wild
               Irish
               ,
               because
               that
               in
               all
               manner
               of
               wildness
               they
               may
               bee
               compared
               with
               the
               most
               barbarous
               nations
               of
               the
               earth
               )
               into
               the
               desart
               woods
               and
               mountains
               .
               But
               afterwards
               being
               falln
               at
               ods
               among
               themselves
               ,
               and
               making
               severall
               great
               warres
               the
               one
               upon
               the
               other
               ,
               the
               Irish
               thereby
               got
               the
               opportunitie
               to
               recover
               now
               this
               ,
               and
               then
               that
               part
               of
               the
               land
               ;
               whereby
               ,
               and
               through
               the
               degenerating
               of
               a
               great
               many
               from
               time
               to
               time
               ,
               who
               joining
               themselves
               with
               the
               Irish
               ,
               took
               upon
               them
               their
               wild
               fashions
               and
               their
               language
               ,
               the
               English
               in
               length
               of
               time
               came
               to
               bee
               so
               much
               weakened
               ,
               that
               at
               last
               nothing
               remained
               to
               them
               of
               the
               whole
               Kingdome
               ,
               worth
               the
               speaking
               of
               ,
               but
               the
               great
               Cities
               ,
               and
               the
               forenamed
               four
               Counties
               ;
               to
               whom
               the
               name
               of
               Pale
               was
               given
               ,
               because
               that
               the
               authority
               and
               government
               of
               the
               Kings
               of
               England
               ,
               and
               the
               English
               Colonies
               or
               Plantations
               ,
               which
               before
               had
               been
               spread
               over
               the
               whole
               Land
               ,
               now
               were
               reduced
               to
               so
               small
               a
               compass
               ,
               and
               as
               it
               were
               impaled
               within
               the
               same
               .
               And
               although
               since
               the
               beginning
               of
               this
               present
               age
               ,
               and
               since
               King
               Iames
               his
               comming
               to
               the
               Crown
               of
               England
               ,
               the
               whole
               Iland
               was
               reduced
               under
               the
               obedience
               and
               government
               of
               the
               English
               Lawes
               ,
               and
               replenished
               with
               English
               and
               
               Scotch
               Colonies
               ;
               nevertheless
               the
               name
               of
               English
               Pale
               ,
               which
               in
               the
               old
               signification
               was
               now
               out
               of
               season
               ,
               remained
               in
               use
               ,
               and
               is
               so
               still
               ,
               even
               since
               this
               last
               bloody
               rebellion
               ,
               wherein
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               almost
               all
               the
               Pale
               ,
               although
               all
               of
               them
               of
               English
               descent
               ,
               have
               conspired
               with
               the
               Native
               Irish
               ,
               for
               to
               shake
               off
               the
               Government
               of
               the
               Crown
               of
               England
               ,
               and
               utterly
               to
               extinguish
               the
               Reformed
               Religion
               ,
               with
               all
               the
               professors
               thereof
               ,
               and
               quite
               to
               root
               them
               out
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Cities
               and
               chief
               Townes
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               This
               Iland
               hath
               in
               it
               severall
               Cities
               ,
               among
               which
               Dublin
               is
               the
               principall
               ,
               beeing
               the
               chief
               City
               of
               the
               whole
               Commonwealth
               ,
               the
               Residence
               of
               the
               Governour
               ,
               the
               Counsell
               of
               State
               ,
               all
               the
               Great
               Officers
               ,
               the
               Exchequer
               ,
               Iudges
               ,
               and
               Courts
               of
               Iustice
               ;
               beeing
               also
               adorned
               with
               an
               Vniversitie
               ,
               the
               onely
               in
               all
               Ireland
               .
               It
               is
               situated
               in
               the
               Province
               of
               Leinster
               ,
               about
               the
               middle
               of
               the
               length
               of
               Ireland
               (
               as
               already
               hath
               been
               mentioned
               )
               not
               far
               from
               the
               Sea
               ,
               an
               Inlet
               whereof
               maketh
               a
               harbour
               for
               this
               City
               ;
               which
               harbour
               ,
               although
               none
               of
               the
               best
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               (
               whereof
               in
               the
               next
               chapter
               but
               one
               shall
               bee
               spoken
               more
               at
               large
               )
               is
               neverthelesse
               frequented
               with
               more
               ships
               ,
               and
               hath
               greater
               importation
               of
               all
               things
               ,
               than
               any
               other
               Haven
               in
               the
               Kingdome
               ;
               by
               reason
               that
               all
               sorts
               of
               commodities
               are
               much
               more
               readily
               &
               in
               greater
               plenty
               vented
               here
               than
               any
               where
               else
               ,
               what
               in
               the
               City
               it selfe
               ,
               beeing
               great
               and
               populous
               ,
               what
               into
               the
               country
               ,
               for
               in
               the
               time
               of
               peace
               almost
               all
               Leinster
               and
               and
               Vlster
               were
               wont
               to
               furnish
               themselves
               from
               
               Dublin
               of
               all
               kinds
               of
               provisions
               and
               necessaries
               ,
               such
               as
               were
               brought
               in
               out
               of
               forrein
               Countries
               .
            
             
               Next
               to
               Dublin
               is
               Galloway
               ,
               the
               head-citie
               of
               the
               Province
               of
               Connaught
               ,
               to
               bee
               reckoned
               ,
               as
               well
               for
               bigness
               and
               faireness
               ,
               as
               for
               riches
               ;
               for
               the
               streets
               are
               wide
               ,
               and
               handsomely
               ordered
               ,
               the
               houses
               for
               the
               most
               part
               built
               of
               free
               stone
               ;
               and
               the
               inhabitants
               much
               addicted
               to
               trafick
               ,
               doe
               greatly
               trade
               into
               other
               countries
               ,
               especially
               into
               Spain
               ,
               from
               whence
               they
               used
               to
               fetch
               great
               store
               of
               wines
               and
               other
               wa●es
               every
               year
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               third
               place
               commeth
               Waterford
               ,
               situated
               in
               the
               province
               of
               Munster
               ;
               and
               in
               the
               fourth
               Limmerick
               ,
               the
               head-city
               of
               the
               said
               Province
               ,
               both
               towns
               of
               trafick
               ,
               situated
               on
               goodly
               havens
               ,
               and
               of
               reasonable
               bigness
               and
               handsomness
               .
            
             
               Cork
               ,
               in
               the
               Province
               of
               Munster
               ,
               and
               London-derrie
               ,
               in
               the
               Province
               of
               Vlster
               ,
               are
               less
               than
               any
               of
               the
               formentioned
               ,
               but
               otherwise
               handsome
               places
               ,
               well
               built
               ,
               &
               very
               fitly
               situated
               for
               trafick
               and
               navigation
               ,
               as
               standing
               upon
               very
               good
               Havens
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Townes
               ,
               Drogheda
               ,
               Kilkenny
               ,
               and
               Bandonbridge
               are
               passable
               and
               worthy
               of
               some
               regard
               both
               for
               bigness
               and
               handsomeness
               :
               But
               Colrain
               ,
               Knockfergus
               ,
               Belfast
               ,
               Dundalk
               ,
               Wexford
               ,
               Youghall
               ,
               and
               Kinsale
               are
               of
               small
               moment
               ,
               the
               best
               of
               all
               these
               being
               hardly
               comparable
               to
               any
               of
               those
               fair
               Market-townes
               ,
               which
               are
               to
               be
               found
               in
               almost
               all
               parts
               of
               England
               .
               And
               as
               for
               Cassel
               ,
               Rosse
               ,
               Lismore
               ,
               Clonmell
               ,
               and
               Kilmallock
               in
               Munster
               ;
               Sleigo
               and
               Atlone
               in
               Connaught
               ;
               Molingar
               ,
               Trimme
               ,
               
               Kels
               ,
               Navan
               ,
               Aboy
               ,
               Nace
               ,
               Carlo
               ,
               Arklo
               ,
               and
               Wicklo
               in
               Leinster
               ;
               Carlingford
               ,
               Ardee
               ,
               and
               Down
               in
               Vlster
               ,
               all
               of
               them
               walled
               Townes
               ,
               they
               are
               scarce
               worth
               the
               mentioning
               ,
               because
               there
               are
               few
               Market
               Townes
               in
               England
               ,
               even
               of
               the
               meanest
               ,
               which
               are
               not
               as
               good
               or
               better
               ,
               than
               the
               best
               of
               them
               all
               .
               We
               could
               give
               a
               more
               perfect
               relation
               of
               this
               particular
               :
               but
               because
               this
               serveth
               little
               to
               our
               purpose
               ,
               and
               properly
               doth
               not
               concern
               the
               Naturall
               History
               ,
               wee
               have
               thought
               it
               best
               to
               touch
               it
               but
               briefly
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             II.
             Of
             the
             principall
             Havens
             of
             Ireland
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Waterford
               Haven
               .
            
             
               THe
               Havens
               of
               Ireland
               are
               so
               many
               in
               number
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               most
               part
               so
               fair
               and
               large
               ,
               that
               in
               this
               particular
               hardly
               any
               land
               in
               the
               whole
               World
               may
               be
               compared
               with
               this
               ,
               as
               will
               easily
               appear
               by
               the
               particular
               rehearsall
               thereof
               ,
               which
               we
               are
               now
               to
               make
               ,
               first
               of
               the
               best
               and
               chiefest
               in
               this
               Chapter
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               others
               in
               the
               next
               .
               We
               shall
               begin
               with
               Waterford
               Haven
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               situated
               on
               the
               confines
               of
               Leinster
               and
               Munster
               ,
               runneth
               some
               seven
               or
               eight
               miles
               into
               the
               land
               ,
               not
               winding
               or
               crooked
               ,
               nor
               with
               any
               great
               nookes
               or
               inlets
               ,
               but
               almost
               in
               a
               straight
               line
               ,
               (
               extending
               in
               it self
               North
               and
               North
               by
               West
               )
               and
               in
               most
               parts
               of
               an
               equall
               breadth
               ,
               all
               the
               way
               deep
               and
               clear
               ,
               having
               no
               roks
               or
               sands
               ,
               but
               onely
               two
               or
               three
               little
               ones
               ,
               which
               lying
               not
               across
               nor
               in
               the
               midst
               ,
               but
               by
               the
               sides
               ,
               
               may
               be
               shunned
               very
               easily
               .
               Without
               the
               Harbour
               it
               is
               eleven
               and
               twelve
               fathoms
               deep
               ,
               in
               the
               mouth
               seven
               and
               more
               ,
               inwards
               six
               fathoms
               .
               Within
               the
               Easterly
               corner
               is
               a
               good
               road
               ,
               in
               four
               or
               five
               fathoms
               ;
               and
               on
               the
               other
               or
               Westerly
               side
               ,
               five
               or
               six
               miles
               from
               the
               mouth
               ,
               is
               another
               good
               road
               ,
               very
               commodious
               as
               well
               for
               them
               who
               goe
               forth
               ,
               as
               those
               that
               will
               sail
               upward
               to
               Waterford
               .
               Upon
               the
               East-side
               ,
               about
               halfe-way
               the
               length
               ,
               lyeth
               a
               very
               strong
               Castle
               called
               Duncannon
               ,
               which
               so
               commandeth
               this
               Harbour
               ,
               as
               no
               ships
               can
               go
               up
               or
               down
               against
               the
               will
               of
               those
               in
               the
               Fort
               ,
               without
               running
               extreme
               hazard
               .
            
             
               This
               Haven
               in
               the
               end
               divideth
               it self
               into
               two
               armes
               ,
               both
               a
               great
               deal
               inferiour
               to
               the
               principall
               harbour
               in
               breath
               and
               depth
               ,
               but
               yet
               such
               as
               are
               capable
               of
               ships
               of
               a
               good
               big
               port
               ,
               especially
               the
               left
               ,
               which
               runneth
               Westward
               to
               the
               City
               of
               Waterford
               ,
               whereof
               this
               whole
               Haven
               beareth
               the
               Name
               ,
               being
               situated
               some
               four
               or
               five
               miles
               from
               that
               division
               ,
               and
               a
               little
               below
               the
               place
               where
               the
               river
               Shure
               falleth
               into
               this
               Harbour
               .
               The
               right
               arm
               being
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               river
               Barrow
               ,
               and
               extending
               it self
               straight
               along
               ,
               goeth
               up
               to
               Ross
               ,
               (
               a
               Town
               in
               former
               times
               famous
               for
               trade
               )
               the
               which
               is
               much
               about
               the
               same
               distance
               from
               this
               division
               ,
               as
               the
               division
               is
               from
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Harbour
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Carlingford
               Haven
               .
            
             
               On
               the
               whole
               coast
               of
               Leinster
               there
               is
               not
               one
               fair
               large
               Harbour
               ,
               so
               as
               the
               next
               good
               Haven
               from
               Waterford
               Northwards
               is
               that
               of
               Carlingford
               ;
               which
               two
               Harbours
               ,
               in
               sayling
               straight
               
               along
               the
               coast
               ,
               are
               above
               an
               hundred
               mils
               distant
               .
            
             
               This
               Haven
               is
               some
               three
               or
               four
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               nigh
               of
               the
               same
               breath
               ,
               being
               every
               where
               very
               deep
               ,
               so
               as
               the
               biggest
               ships
               may
               come
               there
               to
               an
               anchor
               ;
               and
               so
               environed
               with
               high
               land
               and
               mountaines
               on
               all
               sides
               ,
               that
               the
               ships
               doe
               lie
               defended
               off
               all
               winds
               ;
               so
               that
               this
               would
               bee
               one
               of
               the
               best
               havens
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               if
               it
               were
               not
               for
               the
               difficultie
               and
               the
               danger
               of
               the
               entrance
               ,
               the
               mouth
               being
               full
               of
               rocks
               ,
               both
               blind
               ones
               and
               others
               ,
               betwixt
               which
               the
               passages
               are
               very
               narrow
               :
               whereby
               it
               commeth
               that
               this
               Harbour
               is
               very
               little
               frequented
               by
               any
               great
               ships
               ,
               the
               rather
               because
               there
               is
               no
               trafick
               at
               all
               ,
               nor
               any
               good
               Town
               seated
               on
               this
               Haven
               .
               For
               the
               Town
               of
               Carlingford
               ,
               whose
               name
               it
               beareth
               ,
               is
               a
               very
               poor
               place
               ,
               hardly
               worth
               the
               speaking
               of
               .
               About
               eight
               miles
               from
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Harbour
               is
               the
               Nurie
               ,
               a
               fine
               little
               Town
               ,
               untill
               in
               this
               late
               bloody
               rebellion
               it
               was
               for
               the
               greatest
               part
               destroyed
               by
               the
               Irish
               :
               by
               which
               Town
               passeth
               a
               little
               river
               ,
               called
               the
               Nurie-water
               ,
               which
               discharging
               it self
               into
               the
               Harbour
               some
               four
               or
               five
               miles
               below
               the
               Nurie
               ,
               is
               not
               portable
               but
               of
               very
               little
               barkes
               and
               boats
               ,
               and
               that
               onely
               when
               the
               Tide
               is
               in
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Strangford-haven
               ,
               and
               that
               of
               Knockfergus
               .
            
             
               About
               thirtie
               miles
               Northwards
               from
               Carlingford-haven
               is
               the
               Haven
               of
               Strang-ford
               ,
               the
               which
               in
               its
               entrance
               is
               almost
               as
               much
               encumbred
               with
               rocks
               of
               both
               kinds
               ,
               as
               that
               of
               Carlingford
               .
               It
               is
               some
               five
               or
               six
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               beareth
               North-westward
               ,
               being
               the
               mouth
               of
               
               a
               great
               Lough
               ,
               called
               Loch
               Cone
               ;
               the
               which
               being
               but
               two
               or
               three
               miles
               broad
               in
               the
               most
               places
               ,
               but
               some
               fifteen
               or
               sixteen
               long
               ,
               doth
               ebb
               &
               flow
               untill
               the
               utmost
               ends
               of
               it
               :
               so
               that
               there
               goeth
               a
               very
               strong
               tide
               in
               this
               Harbour
               ,
               which
               makes
               the
               same
               the
               unsafer
               ,
               especially
               in
               great
               stormes
               and
               high
               winds
               ,
               for
               which
               there
               is
               no
               great
               defence
               here
               .
               On
               this
               Haven
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               neighbouring
               Lough
               ,
               there
               lyeth
               never
               a
               good
               Town
               ,
               Strangford
               beeing
               more
               inconsiderable
               yet
               than
               Carlingford
               .
            
             
               The
               next
               great
               Harbour
               upon
               this
               coast
               ,
               and
               about
               twenty
               miles
               more
               to
               the
               North
               ,
               is
               that
               of
               Knocfergus
               ,
               being
               a
               great
               wide
               Bay
               ,
               the
               which
               in
               its
               mouth
               ,
               betwixt
               the
               Southern
               &
               the
               Northern
               point
               ,
               is
               no
               less
               than
               ten
               or
               twelve
               miles
               broad
               ,
               growing
               narrower
               by
               degrees
               ,
               the
               farther
               it
               goeth
               into
               the
               land
               ,
               the
               which
               it
               doth
               for
               the
               space
               of
               fifteen
               miles
               ,
               as
               far
               as
               to
               the
               Town
               of
               Belfast
               ,
               where
               a
               little
               river
               called
               Lagon
               (
               not
               portable
               but
               of
               small
               boates
               )
               falleth
               into
               this
               Harbour
               .
               In
               this
               Bay
               is
               a
               reasonable
               good
               Road
               before
               the
               Town
               of
               Knockfergus
               (
               seated
               about
               nine
               miles
               within
               the
               land
               ,
               )
               where
               it
               is
               good
               anchoring
               in
               three
               fathoms
               ,
               and
               three
               and
               a
               halfe
               .
               On
               the
               North
               side
               of
               the
               Bay
               ,
               somewhat
               neer
               the
               Sea
               ,
               under
               a
               Castle
               called
               Mouse-hill
               ,
               is
               a
               sand-bay
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               good
               anchoring
               for
               all
               sorts
               of
               ships
               ,
               aswell
               great
               as
               small
               ones
               ,
               for
               the
               North
               and
               North-west
               winds
               :
               but
               bad
               riding
               for
               the
               South-west
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Sheeps
               haven
               ,
               Lough
               Suillie
               ,
               and
               Lough
               foile
               .
            
             
               The
               three
               fore-mentioned
               Havens
               of
               Carlingford
               ,
               Strangford
               ,
               Knockfergus
               ,
               are
               all
               in
               the
               Province
               of
               Vlster
               ,
               on
               the
               East-side
               thereof
               .
               The
               said
               Province
               hath
               also
               three
               good
               Havens
               on
               its
               Northern
               coast
               ,
               not
               very
               far
               distant
               the
               one
               from
               the
               other
               ,
               viz.
               Sheep
               haven
               ,
               Lough
               Suillie
               ,
               and
               Lough
               foile
               .
               Every
               one
               of
               these
               is
               a
               Lough
               (
               which
               the
               very
               name
               of
               the
               second
               and
               third
               sufficiently
               testifieth
               )
               opening
               it self
               into
               the
               sea
               :
               of
               the
               which
               Sheeps
               haven
               and
               Lough
               Suillie
               although
               they
               bee
               fair
               large
               Harbours
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               Lough
               foile
               ,
               and
               that
               Ships
               may
               ride
               there
               defended
               off
               all
               winds
               ,
               Lough
               Suillie
               beeing
               also
               of
               sufficient
               bigness
               to
               contain
               a
               thousand
               great
               vessels
               ,
               yet
               are
               they
               very
               litle
               frequented
               ,
               because
               there
               is
               not
               any
               trade
               nor
               trafick
               ,
               nor
               any
               good
               town
               placed
               upon
               or
               neer
               them
               .
            
             
               Lough
               foile
               is
               of
               a
               great
               bignes
               ,
               at
               least
               twelve
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               in
               most
               places
               five
               or
               six
               miles
               broad
               ,
               beeing
               almost
               every
               where
               of
               an
               equall
               breadth
               ,
               except
               at
               the
               two
               ends
               ,
               where
               it
               groweth
               narrow
               ,
               beeing
               of
               an
               Ovall
               figure
               .
               For
               at
               the
               mouth
               ,
               betwixt
               Magilions
               point
               and
               Greencastle
               ,
               it
               is
               hardly
               a
               mile
               and
               a
               half
               broad
               :
               and
               at
               the
               other
               end
               it
               is
               much
               narrower
               yet
               ,
               running
               from
               thence
               with
               a
               long
               arm
               some
               miles
               into
               the
               countrie
               ,
               beeing
               liker
               to
               a
               broad
               River
               ,
               than
               to
               a
               Lough
               .
               Vpon
               this
               Arm
               ,
               three
               or
               four
               miles
               from
               the
               great
               Lough
               ,
               is
               the
               town
               of
               London-derrie
               ,
               in
               a
               place
               where
               that
               Arm
               turneth
               and
               windeth
               it self
               in
               that
               manner
               ,
               as
               it
               environeth
               the
               town
               on
               three
               sides
               .
               It
               is
               nothing
               big
               ,
               consisting
               only
               of
               two
               long
               streets
               ,
               the
               which
               cut
               one
               nother
               
               cross-wayes
               in
               the
               midst
               ;
               but
               it
               is
               very
               handsome
               ,
               the
               streets
               beeing
               broad
               and
               well
               paved
               ,
               the
               houses
               some
               stories
               high
               ,
               &
               built
               for
               the
               most
               of
               free-stone
               ,
               with
               a
               handsome
               Church
               ,
               Market
               place
               ,
               and
               Key
               :
               and
               is
               inclosed
               with
               a
               thick
               and
               very
               strong
               stone
               wall
               ,
               being
               one
               of
               the
               principall
               fortresses
               of
               Ireland
               .
               It
               is
               but
               few
               yeares
               old
               ,
               having
               been
               built
               up
               from
               the
               ground
               by
               a
               company
               of
               London
               Adventurers
               under
               the
               reign
               of
               King
               Iames.
               Before
               the
               mouth
               of
               this
               Lough
               lyeth
               a
               great
               sand
               ,
               called
               the
               Touns
               (
               upon
               which
               it
               burneth
               greatly
               ,
               when
               the
               wind
               bloweth
               from
               the
               sea
               )
               but
               so
               as
               a
               fair
               broad
               and
               deep
               channell
               remaineth
               betwixt
               the
               said
               Sand
               and
               the
               West-side
               of
               the
               land
               ,
               where
               there
               is
               at
               all
               times
               fourteen
               and
               fifteen
               fathoms
               of
               water
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               mouth
               it self
               some
               eight
               or
               ten
               .
               Entring
               into
               the
               Lough
               ,
               there
               are
               very
               great
               Sands
               on
               the
               left
               hand
               ,
               from
               the
               one
               end
               to
               the
               other
               ,
               which
               are
               some
               miles
               broad
               from
               off
               the
               land
               ;
               and
               of
               the
               right
               hand
               are
               some
               little
               sands
               or
               shelves
               here
               ,
               lying
               close
               to
               the
               land
               .
               Betwixt
               these
               runneth
               a
               broad
               channell
               in
               most
               parts
               three
               and
               four
               fathoms
               deep
               :
               and
               in
               that
               Arm
               ,
               whereon
               London-derry
               standeth
               ,
               it
               is
               deeper
               yet
               ,
               in
               some
               places
               no
               less
               than
               ten
               or
               twelve
               ,
               and
               before
               the
               Town
               four
               and
               five
               fathoms
               :
               so
               as
               this
               is
               one
               of
               the
               best
               and
               most
               commodious
               harbours
               of
               all
               the
               Land.
               
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Kilbeg
               and
               Dungall
               Haven
               .
            
             
               The
               Country
               of
               Tirconnell
               ,
               the
               which
               taketh
               up
               the
               whole
               West-side
               of
               the
               Province
               of
               Ulster
               ,
               runneth
               a
               great
               way
               into
               the
               Sea
               with
               its
               Southern
               part
               ,
               on
               the
               South
               side
               of
               which
               Foreland
               there
               are
               two
               very
               Fair
               Havens
               ,
               the
               one
               
               not
               far
               from
               the
               other
               ,
               viz.
               Kilbeg
               and
               Dungall-haven
               .
               Kilbeg
               is
               a
               fair
               round
               Bay
               ,
               where
               the
               greatest
               ships
               that
               goe
               upon
               the
               seas
               ,
               may
               at
               all
               times
               with
               their
               full
               lading
               enter
               and
               come
               to
               an
               anchor
               ;
               being
               distant
               about
               twelve
               miles
               from
               Cape
               de
               Tellin
               ,
               the
               outmost
               or
               most
               Western
               point
               of
               that
               forenamed
               Foreland
               of
               Tirconnell
               .
               The
               entrance
               is
               very
               narrow
               ,
               so
               as
               unto
               them
               who
               are
               comming
               to
               it
               ,
               there
               seemeth
               to
               be
               no
               opening
               there
               ,
               untill
               they
               are
               very
               neer
               ,
               but
               it
               is
               very
               clean
               ,
               as
               well
               in
               the
               mouth
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               Bay
               it self
               ,
               and
               nothing
               that
               can
               hurt
               the
               ships
               either
               comming
               in
               or
               going
               forth
               ,
               beeing
               entred
               ,
               one
               may
               anchor
               where
               one
               will
               ,
               in
               five
               ,
               six
               ,
               seven
               ,
               eight
               fathomes
               ,
               or
               more
               .
            
             
               Three
               or
               four
               miles
               to
               the
               South
               from
               Kilbeg
               is
               a
               Cape
               ,
               called
               St.
               Iohns
               point
               ,
               and
               six
               or
               seaven
               miles
               Eastward
               from
               the
               said
               Cape
               is
               Dungal-haven
               ,
               wide
               and
               deep
               enough
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               entrance
               greatly
               incumbred
               with
               shelves
               ,
               sands
               ,
               &
               rocks
               ,
               so
               as
               great
               care
               &
               circumspection
               is
               requisit
               ,
               to
               enter
               or
               goe
               forth
               safely
               .
               These
               two
               Havens
               have
               their
               names
               of
               villages
               seated
               on
               them
               ,
               which
               are
               very
               small
               and
               no
               wayes
               considerable
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Broad-haven
               ,
               Akill-haven
               ,
               and
               Galloway-haven
               .
            
             
               The
               Province
               of
               Connaught
               ,
               extending
               her self
               betwixt
               Vlster
               and
               Munster
               ,
               taketh
               up
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               westside
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               it
               hath
               also
               some
               good
               Ports
               ,
               as
               namely
               Broad-haven
               :
               an
               other
               to
               the
               North
               of
               Akill
               head
               ;
               and
               a
               third
               ,
               situated
               between
               the
               main
               ,
               and
               the
               North
               and
               East
               side
               of
               Akill
               Iland
               ,
               in
               which
               one
               may
               ride
               in
               seven
               and
               eight
               fathomes
               ,
               and
               be
               defended
               off
               
               all
               winds
               ;
               although
               it
               be
               rather
               a
               Sound
               ,
               than
               an
               inclosed
               Harbour
               :
               for
               the
               ships
               which
               are
               come
               into
               it
               ,
               need
               not
               to
               goe
               forth
               the
               same
               way
               again
               ,
               but
               sailing
               on
               betwixt
               the
               Main
               and
               the
               Iland
               ,
               may
               at
               the
               South
               end
               of
               the
               I
               le
               come
               again
               to
               the
               open
               sea
               .
               These
               Havens
               are
               nothing
               famous
               ,
               beeing
               very
               seldome
               resorted
               unto
               by
               any
               great
               ships
               ,
               except
               such
               as
               by
               tempests
               and
               foul
               weather
               ,
               or
               some
               other
               accident
               ,
               are
               necessitated
               to
               shelter
               themselves
               in
               the
               same
               .
            
             
               But
               the
               famousest
               Port
               of
               this
               Province
               is
               that
               of
               Galloway
               ,
               beeing
               a
               very
               great
               Bay
               ,
               some
               miles
               broad
               ,
               and
               many
               more
               long
               ,
               having
               in
               the
               mouth
               three
               Iland●
               ,
               (
               named
               the
               Iles
               of
               Aran
               )
               the
               which
               lye
               North
               and
               South
               by
               the
               side
               one
               of
               the
               other
               ,
               there
               remaining
               three
               chanels
               for
               to
               come
               out
               of
               the
               sea
               into
               this
               Bay.
               One
               chanel
               runneth
               betwixt
               the
               Land
               and
               the
               Northern
               Iland
               ,
               called
               therefore
               North-sound
               :
               the
               second
               between
               the
               the
               same
               Northern
               Iland
               and
               the
               middlemost
               ;
               which
               channel
               ,
               beeing
               the
               most
               usuall
               of
               the
               three
               ,
               is
               commonly
               stiled
               St
               Gregories
               sound
               :
               and
               the
               third
               between
               the
               Southernmost
               Iland
               and
               the
               main
               ,
               named
               South
               sound
               :
               the
               channel
               betwixt
               the
               Southern
               and
               the
               middlemost
               Iland
               not
               beeing
               passable
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               sands
               and
               shelves
               ,
               wherefore
               the
               name
               of
               False-sound
               hath
               been
               given
               to
               it
               .
            
             
               The
               whole
               North-side
               of
               this
               Bay
               is
               very
               foul
               with
               sands
               and
               rocks
               ,
               so
               as
               one
               may
               not
               approach
               the
               shoar
               in
               a
               great
               way
               :
               at
               the
               end
               of
               which
               sand
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               innermost
               part
               of
               the
               Bay
               ,
               lyeth
               a
               litle
               Iland
               ,
               called
               in
               English
               Mutton-Iland
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               Irish
               Enis
               Kerrigh
               ,
               which
               hath
               the
               same
               signification
               ;
               at
               the
               East
               side
               whereof
               one
               may
               anchor
               
               in
               five
               or
               six
               fathomes
               of
               water
               ;
               but
               from
               thence
               Northwards
               untill
               the
               citty
               of
               Galloway
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               space
               of
               two
               or
               three
               miles
               ,
               none
               but
               litle
               vessels
               and
               barks
               can
               goe
               ,
               the
               Citie
               standing
               not
               on
               the
               Bay
               itself
               ,
               but
               on
               a
               broad
               water
               like
               a
               river
               ,
               the
               which
               not
               farre
               above
               Galloway
               comming
               out
               of
               a
               great
               Lake
               ,
               called
               Lough
               Corbes
               ,
               dischargeth
               it self
               into
               the
               Bay
               a
               litle
               above
               Mutton
               I
               le
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 7.
              
               
               The
               Havens
               of
               Limmerick
               ,
               Smerwick
               ,
               Dingle-bay
               ,
               Ventrie
               ,
               and
               Dingle-Icoush
               .
            
             
               The
               next
               great
               Haven
               on
               the
               West
               side
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               to
               the
               South
               of
               Galloway
               ,
               is
               that
               of
               Limmerick
               ,
               which
               Haven
               divideth
               the
               Province
               of
               Connaught
               from
               Munster
               ,
               beeing
               of
               a
               huge
               length
               ,
               no
               less
               than
               fifty
               miles
               :
               for
               so
               far
               it
               is
               from
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               haven
               untill
               the
               Citty
               of
               Limmerick
               ,
               to
               whose
               walls
               great
               vessels
               may
               goe
               up
               ,
               without
               meeting
               with
               any
               thing
               els
               in
               all
               that
               way
               ,
               save
               a
               many
               little
               Iles
               ,
               but
               not
               any
               f●ul
               places
               ,
               Rocks
               ,
               or
               Sands
               .
               This
               Harbour
               is
               nothing
               els
               but
               a
               great
               Lough
               (
               halfe
               way
               its
               length
               growing
               somewhat
               narrow
               ,
               but
               immediatly
               enlarging
               it self
               again
               into
               a
               great
               breadth
               )
               whereinto
               the
               River
               Shanon
               ,
               (
               upon
               whose
               bank
               Limmerick
               is
               situated
               )
               dischargeth
               it self
               a
               litle
               way
               below
               the
               said
               City
               ;
               although
               the
               English
               and
               the
               Irish
               both
               call
               it
               the
               Shanon
               all
               the
               way
               untill
               the
               Sea
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               not
               a
               Lough
               into
               which
               the
               River
               falleth
               ,
               but
               the
               River
               it self
               thus
               enlarged
               .
            
             
               Comming
               out
               of
               this
               Harbour
               ,
               the
               Land
               on
               the
               left
               hand
               shooteth
               a
               huge
               way
               Westwards
               into
               the
               Sea
               ,
               on
               the
               side
               of
               which
               Fore-land
               ,
               ten
               o●
               
               twelve
               miles
               at
               this
               side
               of
               the
               uttermost
               point
               (
               betwixt
               which
               and
               the
               Iles
               of
               Blaskes
               passeth
               the
               Sound
               of
               the
               same
               name
               )
               is
               the
               Haven
               of
               Smerwick
               ,
               not
               very
               great
               ,
               deep
               ,
               but
               clean
               ,
               and
               well
               inclosed
               .
            
             
               At
               the
               other
               side
               of
               this
               Fore-land
               ,
               and
               to
               the
               North-east
               from
               the
               Blaskes
               ,
               is
               a
               fair
               and
               very
               large
               Bay
               called
               Dingle-bay
               ,
               the
               which
               goeth
               very
               many
               miles
               into
               the
               land
               ,
               having
               in
               it
               divers
               good
               Havens
               ,
               one
               whereof
               ,
               called
               Ventry
               ,
               is
               four
               or
               five
               miles
               from
               the
               Sound
               of
               Blaskes
               Eastwards
               ;
               and
               three
               or
               four
               miles
               further
               is
               Dingle-Icoush
               ,
               before
               the
               mouth
               of
               which
               Harbour
               ,
               and
               at
               the
               West-side
               of
               it
               ,
               lyeth
               a
               rock
               ,
               called
               the
               Crow
               ,
               round
               about
               the
               which
               one
               may
               sail
               without
               danger
               ,
               it
               being
               alwayes
               above
               water
               ,
               but
               at
               spring
               tides
               ,
               at
               which
               time
               the
               Sea
               doth
               overflow
               it
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 8.
              
               
               Maire
               ,
               Bantrie
               ,
               and
               Beer-haven
               .
            
             
               Against
               the
               South-east
               corner
               of
               Dingle-bay
               lyeth
               a
               great
               Iland
               ,
               called
               Valentia
               ,
               betwixt
               which
               and
               the
               Main
               is
               a
               very
               fair
               and
               safe
               Road.
               And
               a
               litle
               way
               beyond
               that
               Iland
               goeth
               in
               another
               huge
               Bay
               ,
               called
               Maire
               ,
               which
               shooteth
               into
               the
               Land
               a
               great
               deal
               further
               than
               Dingle-bay
               :
               and
               somewhat
               further
               is
               a
               third
               Bay
               ,
               called
               Bantrie
               ,
               which
               equalleth
               Maire
               both
               in
               breadth
               and
               length
               ;
               in
               both
               which
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               in
               Dingle-bay
               ,
               there
               be
               severall
               good
               Harbours
               and
               Roads
               .
            
             
               Maire
               hath
               in
               the
               mouth
               some
               fifty
               or
               five-and-forty
               fathomes
               of
               water
               ;
               entring
               in
               further
               ,
               there
               be
               six
               and
               twenty
               ,
               twenty
               ,
               and
               eighteen
               ;
               afterwards
               you
               come
               to
               ten
               ,
               and
               to
               six
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               innermost
               parts
               to
               three
               and
               two
               fathomes
               ;
               beeing
               throughout
               very
               clean
               ,
               and
               free
               
               from
               all
               kind
               of
               Rocks
               and
               Sands
               ,
               except
               in
               very
               few
               places
               .
            
             
               As
               you
               enter
               into
               Bantrie
               ,
               side-ward
               upon
               the
               left
               hand
               lyeth
               a
               reasonable
               big
               I
               le
               ,
               called
               the
               Iland
               of
               Beer-haven
               ,
               betwixt
               which
               and
               the
               Main
               there
               goeth
               in
               a
               fair
               Sound
               ,
               being
               a
               great
               musket
               shot
               broad
               ;
               the
               which
               in
               its
               whole
               length
               ,
               from
               where
               it
               beginneth
               untill
               the
               place
               where
               it
               endeth
               at
               the
               further
               part
               of
               the
               Iland
               ,
               being
               the
               space
               of
               some
               miles
               ,
               se●veth
               for
               a
               very
               good
               and
               safe
               port
               ,
               wherefore
               also
               it
               beareth
               the
               name
               of
               a
               Hav●n
               ,
               being
               called
               Beer-haven
               .
               A
               good
               way
               within
               the
               mouth●ly
               some
               Rocks
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               chanel
               ,
               the
               which
               at
               high
               water
               are
               overflown
               ,
               &
               you
               may
               sail
               of
               either
               side
               of
               them
               :
               &
               at
               the
               other
               side
               of
               this
               Sound
               ,
               where
               the
               same
               commeth
               out
               into
               the
               Bantrie
               ,
               there
               ly
               two
               great
               Rocks
               just
               in
               the
               mouth
               ,
               betwixt
               which
               the
               ships
               may
               pass
               ,
               as
               also
               betwixt
               the
               same
               and
               the
               land
               of
               either
               side
               .
               All
               the
               rest
               of
               this
               Harbour
               or
               Sound
               is
               every
               where
               very
               clean
               and
               clear
               ,
               and
               very
               good
               anchor-ground
               ,
               ten
               ,
               twelve
               ,
               and
               thirteen
               fathoms
               deep
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 9.
              
               
               Whiddie-haven
               and
               Langerf
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               innermost
               of
               the
               Bantrie
               lyeth
               an
               Iland
               about
               three
               miles
               long
               ,
               called
               Whiddie
               ,
               betwixt
               which
               and
               the
               Main
               is
               a
               very
               fair
               wide
               Bay
               ,
               (
               being
               the
               uttermost
               end
               of
               the
               great
               Bay
               Bantrie
               )
               where
               you
               may
               every
               where
               come
               to
               an
               anchor
               in
               three
               ,
               four
               ,
               five
               ,
               or
               six
               fathomes
               ,
               in
               as
               much
               or
               as
               litle
               water
               as
               you
               will
               ,
               according
               as
               you
               have
               a
               mind
               to
               ride
               neer
               the
               shore
               or
               further
               from
               it
               ,
               being
               every
               where
               clean
               ground
               .
               Ships
               may
               enter
               into
               this
               Bay
               or
               Sound
               in
               two
               severall
               places
               ,
               at
               both
               ends
               of
               the
               Iland
               .
               But
               the
               entrance
               
               at
               the
               South-end
               is
               very
               dangerous
               ,
               because
               that
               there
               betwixt
               the
               Iland
               Whiddie
               and
               the
               Main
               land
               it
               is
               in
               most
               places
               foul
               and
               Rockie
               :
               But
               in
               the
               other
               entrance
               ,
               at
               the
               Northern
               end
               of
               the
               Iland
               ,
               is
               both
               room
               and
               depth
               enough
               ,
               it
               being
               much
               broader
               than
               that
               at
               the
               South-end
               ,
               and
               eight
               and
               nine
               fathomes
               deep
               ;
               and
               there
               is
               nothing
               that
               can
               doe
               hurt
               ,
               except
               only
               a
               row
               of
               Rocks
               a
               litle
               musket
               shot
               from
               the
               shoar
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               covered
               at
               high
               water
               ,
               doe
               not
               begin
               to
               appear
               but
               at
               half
               ●bb
               .
            
             
               Right
               against
               this
               Iland
               ,
               at
               the
               other
               side
               of
               Bantrie
               ,
               is
               a
               Haven
               called
               Langerf
               ,
               in
               which
               is
               every
               where
               good
               anchoring
               and
               good
               ground
               ;
               only
               at
               the
               one
               side
               ,
               on
               the
               right
               hand
               close
               to
               the
               mouth
               ,
               ly
               some
               foul
               grounds
               ,
               the
               which
               fall
               dry
               at
               the
               ebb
               of
               a
               springtide
               .
            
             
               From
               Beerhaven
               to
               the
               Northern
               corner
               of
               the
               Iland
               Whiddie
               the
               Bantrie
               tendeth
               East-North-East
               and
               North-East
               ,
               eighteen
               or
               twenty
               miles
               in
               length
               .
               Over
               against
               Beerhaven
               ,
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               fair
               water
               ,
               it
               is
               deep
               forty
               ,
               six
               and
               thirty
               ,
               and
               thirty
               fathoms
               ;
               beyond
               the
               Iland
               fifteen
               and
               sixteen
               ;
               but
               further
               in
               ,
               approaching
               the
               I
               le
               of
               Whiddie
               ,
               it
               is
               again
               twenty
               and
               five
               and
               twenty
               fathoms
               deep
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 10.
              
               
               Downams
               bay
               ,
               Baltimore-bay
               and
               Baltimore-haven
               .
            
             
               Next
               to
               the
               Bantrie
               ,
               and
               only
               by
               a
               narrow
               neck
               of
               land
               divided
               from
               it
               ,
               is
               Downams
               bay
               ,
               being
               great
               and
               wide
               (
               although
               no
               wayes
               comparable
               to
               any
               of
               those
               three
               already
               described
               )
               a
               very
               commodious
               Road
               to
               save
               ships
               in
               ,
               and
               good
               anchor
               ground
               every
               where
               .
            
             
             
               The
               land
               to
               the
               East
               of
               this
               Bay
               shooteth
               out
               very
               far
               to
               the
               Sea-ward
               ;
               the
               uttermost
               point
               thereof
               ,
               called
               Messan-head
               ,
               being
               the
               Southermost
               Cape
               of
               all
               Ireland
               .
               For
               Cape
               de
               Clare
               ,
               being
               about
               twenty
               miles
               further
               to
               the
               East
               ,
               and
               somewhat
               more
               Southerly
               ,
               is
               not
               on
               the
               Main
               ,
               but
               in
               an
               Iland
               .
            
             
               Beyond
               Messan-head
               is
               another
               Bay
               ,
               far
               greater
               than
               any
               of
               those
               three
               forenamed
               ,
               but
               nothing
               like
               the
               same
               in
               shape
               ,
               nor
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               running
               with
               a
               long
               arm
               a
               huge
               way
               into
               the
               land
               ,
               but
               rather
               approaching
               to
               the
               figure
               of
               a
               half
               moon
               .
               In
               this
               Bay
               is
               Crook-haven
               ,
               School-haven
               ,
               and
               severall
               other
               great
               Havens
               ,
               not
               only
               on
               the
               main
               land
               ,
               but
               also
               in
               some
               of
               the
               Ilands
               ,
               whereof
               there
               is
               a
               great
               number
               in
               this
               Bay.
               The
               most
               Easterly
               of
               all
               these
               Ilands
               is
               Baltimore
               ,
               the
               which
               surpassing
               all
               the
               others
               in
               bigness
               ,
               giveth
               its
               name
               unto
               the
               Bay.
               
            
             
               That
               part
               of
               the
               Bay
               which
               lyeth
               betwixt
               this
               Iland
               and
               the
               Main
               ,
               having
               a
               narrow
               entrance
               ,
               but
               within
               of
               a
               great
               largenes
               ,
               is
               a
               marvellous
               good
               Road
               ,
               where
               ships
               may
               come
               to
               an
               anchor
               on
               either
               side
               ,
               &
               lye
               defended
               off
               all
               winds
               .
               It
               is
               five
               and
               six
               fathoms
               deep
               on
               the
               sides
               ,
               &
               six
               and
               7.
               in
               the
               midst
               .
               In
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Harbour
               ,
               next
               to
               the
               East-side
               ,
               lyeth
               a
               blind
               Rock
               ;
               &
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               it
               another
               Rock
               ,
               which
               appeareth
               at
               low
               water
               .
               There
               is
               nothing
               els
               that
               can
               do
               hurt
               .
               This
               Haven
               ,
               being
               far
               the
               principallest
               of
               all
               this
               Bay
               ,
               hath
               its
               name
               ,
               as
               wel
               as
               the
               Bay
               it self
               of
               the
               Iland
               ,
               being
               called
               Baltimore-haven
               .
               To
               the
               North
               of
               that
               Iland
               lieth
               another
               ●land
               ,
               called
               Spain-Iland
               ,
               where
               one
               may
               pass
               betwixt
               these
               two
               Ilands
               to
               the
               West
               ,
               and
               so
               out
               of
               Baltimore-haven
               
               goe
               into
               the
               Sea.
               But
               onely
               with
               smaller
               vessells
               ,
               because
               half
               flood
               there
               is
               not
               aboue
               12.
               or
               thiteen
               feet
               of
               water
               in
               all
               that
               channell
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 11
              
               Castle-haven
               ,
               Rosse-haven
               ,
               Clandore
               Haven
               with
               the
               Havens
               of
               Kinsale
               and
               Cork
               .
            
             
               Some
               miles
               beyond
               Baltimore-bay
               is
               Castle-haven
               ,
               where
               ships
               may
               come
               to
               an
               anchor
               in
               twelve
               fathoms
               of
               water
               ,
               being
               of
               a
               reasonable
               bigness
               ,
               and
               very
               clear
               and
               clean
               ,
               as
               well
               in
               the
               entrance
               as
               within
               .
            
             
               Between
               Castle-haven
               and
               Kinsale
               are
               two
               other
               good
               Havens
               ,
               to
               wit
               that
               of
               Rosse
               ,
               and
               of
               Clandore
               ,
               in
               which
               there
               is
               water
               enough
               ,
               and
               very
               clean
               ground
               .
            
             
               The
               Haven
               of
               Kinsale
               is
               one
               of
               the
               famousest
               of
               all
               Ireland
               ;
               ships
               may
               sail
               into
               it
               ,
               keeping
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               channell
               ,
               without
               any
               danger
               either
               without
               or
               in
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Harbour
               ,
               except
               a
               blind
               Rock
               close
               to
               the
               East
               point
               .
               Within
               the
               haven
               ,
               on
               the
               West-side
               ,
               lyeth
               a
               great
               shelf
               ,
               which
               shooteth
               a
               great
               way
               off
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               but
               leaving
               a
               very
               large
               passage
               along
               by
               the
               side
               of
               it
               ,
               in
               which
               ,
               as
               in
               all
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Harbour
               ,
               it
               is
               many
               fathomes
               deep
               .
               This
               Haven
               for
               some
               miles
               goeth
               in
               North-North-East
               ,
               but
               afterwards
               turneth
               West-ward
               untill
               the
               Kay
               of
               Kinsale
               ,
               where
               ships
               may
               ride
               in
               eight
               or
               nine
               fathoms
               of
               water
               ,
               being
               defended
               off
               all
               Winds
               .
            
             
               Ten
               or
               twelve
               miles
               to
               the
               East
               of
               Kinsale
               is
               Cork-haven
               ,
               the
               which
               goeth
               in
               North-North-East
               ,
               being
               within
               large
               and
               wide
               ,
               running
               a
               great
               way
               into
               the
               land
               :
               for
               the
               town
               of
               Cork
               ,
               untill
               whose
               Kay
               this
               Haven
               is
               very
               clean
               and
               deep
               ,
               is
               seated
               many
               miles
               from
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               from
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Harbour
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             III.
             Of
             the
             lesser
             Havens
             ,
             and
             the
             barred
             Havens
             of
             Ireland
             ,
             also
             of
             the
             Roads
             and
             Anchor-places
             upon
             the
             coast
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             little
             Ilands
             near
             the
             coast
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Wexford-haven
               .
            
             
               AFter
               the
               description
               of
               the
               principal
               Havens
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               we
               shall
               come
               to
               them
               of
               less
               moment
               ,
               in
               which
               number
               we
               put
               all
               those
               ,
               which
               either
               in
               their
               entrance
               ,
               or
               within
               ,
               have
               not
               water
               enough
               for
               the
               bigher
               sort
               of
               vessels
               ;
               as
               likewise
               those
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               deep
               enough
               ,
               are
               but
               very
               little
               ,
               and
               of
               a
               small
               pourprise
               ;
               and
               in
               this
               description
               we
               shall
               observe
               the
               same
               order
               as
               in
               the
               former
               ,
               beginning
               with
               Wexford
               ,
               and
               so
               going
               North-ward
               ,
               then
               West
               ,
               afterwards
               South-ward
               ,
               and
               lastly
               East
               and
               North-Eastward
               ,
               untill
               wee
               have
               gone
               about
               the
               whole
               Iland
               .
            
             
               The
               Haven
               of
               Wexford
               runneth
               in
               West
               ,
               and
               by
               North
               ,
               and
               with
               her
               innermost
               part
               altogether
               Northward
               .
               Just
               before
               this
               Haven
               lye
               two
               great
               shelves
               of
               Sands
               by
               the
               side
               one
               of
               the
               other
               ,
               of
               which
               that
               on
               the
               South-side
               is
               called
               Hanemans-path
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               North-grounds
               .
               There
               goeth
               a
               chanel
               betwixt
               Hanemans-path
               and
               the
               land
               on
               the
               South-side
               of
               the
               Haven
               ,
               and
               another
               betwixt
               the
               North-side
               and
               the
               North-grounds
               ;
               but
               this
               last
               hath
               but
               six
               feet
               of
               water
               at
               full
               flood
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               other
               eight
               feet
               with
               the
               flood
               of
               ordinary
               tides
               ,
               and
               ten
               at
               spring-tides
               .
               The
               chief
               chanel
               is
               that
               which
               goeth
               in
               betwixt
               the
               two
               Sands
               ,
               being
               four
               and
               five
               fathom
               deep
               .
               Besides
               these
               Sands
               there
               is
               another
               
               Shelf
               in
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Harbour
               it self
               ;
               which
               kind
               of
               sandy-banks
               lying
               across
               in
               the
               mouth
               of
               Harbours
               and
               Rivers
               ,
               are
               usually
               called
               Bars
               ;
               and
               the
               Havens
               which
               have
               them
               ,
               Bared-havens
               ▪
               With
               a
               high
               flood
               there
               is
               about
               sixteen
               feet
               of
               water
               .
               Being
               past
               the
               Bar
               ,
               you
               have
               for
               some
               way
               three
               fathoms
               of
               water
               ,
               three
               and
               a
               half
               ,
               and
               four
               ;
               but
               afterwards
               for
               a
               great
               way
               but
               ten
               feet
               ,
               and
               ten
               a
               half
               ,
               with
               a
               high
               flood
               ;
               although
               under
               the
               Castle
               where
               the
               Ships
               come
               to
               an
               Anchor
               ,
               you
               have
               four
               fathoms
               ,
               and
               before
               the
               Town
               three
               ;
               but
               because
               of
               the
               forementioned
               shallows
               ,
               no
               vessels
               can
               go
               to
               Wexford
               ,
               that
               draw
               more
               than
               ten
               feet
               of
               water
               ,
               but
               must
               unlade
               and
               lade
               in
               a
               Creek
               near
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Haven
               on
               the
               South-side
               ,
               about
               three
               miles
               from
               the
               Town
               ,
               where
               is
               water
               enough
               ,
               but
               no
               shelter
               for
               the
               South-west
               winds
               ,
               the
               which
               do
               come
               over
               the
               land
               to
               this
               place
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Dublin-haven
               .
            
             
               Dublin
               Haven
               hath
               a
               Bar
               in
               the
               mouth
               ,
               upon
               which
               at
               high-flood
               and
               spring-tide
               there
               is
               fifteen
               and
               eighteen
               feet
               of
               water
               ,
               but
               at
               the
               ebbe
               and
               nep●-tide
               but
               six
               .
               With
               an
               ordinary
               tide
               you
               cannot
               go
               to
               the
               Key
               of
               Dublin
               with
               a
               Ship
               that
               draws
               five
               feet
               of
               water
               ,
               but
               with
               a
               spring-tide
               you
               may
               go
               up
               with
               Ships
               that
               draw
               seven
               and
               eight
               feet
               .
               Those
               that
               go
               deeper
               cannot
               go
               nearer
               Dublin
               than
               the
               Rings-end
               ,
               a
               place
               three
               miles
               distant
               from
               the
               Bar
               ,
               and
               one
               from
               Dublin
               .
               This
               Haven
               almost
               all
               over
               falleth
               dry
               with
               the
               ebbe
               ,
               as
               well
               below
               Rings-end
               as
               above
               it
               ,
               so
               as
               you
               may
               go
               dry-foot
               round
               about
               the
               Ships
               which
               lye
               at
               an
               Anchor
               there
               ,
               except
               in
               two
               
               places
               ,
               one
               at
               the
               North-side
               ,
               half
               way
               betwixt
               Dublin
               and
               the
               Bar
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               at
               the
               South-side
               not
               far
               from
               it
               .
               In
               these
               two
               little
               Creeks
               (
               whereof
               the
               one
               is
               called
               the
               Pool
               of
               Clantarf
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               Poolebeg
               )
               it
               never
               falleth
               dry
               ,
               but
               the
               Ships
               which
               ride
               at
               an
               Anchor
               remain
               ever
               afloat
               ;
               because
               at
               low
               water
               you
               have
               nine
               or
               ten
               feet
               of
               water
               there
               .
               This
               Haven
               ,
               besides
               its
               shallownes
               ,
               hath
               yet
               another
               great
               incommodity
               ,
               that
               the
               Ships
               have
               hardly
               any
               shelter
               there
               for
               any
               winds
               ,
               not
               only
               such
               as
               come
               out
               of
               the
               sea
               ,
               but
               also
               those
               which
               come
               off
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               especially
               out
               of
               the
               South-west
               ;
               so
               as
               with
               a
               great
               South-west
               storm
               the
               Ships
               run
               great
               hazard
               to
               be
               carried
               away
               from
               their
               Anchors
               ,
               and
               driven
               into
               the
               sea
               ;
               which
               more
               than
               once
               hath
               come
               to
               pass
               ,
               and
               particularly
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               November
               ,
               Anno
               1637
               ,
               when
               in
               one
               night
               ten
               or
               twelve
               Barks
               had
               that
               misfortune
               befaln
               them
               ,
               of
               the
               most
               part
               whereof
               never
               no
               news
               hath
               been
               heard
               since
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               The
               Havens
               of
               Drogheda
               and
               Dundalk
               .
            
             
               The
               Haven
               of
               Drogheda
               ,
               or
               ,
               as
               the
               word
               is
               pronounced
               in
               common
               use
               ,
               Tredagh
               ,
               is
               very
               troublesom
               to
               be
               got
               into
               ,
               as
               having
               not
               only
               a
               Bar
               lying
               across
               before
               its
               mouth
               ,
               over
               the
               which
               vessels
               cannot
               pass
               but
               at
               high
               water
               ,
               but
               also
               very
               narrow
               in
               the
               mouth
               :
               This
               Haven
               not
               being
               an
               Arm
               or
               Bay
               of
               the
               sea
               ,
               but
               onely
               a
               River
               which
               keepeth
               her
               own
               bigness
               untill
               the
               end
               ,
               without
               receiving
               any
               notable
               enlargement
               of
               the
               sea
               about
               her
               mouth
               ,
               as
               other
               Rivers
               use
               to
               do
               .
               Upon
               this
               Bar
               is
               as
               much
               water
               as
               upon
               that
               of
               Dublin
               ;
               and
               the
               Ships
               which
               can
               pass
               
               the
               Bar
               ,
               may
               go
               up
               to
               the
               Key
               of
               Tredagh
               ;
               which
               Town
               is
               seated
               about
               two
               miles
               from
               the
               month
               of
               this
               River
               ,
               which
               is
               called
               the
               Boine
               .
            
             
               Sixteen
               miles
               to
               the
               North
               of
               Tredagh
               standeth
               Dundalk
               ,
               where
               a
               wide
               open
               Bay
               (
               made
               by
               the
               giving
               back
               and
               retiring
               of
               the
               coast
               )
               growing
               narrow
               ,
               and
               receiving
               a
               little
               River
               ,
               which
               above
               Dundalk
               is
               but
               a
               small
               Brook
               ,
               maketh
               a
               kind
               of
               Haven
               ,
               where
               never
               is
               much
               water
               ,
               and
               with
               the
               ebbe
               may
               be
               passed
               over
               a
               foot
               ;
               wherefore
               ,
               and
               because
               there
               is
               not
               any
               shelter
               for
               the
               windes
               comming
               from
               the
               sea
               ,
               nor
               any
               usuall
               Trafique
               ,
               this
               Road
               is
               very
               little
               fr●quented
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               The
               Havens
               o●
               Dondrom
               ,
               Arglas
               ,
               Oldfleet
               ,
               Belletree
               ,
               and
               the
               Band.
               
            
             
               A
               few
               miles
               on
               this
               side
               of
               Strongford
               ,
               are
               the
               Havens
               of
               Dondrom
               and
               Arglas
               ,
               the
               one
               not
               far
               from
               the
               other
               ,
               both
               little
               ,
               and
               not
               very
               deep
               ,
               but
               safe
               :
               And
               a
               little
               way
               beyond
               the
               Northern
               point
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Knockfergus
               ,
               is
               Oldfleet-haven
               ,
               a
               Harbour
               of
               the
               same
               sort
               as
               those
               two
               last
               mentioned
               .
            
             
               Port
               Belletree
               ,
               six
               or
               seven
               miles
               to
               the
               West
               of
               Fair-foreland
               (
               the
               North-Easterliest
               point
               of
               Ireland
               )
               is
               as
               little
               as
               any
               of
               those
               three
               ,
               less
               defended
               of
               the
               winds
               ,
               and
               the
               ground
               sharp
               and
               foul
               .
            
             
               Some
               miles
               further
               is
               the
               Haven
               of
               Colrain
               ,
               called
               Band-haven
               ,
               the
               which
               is
               nothing
               else
               but
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               River
               Band
               ,
               the
               which
               here
               falleth
               into
               the
               sea
               ,
               keeping
               her
               own
               narrowness
               untill
               the
               end
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               we
               said
               above
               of
               the
               Haven
               of
               Tredagh
               .
               This
               River
               
               passing
               through
               Lough
               Neaugh
               ,
               the
               greatest
               Lake
               of
               all
               Ireland
               (
               the
               which
               receiving
               severall
               Rivers
               ,
               hath
               no
               other
               out-let
               into
               the
               sea
               but
               the
               Band
               )
               carrieth
               a
               mighty
               deal
               of
               water
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               inclosed
               in
               a
               narrow
               chanel
               ,
               powreth
               it self
               into
               the
               sea
               with
               great
               violence
               :
               for
               which
               reason
               ,
               and
               because
               of
               the
               narrowness
               of
               the
               mouth
               ,
               this
               Haven
               is
               very
               hard
               to
               enter
               ,
               having
               also
               but
               little
               depth
               ,
               so
               as
               vessels
               which
               draw
               eight
               feet
               of
               water
               ,
               must
               at
               least
               have
               three
               quarters
               of
               the
               flood
               before
               they
               can
               enter
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Tellin-haven
               ,
               Mackswins-bay
               ,
               the
               Havens
               of
               Balleshanon
               ,
               Slego
               ,
               Endrigo
               ,
               Moy
               ,
               and
               Niffadoy
               .
            
             
               Upon
               the
               West
               coast
               of
               Ulster
               ,
               about
               half
               way
               between
               Cape
               Tellin
               and
               Kilbeg
               ,
               is
               Tellin-haven
               ,
               a
               round
               Bay
               ,
               with
               good
               sand
               ground
               ,
               which
               will
               contain
               about
               thirty
               Ships
               :
               West
               ,
               and
               South-West
               winds
               blow
               directly
               into
               it
               ,
               but
               off
               all
               other
               winds
               one
               is
               there
               defended
               .
            
             
               Two
               or
               three
               miles
               Eastwards
               from
               Kilbeg
               is
               Mackswins
               Bay
               ,
               where
               a
               Ship
               may
               ride
               safe
               without
               Cable
               and
               Anchor
               :
               but
               the
               entrance
               being
               every
               where
               beset
               with
               Rocks
               ,
               it
               is
               dangerous
               to
               go
               into
               it
               .
            
             
               Some
               miles
               to
               the
               South-West
               of
               Dungal-haven
               ,
               is
               Balleshanon
               ,
               being
               the
               mouth
               of
               that
               short
               River
               ,
               by
               which
               Lough-Earn
               ,
               one
               of
               the
               greatest
               Lakes
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               dischargeth
               it self
               into
               the
               sea
               ;
               which
               River
               runneth
               just
               on
               the
               borders
               of
               the
               two
               Provinces
               of
               Ulster
               and
               Connaught
               ,
               dividing
               the
               same
               ;
               this
               having
               a
               Bar
               before
               it
               ,
               by
               reason
               whereof
               no
               bigger
               vessels
               
               than
               of
               thirty
               or
               forty
               tuns
               can
               enter
               into
               it
               .
            
             
               Slego
               and
               Endrigo
               are
               two
               little
               Harbours
               ,
               situated
               near
               the
               one
               to
               the
               other
               ,
               in
               the
               North
               part
               of
               Connaught
               ,
               very
               much
               encumbred
               with
               Rocks
               and
               Sands
               in
               the
               entrance
               ,
               but
               otherwise
               reasonably
               deep
               ;
               for
               a
               Ship
               of
               two
               hundred
               Tunnes
               may
               come
               and
               ride
               before
               the
               Town
               of
               Slego
               .
            
             
               About
               half
               way
               between
               Slego
               and
               Broad-haven
               is
               Moy
               ,
               being
               the
               innermost
               of
               a
               great
               Bay
               ,
               divided
               from
               the
               rest
               by
               a
               little
               Iland
               somewhat
               long
               ,
               the
               which
               lyeth
               cross
               in
               that
               manner
               ,
               that
               onely
               one
               chanel
               remaineth
               ,
               whereby
               to
               go
               out
               of
               the
               great
               Bay
               into
               the
               lesser
               ,
               or
               the
               Haven
               ,
               which
               chanel
               is
               twelve
               feet
               deep
               ;
               but
               in
               the
               Haven
               it self
               ,
               being
               nothing
               else
               but
               two
               little
               Creeks
               ,
               divided
               asunder
               by
               some
               sands
               lying
               betwixt
               them
               ,
               it
               is
               about
               fifteen
               or
               sixteen
               feet
               deep
               ;
               but
               in
               the
               little
               channel
               which
               passeth
               into
               the
               inmost
               creek
               ,
               being
               nearest
               to
               the
               Village
               Moy
               ,
               there
               is
               but
               nine
               feet
               of
               water
               at
               full
               flood
               with
               an
               ordinary
               tide
               .
            
             
               Some
               miles
               to
               the
               South-East
               of
               Sline-head
               ,
               (
               a
               famous
               Cape
               in
               Connaught
               ,
               and
               situated
               about
               half
               way
               the
               length
               of
               that
               Province
               )
               is
               Port
               Niffadoy
               ,
               a
               reasonable
               good
               Harbour
               ,
               but
               very
               dangerous
               to
               get
               into
               ,
               the
               sea
               there
               round
               abouts
               being
               full
               of
               Rocks
               both
               blind
               ones
               and
               others
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               The
               Havens
               of
               Trailie
               ,
               Youghall
               ,
               and
               Dungarvan
               :
               item
               of
               Wickloe
               ,
               Arckloe
               ,
               Malahide
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               At
               Trailie
               ,
               half
               way
               between
               Smerwick
               and
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Haven
               of
               Limmerick
               ,
               is
               a
               
               fair
               Haven
               but
               none
               of
               the
               biggest
               .
            
             
               About
               the
               middle
               way
               between
               Cork
               and
               Waterford
               is
               the
               Haven
               of
               Youghall
               ,
               before
               the
               which
               lyeth
               a
               Bar
               ,
               not
               to
               be
               passed
               but
               at
               high
               water
               .
            
             
               Twelve
               miles
               Eastwards
               from
               Youghall
               ,
               is
               Dungarvan
               ,
               being
               a
               narrow
               Tide-haven
               ,
               whose
               mouth
               is
               full
               of
               Rocks
               ,
               many
               of
               which
               do
               not
               appear
               ,
               and
               so
               more
               dangerous
               ,
               and
               at
               low
               water
               it
               falleth
               dry
               ,
               so
               as
               one
               must
               go
               into
               it
               at
               high
               flood
               ,
               and
               pass
               amidst
               the
               Rocks
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               Havens
               of
               Arckloe
               (
               where
               with
               high
               water
               it
               is
               but
               six
               feet
               deep
               )
               of
               Wickloe
               (
               where
               at
               ful
               flood
               you
               have
               but
               ten
               feet
               of
               water
               )
               Malahide
               ,
               a
               little
               to
               the
               North
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Dublin
               ;
               Coldach-haven
               ,
               and
               Red-haven
               ,
               the
               first
               betwixt
               Loughsoile
               and
               Loughsuillie
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               betwixt
               Loughsuillie
               and
               Sheeps-haven
               ;
               Milk-haven
               ,
               not
               far
               from
               Slego
               ;
               Mablin-haven
               ,
               betwixt
               Waterford
               and
               Wexford
               ;
               and
               some
               others
               of
               the
               same
               nature
               :
               They
               are
               so
               little
               ,
               that
               they
               will
               hardly
               serve
               for
               other
               than
               Fisherboates
               ,
               and
               therefore
               scarce
               merit
               the
               name
               of
               Havens
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 7.
              
               
               Roads
               upon
               the
               Coast
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               from
               Waterford
               to
               Fair-Foreland
               .
            
             
               Be●ides
               this
               great
               number
               of
               Havens
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               there
               are
               many
               good
               Roads
               ,
               where
               ships
               at
               need
               may
               save
               themselves
               ,
               and
               commodiously
               come
               to
               an
               anchor
               ,
               not
               only
               upon
               the
               coast
               of
               the
               Main
               land
               ,
               but
               also
               in
               the
               most
               part
               of
               the
               litle
               Ilands
               ,
               which
               ly
               round
               about
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               To
               begin
               with
               those
               on
               the
               Main
               .
               From
               the
               point
               of
               Waterford
               to
               Carnarord
               ,
               being
               the
               
               space
               of
               about
               twenty
               miles
               ,
               the
               coast
               is
               full
               of
               Bayes
               ,
               where
               one
               may
               come
               to
               an
               anchor
               .
               Under
               Carnarord
               ships
               anchor
               in
               six
               and
               nine
               fathomes
               .
               In
               St
               Margarets
               bay
               ,
               three
               miles
               from
               Carnarord
               it
               is
               good
               anckoring
               in
               five
               and
               six
               fathomes
               ,
               sand
               ground
               .
               A
               litle
               further
               is
               the
               bay
               of
               Grenore
               ,
               where
               you
               may
               anchor
               as
               neer
               the
               land
               as
               you
               will
               ,
               in
               six
               ,
               five
               ,
               four
               ,
               or
               three
               fathomes
               .
            
             
               Some
               miles
               from
               Wexford
               to
               the
               point
               of
               Glasearick
               ,
               from
               which
               place
               to
               the
               bay
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               being
               about
               fifty
               miles
               ,
               the
               coast
               is
               full
               of
               inlets
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               very
               good
               anchoring
               ,
               in
               good
               sand
               ground
               ,
               especially
               to
               the
               North
               of
               Arkloe-head
               (
               in
               a
               fair
               sand
               bay
               every
               where
               in
               eight
               ,
               seven
               ,
               or
               five
               fathomes
               )
               and
               between
               Arkloe
               and
               Missen-head
               ,
               being
               the
               space
               of
               six
               or
               seaven
               miles
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               at
               this
               side
               of
               the
               Bar
               ,
               is
               good
               anchoring
               ,
               as
               well
               on
               the
               South
               side
               ,
               before
               the
               Village
               Dalkee
               (
               which
               place
               is
               known
               by
               the
               name
               of
               Berton
               Road
               )
               as
               on
               the
               North-side
               ,
               round
               about
               that
               great
               Cape
               ,
               named
               the
               Head
               of
               Houth
               .
            
             
               Between
               Strangford-haven
               and
               the
               Bay
               of
               Knockfergus
               are
               divers
               good
               Anchoring-places
               ;
               but
               all
               that
               Coast
               is
               very
               foul
               with
               Rocks
               ,
               and
               blind
               Rocks
               .
               To
               the
               North
               of
               Knockfergus
               are
               divers
               inlets
               ,
               where
               one
               may
               come
               to
               an
               Anchor
               ;
               there
               are
               some
               Rocks
               ,
               but
               they
               all
               stand
               above
               the
               water
               ,
               so
               as
               easily
               they
               may
               be
               shunned
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 8.
              
               
               The
               rest
               of
               the
               Roads
               upon
               the
               coast
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               To
               the
               West
               of
               Fair-foreland
               the
               coast
               is
               flat
               and
               clean
               ,
               so
               as
               there
               ships
               may
               Anchor
               every
               
               where
               in
               eight
               and
               nine
               fathoms
               .
               Under
               the
               point
               of
               Eniston
               on
               the
               West-side
               one
               may
               Anchor
               for
               Easterly
               winds
               ,
               or
               to
               stop
               the
               tide
               .
            
             
               Between
               Loughsuille
               and
               Sheeps-haven
               is
               an
               inlet
               where
               Ships
               may
               come
               to
               an
               Anchor
               ;
               but
               the
               ground
               is
               somwhat
               foul
               .
            
             
               On
               the
               West-side
               of
               Cape-horn
               Ships
               may
               ride
               at
               Anchor
               for
               Easterly
               winds
               :
               And
               along
               the
               whole
               coast
               between
               Cape-horn
               and
               the
               Iles
               of
               Aran
               is
               every
               where
               good
               Anchor-ground
               ;
               as
               also
               upon
               the
               West-coast
               between
               St.
               Johns-point
               and
               Dungal-haven
               ,
               being
               the
               space
               of
               five
               or
               six
               miles
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               Sound
               of
               Blaskets
               it
               is
               good
               Anchoring
               on
               the
               South-side
               of
               the
               point
               for
               Northern
               and
               Western
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               North-side
               for
               the
               contrary
               windes
               .
            
             
               On
               both
               sides
               of
               the
               Old-head
               of
               Kinsal●
               ,
               by
               the
               Dutch
               Mariners
               called
               Cape
               Velho
               ,
               ships
               may
               Anchor
               as
               deep
               or
               shallow
               as
               they
               will.
               
            
             
               There
               is
               also
               a
               good
               inlet
               for
               to
               Anchor
               in
               a
               few
               miles
               beyond
               the
               Haven
               of
               Cork
               ;
               and
               on
               the
               East-side
               of
               Ardimore-head
               is
               a
               Bay
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               good
               riding
               for
               Westerly
               winds
               in
               seven
               or
               eight
               fathoms
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               also
               a
               good
               Anchoring
               place
               or
               two
               betwixt
               Dungarvan
               and
               the
               Haven
               of
               Waterford
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 9.
              
               
               Roads
               in
               the
               Ilands
               of
               Salters
               ,
               Dalkee
               ,
               Irelands-Eye
               ,
               and
               Lambay
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               Roads
               in
               the
               Ilands
               ;
               about
               half
               way
               betwix
               Waterford
               haven
               and
               Carnarord
               lie
               two
               litle
               Ilands
               ,
               a
               mile
               or
               two
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               called
               Salters
               :
               the
               Southmost
               whereof
               ,
               which
               lyeth
               furthest
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               is
               much
               bigger
               
               than
               the
               other
               :
               ships
               may
               passe
               between
               these
               two
               Ilands
               in
               five
               ,
               six
               ,
               and
               seven
               fathoms
               .
               On
               the
               East-side
               of
               the
               lesser
               Iland
               is
               a
               good
               Road
               to
               come
               to
               an
               anchor
               in
               seven
               or
               eight
               fathoms
               ,
               where
               ships
               may
               ride
               in
               safety
               for
               South-West
               ,
               West
               ,
               and
               North-West
               winds
               :
               and
               on
               the
               North-West-side
               of
               the
               bigger
               Iland
               ships
               may
               anchor
               in
               seven
               ,
               eight
               ,
               or
               nine
               fathoms
               ,
               the
               Road
               being
               defended
               off
               South-South-East
               ,
               and
               East-South-East
               winds
               .
               Close
               by
               the
               South
               point
               of
               Dublin-bay
               lyeth
               a
               small
               Iland
               ,
               called
               Dalkee
               ,
               betwixt
               which
               and
               the
               Main
               land
               passeth
               a
               Sound
               seven
               ,
               eight
               ,
               and
               nine
               fathoms
               deep
               ,
               in
               which
               you
               may
               anchor
               under
               the
               Iland
               .
               On
               the
               North-side
               of
               the
               head
               of
               Houth
               lyeth
               another
               small
               Iland
               ,
               scarce
               half
               a
               mile
               in
               compas
               (
               where-in
               ,
               as
               also
               in
               Dalkee
               ,
               no
               body
               inhabiteth
               ,
               both
               serving
               only
               for
               to
               feed
               cattell
               )
               having
               a
               decayed
               ●hapell
               on
               the
               West-side
               ,
               over
               against
               which
               ships
               may
               come
               to
               an
               anchor
               .
            
             
               Three
               or
               four
               miles
               beyond
               Irelands
               Ey
               lyeth
               the
               I
               le
               of
               Lambry
               ,
               belonging
               to
               Sir
               William
               Vsher
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               who
               hath
               there
               a
               fine
               litle
               Castle
               of
               free
               stone
               ,
               and
               close
               by
               it
               a
               village
               ,
               wherein
               dwell
               divers
               families
               ,
               of
               Fishers
               and
               Husband-men
               ,
               who
               plow
               part
               of
               this
               Iland
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               the
               rest
               seed
               cattell
               and
               sheep
               .
               The
               whole
               Iland
               ,
               being
               about
               three
               miles
               in
               compas
               ,
               is
               high
               land
               ,
               wherefore
               it
               may
               be
               seen
               a
               great
               way
               off
               .
               On
               the
               North-side
               of
               this
               Iland
               ships
               may
               anchor
               in
               twelve
               and
               thirteen
               fathoms
               for
               a
               Southerly
               wind
               .
               For
               a
               Sea-wind
               the
               ships
               must
               ride
               on
               the
               West-side
               ,
               over
               against
               the
               Castle
               :
               but
               that
               Road
               is
               not
               very
               good
               ,
               because
               alwayes
               in
               that
               Sound
               ,
               being
               about
               three
               miles
               broad
               ,
               goeth
               a
               great
               Sea.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 10.
              
               
               Roads
               in
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               litle
               Ilands
               about
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               Right
               against
               the
               Promontory
               of
               Fair-Foreland
               lyeth
               the
               Iland
               Raghleens
               ,
               where
               ships
               may
               sail
               round
               about
               ,
               as
               well
               at
               the
               out
               side
               ,
               as
               betwixt
               it
               and
               the
               land
               ,
               according
               as
               the
               wind
               and
               tide
               serve
               .
               On
               the
               South-West
               side
               is
               a
               fair
               Bay
               with
               very
               fine
               Sand-ground
               ,
               where
               ships
               may
               ride
               defended
               off
               all
               winds
               .
               A
               litle
               way
               on
               this
               side
               and
               to
               the
               East
               of
               Brandhaven
               lyeth
               Skires
               Portrush
               ,
               a
               Rockie
               Iland
               ,
               the
               which
               on
               the
               South-side
               hath
               a
               fair
               Bay
               ,
               very
               good
               Sand-ground
               ,
               where
               ships
               may
               anchor
               in
               six
               or
               seven
               fathoms
               ,
               being
               sheltred
               of
               all
               winds
               ,
               except
               the
               East-North-East
               wind
               ,
               the
               which
               along
               the
               Coast
               doth
               directly
               blow
               upon
               it
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               a
               good
               Road
               on
               the
               South-East-side
               of
               the
               I
               le
               of
               Aran
               ,
               situated
               on
               the
               North-West-side
               of
               Ireland
               :
               and
               betwixt
               this
               Iland
               and
               the
               Main
               there
               lye
               three
               or
               four
               small
               Iles
               ,
               where
               ships
               may
               anchor
               in
               divers
               places
               ,
               and
               be
               secured
               off
               all
               winds
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               also
               a
               good
               Road
               for
               some
               winds
               under
               Eneskie
               Iland
               ;
               the
               middlemost
               of
               the
               three
               Ilands
               situated
               betwixt
               Akill
               head
               and
               Sline-head
               ,
               called
               Boche
               ,
               where
               is
               good
               anchoring
               in
               four
               fathoms
               ;
               under
               the
               Northern-most
               Iland
               of
               those
               three
               lying
               in
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Galloway
               ;
               under
               Enis
               Morrow
               ,
               one
               of
               the
               Blaskees
               ;
               under
               Dorses
               I
               le
               ,
               lying
               betwixt
               the
               Bayes
               of
               Maire
               and
               Bantree
               ,
               in
               the
               Sound
               which
               passeth
               betwixt
               the
               same
               I
               le
               and
               the
               Main
               land
               .
            
             
               Ten
               or
               twelve
               miles
               to
               the
               East
               of
               Cork-haven
               lyeth
               an
               Iland
               called
               Balle-cotton
               ,
               where
               
               ships
               may
               anchor
               in
               five
               or
               six
               fathoms
               for
               Westerly
               and
               Southerly
               winds
               .
               There
               is
               also
               a
               good
               Road
               on
               the
               East-side
               of
               Capel-Iland
               ,
               a
               little
               I
               le
               ,
               lying
               three
               or
               four
               miles
               from
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Haven
               of
               Youghall
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IV.
             Quality
             and
             fashion
             of
             the
             Irish
             Coast
             or
             Shoares
             .
             Item
             ,
             a
             brief
             description
             of
             the
             principall
             Promontories
             or
             Heads
             of
             Ireland
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               low
               and
               Strandie
               Shoares
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               THe
               Irish
               Coast
               is
               not
               every
               where
               alike
               ,
               but
               of
               severall
               sorts
               :
               In
               some
               places
               the
               land
               along
               the
               Sea
               is
               low
               and
               flat
               ,
               having
               a
               broad
               sandy
               strand
               ,
               with
               a
               row
               of
               sandy
               hills
               ,
               the
               which
               doth
               part
               the
               land
               from
               the
               strand
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               maner
               as
               it
               is
               upon
               all
               the
               Coast
               of
               Holland
               and
               Flaunders
               (
               where
               these
               kind
               of
               hils
               are
               called
               Duynen
               or
               Downes
               )
               only
               with
               this
               difference
               ,
               that
               they
               are
               not
               so
               large
               nor
               high
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               Low-Countries
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               rowes
               of
               them
               take
               up
               but
               a
               little
               space
               in
               breadth
               .
               This
               kind
               of
               Strand
               is
               in
               most
               parts
               of
               Fingall
               (
               being
               a
               portion
               of
               the
               Countie
               of
               Dublin
               Northwards
               towards
               Tredagh
               ,
               and
               a
               good
               way
               beyond
               that
               ,
               and
               els
               where
               .
               In
               other
               places
               ly
               no
               Downes
               or
               Sandy
               hills
               ,
               nor
               any
               other
               heights
               ,
               betwixt
               the
               Strand
               and
               the
               land
               ,
               it
               being
               only
               defended
               from
               the
               overflowing
               of
               the
               Sea
               by
               an
               unsensible
               rising
               ▪
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Of
               the
               high
               and
               hilly
               Shoares
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               In
               other
               places
               the
               land
               is
               high
               and
               hilly
               on
               the
               sea-side
               ;
               part
               whereof
               doth
               descend
               by
               degrees
               towards
               the
               sea
               ,
               having
               a
               Strand
               below
               ;
               but
               elswhere
               the
               land
               is
               high
               and
               steep
               ,
               being
               washed
               underneath
               by
               the
               deep
               sea
               ,
               so
               as
               ships
               of
               a
               great
               burthen
               may
               sayl
               close
               by
               it
               ;
               the
               which
               may
               be
               observed
               not
               onely
               in
               the
               Heads
               or
               Capes
               ,
               the
               most
               part
               whereof
               are
               thus
               fashioned
               ,
               but
               in
               many
               other
               places
               ,
               &
               in
               great
               extents
               of
               the
               coast
               .
               For
               as
               concerning
               the
               saying
               of
               Giraldus
               ,
               that
               Ireland
               every
               where
               upon
               the
               coast
               is
               very
               low
               ,
               
                 Est
                 per
                 omnia
                 sui
                 latera
                 a
                 marináque
                 littora
                 terra
                 valdè
                 demissa
                 ,
              
               that
               is
               evidently
               repugnant
               to
               the
               truth
               .
               Some
               of
               these
               high
               Shoars
               are
               bare
               naked
               Rocks
               ,
               covered
               with
               very
               little
               or
               no
               earth
               ,
               so
               as
               scarce
               any
               thing
               groweth
               upon
               them
               but
               dry
               grass
               and
               heath
               ;
               others
               are
               stony
               within
               ,
               but
               have
               at
               the
               top
               a
               reasonable
               deep
               mould
               ,
               and
               all
               over
               cloathed
               with
               good
               grass
               ;
               some
               of
               them
               being
               so
               exceeding
               steep
               towards
               the
               Sea-side
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               imposible
               for
               man
               or
               beast
               ,
               being
               come
               to
               the
               further
               end
               ,
               to
               go
               one
               step
               further
               ,
               without
               falling
               down
               and
               being
               lost
               .
               So
               as
               it
               hath
               happened
               ,
               that
               cattle
               and
               sheep
               feeding
               in
               those
               places
               ,
               when
               they
               were
               come
               to
               the
               top
               ,
               and
               following
               the
               grass
               ,
               suddenly
               tumbled
               down
               ,
               falling
               head-long
               into
               the
               sea
               ,
               or
               upon
               the
               hard
               sharp
               Rocks
               standing
               at
               the
               bottom
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Capes
               on
               the
               East-side
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               The
               Heads
               or
               Capes
               of
               Ireland
               are
               in
               great
               number
               ,
               and
               many
               of
               them
               very
               observable
               ,
               to
               the
               great
               commodity
               of
               the
               Sea-faring
               men
               .
               In
               
               the
               South-Easterliest
               point
               of
               Ireland
               is
               the
               Cape
               of
               Greenore
               ,
               five
               or
               six
               miles
               to
               the
               South
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Wexford
               ,
               being
               not
               very
               high
               ,
               but
               steep
               ,
               and
               flat
               at
               the
               top
               :
               and
               three
               or
               four
               miles
               to
               the
               South-West
               from
               it
               is
               the
               point
               of
               Carnarord
               .
            
             
               Betwixt
               Wexford
               and
               Dublin
               there
               bee
               five
               Heads
               :
               That
               of
               Glascarick
               ,
               which
               the
               Dutch
               Mariners
               call
               the
               Blew-point
               ,
               and
               the
               Steeppoint
               ,
               twelve
               miles
               to
               the
               North
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Wexford
               ,
               being
               of
               no
               great
               height
               .
               That
               of
               Glaskermen
               or
               Arklo
               being
               we●-near
               at
               the
               same
               distance
               from
               the
               Head
               of
               Glascarick
               ,
               as
               that
               is
               from
               the
               Bar
               of
               Wexford
               .
               Missan
               head
               ,
               some
               nine
               or
               ten
               miles
               further
               to
               the
               North.
               The
               Head
               of
               Wickloe
               ,
               six
               miles
               beyond
               Missan-head
               ,
               being
               steep
               and
               rocky
               ,
               divided
               at
               the
               top
               into
               two
               little
               Hillocks
               .
               And
               the
               fifth
               and
               last
               of
               all
               ,
               that
               of
               Bray
               ,
               about
               fifteen
               miles
               beyond
               Wickloe
               ,
               and
               five
               or
               six
               miles
               to
               the
               South
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               being
               a
               great
               and
               high
               Cape
               ,
               shooting
               a
               good
               way
               into
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               so
               steep
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               ten
               fathomes
               deep
               there
               close
               under
               the
               land
               .
            
             
               On
               the
               North-side
               of
               Dublin-bay
               is
               the
               Head
               of
               Houth
               ,
               a
               great
               high
               Mountain
               ,
               three
               or
               four
               miles
               compass
               in
               the
               bottom
               ,
               having
               the
               sea
               on
               all
               sides
               ,
               except
               the
               West-side
               ,
               where
               with
               a
               long
               narrow
               neck
               it
               is
               joyned
               to
               the
               land
               ;
               which
               neck
               being
               low
               ground
               ,
               one
               may
               from
               either
               side
               see
               the
               sea
               over
               it
               ,
               so
               that
               afar
               off
               it
               seemeth
               as
               if
               it
               were
               an
               Iland
               .
               This
               Head
               may
               be
               seen
               a
               great
               way
               off
               at
               sea
               ;
               for
               even
               upon
               the
               land
               one
               may
               very
               perfectly
               see
               it
               ,
               not
               only
               upon
               the
               Key
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               which
               is
               six
               miles
               
               from
               thence
               ,
               but
               nine
               or
               ten
               miles
               further
               Westward
               .
            
             
               Upon
               all
               the
               coast
               from
               the
               Head
               of
               Houth
               to
               Dondrom
               ,
               being
               the
               space
               of
               about
               threescore
               miles
               ,
               is
               none
               considerable
               .
               But
               some
               miles
               beyond
               Dondrom
               ,
               and
               three
               or
               four
               miles
               at
               this
               side
               the
               Haven
               of
               Arglas
               ,
               is
               St.
               Johns-point
               ,
               a
               Head
               and
               Fore-land
               which
               shooteth
               a
               good
               way
               into
               the
               Sea.
               
            
             
               The
               next
               Head
               beyond
               St.
               Johns
               ,
               is
               the
               point
               at
               the
               North-side
               of
               the
               Haven
               of
               Strangford
               ,
               which
               the
               Dutch
               Mariners
               by
               a
               notable
               mistake
               call
               the
               point
               of
               Arglas
               .
            
             
               All
               these
               Capes
               lye
               on
               the
               East-side
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               whose
               utmost
               point
               Northward
               is
               the
               Promontory
               of
               Fair-foreland
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Capes
               on
               the
               North-side
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               About
               fifty
               miles
               to
               the
               West
               of
               Fair-foreland
               ,
               and
               well
               near
               the
               middle
               of
               the
               North-coast
               ,
               is
               the
               Head
               of
               Enyston
               ,
               which
               with
               the
               land
               next
               adjoyning
               lyeth
               much
               more
               Northward
               ,
               and
               runneth
               further
               out
               into
               the
               sea
               than
               any
               other
               land
               upon
               this
               coast
               ,
               being
               of
               a
               great
               height
               ,
               so
               as
               it
               may
               easily
               bee
               known
               by
               any
               that
               once
               have
               seen
               it
               .
            
             
               Some
               forty
               miles
               more
               Westward
               beyond
               this
               Promontory
               lyeth
               the
               Cape
               which
               is
               known
               by
               the
               name
               of
               Horn-head
               ,
               being
               a
               Hill
               with
               two
               hommocks
               at
               the
               top
               ,
               in
               fashion
               somewhat
               like
               unto
               two
               horns
               ,
               from
               whence
               it
               hath
               received
               its
               denomination
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Capes
               on
               the
               West-side
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               Upon
               the
               West-side
               of
               the
               Irish
               coast
               are
               four
               principal
               Heads
               ,
               viz.
               Tellin-head
               ,
               lying
               about
               thirty
               miles
               to
               the
               South-West
               of
               the
               Iles
               of
               Aran
               ,
               the
               which
               are
               situated
               over
               against
               the
               North-Westerlyest
               point
               of
               Ireland
               .
               Akil-head
               ,
               some
               miles
               to
               the
               South
               of
               Broad-haven
               ,
               being
               not
               on
               the
               Main
               ,
               but
               in
               an
               Iland
               .
               Sline-head
               ,
               which
               by
               the
               Sea-faring
               men
               is
               called
               Twelve-pence
               ,
               because
               the
               land
               sheweth
               it self
               in
               twelve
               round
               hommocks
               ,
               being
               situated
               well
               near
               in
               the
               middle
               of
               the
               West-coast
               :
               And
               Lupis-head
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               Northern-point
               of
               the
               Haven
               of
               Limmerick
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               other
               Heads
               upon
               the
               same
               West-side
               ,
               namely
               those
               three
               betwixt
               the
               Haven
               of
               Slego
               and
               Broad-haven
               ,
               by
               the
               Irish
               Pilots
               called
               Can-Moin
               ,
               Can-Killaloy
               ,
               and
               Can-Jores
               ,
               (
               Can
               in
               Irish
               betokeneth
               a
               Head
               in
               all
               sorts
               of
               significations
               )
               Renilira
               and
               Clegan
               ,
               between
               Akil-head
               ,
               and
               Sline-head
               (
               which
               last
               the
               Irish
               call
               Can-Leme
               )
               Brain
               and
               Calew
               ,
               situated
               to
               the
               South
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Galloway
               ;
               and
               Can-Sanan
               ,
               being
               the
               South-point
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Limmerick
               ;
               those
               are
               less
               considerable
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Heads
               on
               the
               Southern
               Coasts
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               Upon
               the
               South-West-side
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               the
               principall
               Heads
               are
               Cape-Dorses
               (
               situated
               in
               an
               Iland
               of
               the
               same
               name
               ,
               betwixt
               the
               two
               great
               Bays
               of
               Maire
               and
               Bantree
               )
               and
               Messan-head
               ,
               situated
               betwixt
               the
               Bayes
               of
               Bantree
               and
               Baltimore
               ;
               being
               the
               same
               ,
               in
               Camdens
               opinion
               ,
               which
               Ptolomie
               calleth
               Notium
               ,
               that
               is
               Southern
               ,
               
               it
               being
               the
               most
               Southerly
               point
               of
               all
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               Upon
               the
               South-East-side
               is
               the
               Head
               of
               Clare
               ,
               standing
               in
               an
               Iland
               on
               the
               East-side
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Baltimore
               ;
               and
               a
               great
               way
               from
               thence
               ,
               the
               old
               Head
               of
               Kinsale
               ,
               called
               Cape
               Velho
               by
               the
               Dutch
               Mariners
               ;
               which
               Head
               ,
               to
               those
               that
               come
               sayling
               along
               the
               land
               afar
               off
               ,
               seemeth
               to
               be
               an
               Iland
               ,
               being
               a
               point
               which
               shooteth
               a
               great
               way
               into
               the
               sea
               ,
               whose
               utmost
               ,
               or
               most
               Southerly
               end
               is
               very
               high
               and
               steep
               .
            
             
               Upon
               the
               same
               side
               standeth
               the
               Head
               of
               Ardimore
               ,
               which
               runneth
               a
               great
               way
               into
               the
               sea
               from
               the
               land
               on
               both
               sides
               ,
               and
               because
               of
               its
               height
               may
               be
               seen
               many
               miles
               off
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             Of
             the
             Sands
             or
             Grounds
             ,
             Blind-Rocks
             ,
             and
             other
             Rocks
             in
             the
             Irish
             sea
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Grounds
               before
               the
               Coast
               betwixt
               Dublin
               and
               VVexford
               .
            
             
               THe
               Sea
               which
               invironeth
               Ireland
               ,
               is
               as
               free
               from
               Shelves
               ,
               Sands
               ,
               or
               Grounds
               ,
               as
               any
               in
               all
               the
               world
               ,
               not
               alone
               upon
               the
               other
               sides
               ,
               where
               the
               same
               is
               wide
               and
               open
               ,
               far
               distant
               from
               all
               other
               lands
               ,
               but
               upon
               the
               East-side
               ,
               where
               the
               same
               is
               inclosed
               betwixt
               Ireland
               and
               Great-Britain
               ,
               in
               which
               whole
               space
               it
               hath
               not
               any
               other
               Sands
               than
               those
               situated
               along
               the
               coast
               between
               Dublin
               and
               Wexford
               .
               These
               indeed
               are
               of
               a
               huge
               extent
               ,
               but
               not
               turning
               and
               
               winding
               as
               most
               part
               of
               the
               Grounds
               in
               other
               places
               ,
               but
               in
               a
               streight
               line
               ,
               North-North-East
               ,
               &
               South-South-West
               ,
               being
               farthest
               from
               the
               land
               with
               their
               North-end
               ;
               and
               as
               they
               go
               Southward
               ,
               so
               they
               do
               come
               nearer
               to
               the
               land
               ;
               and
               near
               the
               Tuskar
               ,
               a
               Rock
               right
               against
               the
               point
               of
               Greenore
               ,
               in
               which
               place
               they
               end
               ,
               they
               are
               not
               much
               more
               than
               two
               miles
               distant
               from
               the
               land
               ;
               whereas
               the
               distance
               betwixt
               the
               North-end
               ,
               near
               the
               Iland
               Dalkee
               (
               which
               Iland
               ,
               as
               before
               we
               have
               shewed
               ,
               lyeth
               at
               the
               entrance
               of
               Dublin-bay
               ,
               about
               threescore
               miles
               from
               the
               Tuskar
               )
               is
               above
               eight
               miles
               .
               They
               are
               all
               of
               a
               Stoney-ground
               ,
               in
               some
               places
               but
               one
               fathom
               deep
               ,
               and
               a
               fathom
               and
               a
               half
               ;
               but
               in
               the
               North-end
               two
               fathoms
               and
               a
               half
               ,
               and
               three
               fathoms
               .
            
             
               Betwixt
               these
               Grounds
               and
               the
               land
               lye
               two
               or
               three
               little
               Sands
               ,
               besides
               those
               which
               lye
               in
               ,
               and
               before
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Wexford
               :
               one
               betwixt
               the
               South-end
               and
               Greenore
               ;
               another
               to
               the
               South
               of
               the
               Head
               of
               Glascarick
               ,
               a
               good
               mile
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               called
               Rush
               and
               Ram
               ;
               and
               a
               third
               one
               mile
               to
               the
               South
               of
               Arcklohead
               ,
               called
               Glaskermen
               ,
               somewhat
               more
               than
               half
               a
               mile
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               and
               about
               two
               miles
               long
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Chanel
               betwixt
               the
               Land
               and
               the
               forenamed
               Grounds
               .
            
             
               The
               Chanel
               betwixt
               the
               great
               Grounds
               and
               the
               land
               is
               very
               deep
               all
               over
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               biggest
               vessels
               may
               pass
               through
               it
               from
               Dublin
               to
               Wexford
               ,
               and
               from
               Wexford
               to
               Dublin
               ,
               taking
               care
               only
               that
               they
               doe
               not
               come
               too
               neer
               the
               
               Grounds
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               very
               steep
               on
               the
               inside
               (
               as
               they
               are
               also
               without
               ,
               or
               on
               the
               East-side
               ,
               where
               ships
               may
               not
               come
               neerer
               to
               them
               than
               in
               24.
               and
               25.
               fathoms
               ,
               because
               that
               in
               twenty
               fathomes
               one
               is
               close
               by
               them
               )
               it
               is
               requisite
               not
               to
               goe
               further
               off
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               than
               in
               seven
               or
               eight
               fathoms
               ,
               in
               which
               depth
               ships
               may
               within
               a
               cabels
               length
               sail
               all
               along
               the
               coast
               ,
               the
               which
               here
               every
               where
               is
               very
               clean
               ,
               and
               free
               from
               all
               danger
               .
               And
               even
               between
               the
               land
               and
               the
               forenamed
               small
               Grounds
               ,
               Glaskermen
               and
               Rush
               and
               Ram
               ,
               the
               Sea
               is
               very
               clean
               and
               deep
               ,
               so
               as
               most
               ships
               doe
               passe
               betwixt
               them
               and
               the
               land
               ,
               and
               not
               about
               by
               the
               out
               side
               of
               them
               .
            
             
               These
               Sands
               in
               four
               severall
               places
               are
               cut
               thorough
               with
               fair
               broad
               and
               deep
               chanells
               ,
               whereof
               the
               one
               is
               over
               against
               the
               Bay
               of
               Wexford
               ;
               the
               other
               against
               Glascarick
               ,
               beeing
               no
               less
               than
               fifteen
               or
               sixteen
               fathoms
               deep
               ;
               the
               third
               right
               against
               Arckloe
               ,
               in
               which
               chanel
               it
               is
               about
               seven
               or
               eight
               fathoms
               deep
               ;
               and
               the
               fourth
               is
               directly
               against
               Wickloe
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Blind
               Rocks
               upon
               the
               coast
               of
               Ireland
               from
               the
               Saltees
               unto
               Wickloe
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               some
               blind
               Rock
               in
               this
               Sea
               ,
               but
               lye
               for
               the
               most
               part
               close
               under
               the
               land
               ,
               or
               neer
               some
               of
               the
               litle
               Ilands
               or
               high
               Rocks
               ,
               so
               as
               they
               may
               easily
               be
               shunned
               ,
               the
               rather
               ,
               because
               most
               of
               them
               doe
               at
               low
               water
               appear
               either
               in
               part
               or
               altogether
               .
               To
               speak
               a
               litle
               of
               these
               in
               order
               :
               the
               Saltees
               ,
               two
               litle
               Ilands
               situated
               half
               way
               between
               the
               Haven
               of
               Waterford
               and
               and
               the
               head
               of
               Carnarord
               of
               the
               which
               hath
               
               been
               spoken
               heretofore
               )
               have
               both
               at
               the
               North-side
               some
               blind
               Rocks
               ;
               whereof
               those
               which
               ly
               neer
               the
               bigger
               and
               Southermost
               Iland
               ,
               fall
               dry
               at
               low
               water
               .
               About
               three
               miles
               to
               the
               South
               of
               the
               same
               bigger
               Iland
               lyeth
               a
               blind
               Rock
               called
               Kinmore
               ,
               of
               the
               bignes
               of
               a
               ship
               ,
               at
               half
               ebbe
               it
               cometh
               above
               water
               ,
               and
               is
               so
               steep
               ,
               that
               with
               the
               side
               of
               a
               ship
               one
               may
               ly
               close
               against
               it
               ,
               and
               have
               fourteen
               fathomes
               of
               water
               ,
               so
               as
               without
               any
               danger
               one
               may
               sail
               very
               close
               by
               it
               .
               To
               the
               South-East
               of
               the
               fore
               named
               bigger
               Iland
               doe
               also
               lye
               some
               blind
               Rocks
               ,
               called
               the
               Frailes
               ,
               the
               which
               may
               be
               seen
               at
               low
               water
               ,
               and
               ships
               may
               passe
               through
               the
               midst
               of
               them
               .
               About
               half
               a
               mile
               from
               Blackrock
               (
               a
               noted
               Rock
               ,
               whereof
               shall
               be
               spoken
               anon
               )
               lyeth
               a
               blind
               Rock
               ,
               called
               the
               Barrell
               ,
               of
               the
               which
               one
               must
               take
               heed
               very
               carefully
               .
               A
               little
               to
               the
               West
               of
               Carnarord
               lyeth
               a
               small
               Rocky
               foul
               ,
               close
               under
               the
               land
               .
               Betwixt
               Carnarord
               and
               St
               Margarets
               Bay
               it
               is
               foul
               and
               Rocky
               ,
               but
               the
               foul
               grounds
               doe
               not
               reach
               far
               into
               the
               Sea.
               
            
             
               South-South-East
               from
               St
               Margarets
               Bay
               lyeth
               a
               blind
               Rock
               ,
               called
               Caliogh
               ,
               the
               which
               at
               low
               water
               falleth
               dry
               .
               From
               the
               point
               of
               Greenore
               a
               riffe
               of
               blind
               Rocks
               and
               Stones
               runneth
               almost
               the
               length
               of
               a
               mile
               into
               the
               Sea
               ,
               the
               which
               at
               low
               water
               falleth
               dry
               a
               good
               way
               from
               the
               land
               .
               At
               the
               North-side
               of
               the
               Head
               of
               Arcklo
               lyeth
               a
               litle
               Stony
               row
               ,
               the
               which
               is
               shunned
               very
               carefully
               by
               the
               ships
               ,
               not
               daring
               to
               come
               neerer
               to
               it
               than
               in
               five
               fathoms
               of
               water
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               The
               rest
               of
               the
               blind
               Rocks
               upon
               the
               coast
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               Iust
               to
               the
               South
               of
               the
               head
               of
               Wickloe
               ,
               a
               little
               way
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               lyeth
               a
               Rocky
               sand
               called
               Horse-shoe
               ;
               betwixt
               which
               and
               the
               land
               ships
               may
               sail
               thorough
               ,
               if
               need
               be
               :
               but
               that
               being
               full
               of
               danger
               ,
               it
               is
               done
               very
               seldome
               ;
               and
               a
               little
               further
               to
               the
               South
               lyeth
               a
               little
               blind
               Rock
               close
               by
               the
               land
               ,
               called
               the
               Wolfe
               ,
               the
               which
               at
               half
               ebb
               cometh
               above
               water
               ;
               betwixt
               which
               and
               the
               land
               fishers
               boats
               doe
               passe
               .
            
             
               The
               like
               blind
               Rocks
               &
               Rockie
               sands
               lye
               upon
               the
               coast
               betwixt
               Tredagh
               and
               Dundalk
               ,
               as
               also
               betwixt
               Dundalk
               and
               Carlingford
               ,
               in
               both
               places
               close
               under
               the
               land
               :
               at
               both
               the
               points
               of
               the
               Havens
               of
               Carlingford
               &
               Strangford
               ▪
               under
               St
               Iohns
               point
               ,
               situated
               half
               way
               between
               those
               two
               Havens
               :
               on
               both
               sides
               of
               those
               two
               great
               Rocks
               ,
               a
               litle
               way
               beyond
               Strangford
               Haven
               ,
               called
               Southrock
               and
               Northrock
               :
               between
               the
               Ilands
               of
               Copland
               Iles
               and
               the
               land
               ,
               at
               the
               South-point
               of
               the
               bay
               of
               Knockfergus
               :
               round
               about
               those
               great
               Rocks
               over
               against
               Oldfleet
               ,
               called
               the
               nine
               maids
               :
               to
               the
               West
               of
               the
               little
               Iland
               called
               Sheeps-Iland
               :
               betwixt
               Port
               Belletree
               and
               Skires
               Portrush
               ,
               which
               Rocks
               are
               called
               the
               Chickens
               :
               half-way
               betwixt
               Lough-Suillie
               and
               Sheeps-Haven
               ,
               a
               mile
               or
               two
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               which
               Rocks
               the
               flood
               doth
               cover
               ,
               but
               at
               ebbe
               they
               come
               above
               water
               ;
               &
               in
               severall
               other
               places
               upon
               the
               West-coast
               &
               the
               South-coast
               the
               which
               it
               would
               be
               tedious
               all
               to
               particularise
               :
               wherfore
               we
               will
               conclude
               this
               rehearsall
               of
               the
               Blind
               Rocks
               with
               that
               which
               to
               the
               West
               of
               St
               Iohns
               point
               (
               a
               point
               situated
               three
               or
               four
               mile
               Southwards
               
               from
               Kilbeg-haven
               )
               doth
               lye
               somwhat
               more
               than
               a
               mile
               off
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               upon
               which
               the
               Sea
               breaketh
               with
               great
               noise
               ,
               and
               nevertheless
               one
               may
               freely
               and
               without
               any
               danger
               sail
               between
               the
               same
               and
               the
               land
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Rocks
               in
               the
               Irish
               Sea
               ,
               upon
               the
               East-side
               and
               the
               North-side
               of
               the
               coast
               .
            
             
               There
               be
               also
               divers
               Rocks
               that
               alwayes
               stand
               above
               water
               ,
               the
               which
               as
               they
               are
               dangerous
               in
               the
               dark
               night
               ,
               and
               in
               misty
               weather
               ,
               so
               at
               other
               times
               they
               are
               rather
               profitable
               than
               hurtful
               ,
               forasmuch
               as
               they
               serve
               the
               Sea-faring
               men
               for
               Sea-marks
               ,
               and
               help
               them
               to
               discern
               the
               situation
               and
               distances
               of
               the
               coasts
               ;
               wherefore
               also
               the
               most
               part
               of
               them
               have
               received
               peculiar
               and
               proper
               names
               .
               The
               principall
               of
               this
               whole
               number
               is
               the
               Tuskar
               ,
               a
               great
               black
               smooth
               Rock
               ,
               of
               fashion
               like
               unto
               a
               ship
               turned
               the
               upside
               downwards
               ,
               but
               as
               big
               again
               ,
               lying
               South-Eastwards
               from
               the
               point
               of
               Greenore
               the
               space
               of
               three
               miles
               .
               To
               the
               South
               West
               of
               the
               Tuskar
               a
               great
               way
               ,
               and
               about
               a
               mile
               and
               a
               half
               from
               the
               bigger
               of
               the
               Saltees
               ,
               is
               the
               Rock
               Kinbeg
               .
               To
               the
               North-East
               of
               the
               Saltees
               stand
               two
               Rocks
               not
               far
               the
               one
               from
               the
               other
               ,
               of
               which
               the
               one
               of
               its
               situation
               is
               called
               North-Rock
               ,
               &
               the
               Southermost
               The
               Tuns
               .
               To
               the
               East
               of
               these
               two
               ,
               and
               about
               three
               miles
               from
               the
               point
               of
               Carnarord
               ,
               lyeth
               Black-Rock
               ,
               being
               clean
               of
               all
               sides
               ,
               so
               as
               ships
               may
               freely
               sail
               round
               about
               it
               without
               any
               fear
               or
               danger
               .
            
             
               A
               mile
               or
               two
               to
               the
               North
               of
               Lambry
               lyeth
               a
               great
               Rock
               called
               Rock
               Abill
               ,
               about
               which
               ships
               may
               sail
               of
               all
               sides
               .
            
             
             
               Two
               miles
               beyond
               the
               North-point
               of
               the
               Haven
               of
               Strangford
               are
               two
               great
               Rocks
               ,
               the
               one
               called
               North-Rock
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               ,
               distant
               two
               miles
               from
               it
               to
               the
               South
               ,
               South-Rock
               :
               The
               North-Rock
               is
               a
               number
               of
               Rocks
               lying
               close
               together
               ,
               divers
               whereof
               are
               covered
               at
               high-water
               .
               From
               the
               end
               of
               these
               two
               shoot
               out
               riffes
               of
               foul
               and
               rocky-ground
               ;
               but
               betwixt
               them
               goeth
               a
               broad
               ,
               clean
               ,
               and
               deep
               chanel
               ,
               through
               which
               all
               manner
               of
               ships
               ,
               even
               the
               biggest
               ,
               may
               pass
               .
            
             
               Six
               or
               seven
               miles
               to
               the
               North
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Knockfergus
               ,
               and
               three
               miles
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               are
               the
               Nine
               Mayds
               ,
               being
               great
               Rocks
               that
               lye
               but
               a
               little
               above
               the
               water
               ,
               or
               low
               Rocky-Iles
               ,
               with
               a
               great
               number
               of
               blind
               Rocks
               about
               the
               same
               ,
               so
               as
               ships
               may
               come
               no
               nearer
               to
               them
               than
               within
               five
               or
               six
               mile
               .
            
             
               Of
               the
               same
               kind
               of
               low
               Rocks
               ,
               or
               little
               Rocky-Ilands
               ,
               are
               also
               those
               who
               are
               called
               Eneste●hull-Ilands
               ,
               being
               situated
               before
               the
               most
               Northerly-point
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               betwixt
               Lough-Foile
               and
               Lough-Suillie
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Rocks
               in
               the
               Irish-sea
               upon
               the
               Western
               and
               the
               Southern-coast
               .
            
             
               Near
               the
               Ilands
               of
               Aran
               upon
               the
               North-West-coast
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               lye
               severall
               high
               Rocks
               ,
               called
               the
               Stags
               of
               Aran
               ;
               and
               such
               other
               Rocks
               ,
               called
               the
               Stags
               of
               Broad-haven
               ,
               lye
               three
               or
               four
               miles
               from
               the
               Northern-point
               of
               Broad-haven
               .
            
             
               Three
               miles
               to
               the
               North-west
               of
               Akill-head
               lyeth
               Black-rock
               ,
               a
               great
               high
               and
               black
               
               Rock
               ,
               with
               severall
               other
               Rocks
               near
               unto
               it
               .
            
             
               On
               the
               North-side
               and
               West-side
               of
               the
               Ilands
               Blaskes
               ,
               lying
               over
               against
               the
               most
               Westerly-point
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               are
               severall
               great
               Rocks
               ,
               some
               whereof
               are
               called
               the
               Horses
               ,
               and
               others
               the
               Bucks
               .
            
             
               Seven
               or
               eight
               Leagues
               to
               the
               South
               of
               Blaskes
               lye
               three
               great
               Rocks
               ,
               called
               the
               Skellighs
               ,
               the
               Easterliest
               about
               three
               miles
               ,
               and
               the
               Westerliest
               six
               or
               seven
               miles
               from
               the
               Land
               ;
               the
               which
               ,
               to
               those
               that
               come
               from
               the
               South
               ,
               when
               first
               they
               begin
               to
               see
               them
               ,
               resemble
               the
               Sails
               of
               Ships
               .
            
             
               Without
               the
               Head
               of
               Dorses
               lye
               three
               other
               great
               Rocks
               ,
               whereof
               the
               uttermost
               ,
               or
               the
               most
               Westerly
               ,
               is
               called
               the
               Bull
               ,
               the
               middlemost
               the
               Cow
               ,
               and
               the
               third
               the
               Calf
               ,
               being
               clean
               round
               about
               ,
               so
               as
               without
               any
               danger
               one
               may
               sail
               between
               them
               .
            
             
               Five
               or
               six
               miles
               West
               and
               by
               South
               of
               the
               Head
               of
               Clare
               lyeth
               a
               high
               steep
               Rock
               alone
               in
               the
               sea
               ,
               called
               Fastney
               ,
               the
               which
               at
               the
               first
               appearing
               looketh
               like
               the
               sayl
               of
               a
               ship
               .
            
             
               Two
               or
               three
               miles
               to
               the
               East
               of
               Baltimore
               ,
               and
               a
               mile
               or
               two
               from
               the
               land
               ,
               lye
               five
               or
               six
               high
               steep
               Rocks
               called
               the
               Stags
               ,
               as
               those
               of
               Aran
               and
               Broad-haven
               ,
               to
               those
               that
               come
               from
               the
               East
               along
               the
               land
               ,
               when
               first
               they
               begin
               to
               have
               them
               in
               sight
               ,
               they
               resemble
               some
               Spires
               or
               Pointed-steeples
               standing
               together
               .
            
             
               Two
               miles
               Eastwards
               from
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Haven
               of
               Kinsale
               ,
               lye
               two
               great
               black
               
               Rocks
               ,
               the
               one
               somwhat
               farther
               from
               the
               land
               than
               the
               other
               .
            
             
               There
               lie
               also
               severall
               Rocks
               neer
               the
               little
               Ilands
               of
               Dalkee
               and
               Irelands-Eye
               ,
               the
               one
               situated
               before
               the
               North-point
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               before
               the
               South-point
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               as
               heretofore
               we
               have
               shewed
               :
               Likewise
               on
               both
               ends
               of
               the
               I
               le
               of
               Lambey
               ,
               half
               way
               betwixt
               the
               same
               Iland
               and
               Tredagh-haven
               ,
               close
               by
               the
               Land
               ;
               near
               the
               Iland
               Ranghlins
               ,
               near
               Skires
               Portrush
               ,
               and
               in
               severall
               other
               places
               ,
               but
               the
               principal
               and
               most
               considerable
               are
               those
               whereof
               we
               have
               spoken
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             Of
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             Irish-sea
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Tides
             which
             go
             in
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               The
               Irish-sea
               not
               so
               tempestuous
               as
               it
               is
               bruited
               to
               be
               .
            
             
               THat
               part
               of
               the
               Irish-sea
               which
               divideth
               Ireland
               from
               Great-Britain
               ,
               is
               very
               much
               defamed
               both
               by
               Antient
               and
               Modern
               Writers
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               its
               boysterousness
               and
               tempestuousness
               ,
               as
               if
               it
               were
               more
               subject
               to
               storms
               and
               raging
               weather
               than
               any
               other
               ,
               and
               consequently
               not
               to
               be
               passed
               without
               very
               great
               danger
               :
               
                 Mare
                 quod
                 Hiberniam
                 &
                 Britanniam
                 interluit
                 ,
                 undosum
                 inquietumque
                 ,
                 toto
                 in
                 anno
                 non
                 nisi
                 paucis
                 diebus
                 est
                 navigabile
              
               :
               That
               is
               ,
               
                 The
                 Sea
                 which
                 passeth
                 betwixt
                 Ireland
                 and
                 Britain
                 ,
                 is
                 boysterous
                 and
                 restless
                 ,
                 so
                 as
                 but
                 few
                 
                 dayes
                 in
                 the
                 year
                 ships
                 can
                 go
                 upon
                 it
              
               ;
               saith
               Solinus
               :
               With
               whom
               Giraldus
               (
               who
               several
               times
               went
               to
               and
               fro
               betwixt
               England
               and
               Ireland
               )
               fully
               agreeth
               ,
               writing
               in
               this
               manner
               ,
               
                 Hibernicum
                 Mare
                 concurrentibus
                 fluctibus
                 undosissimum
                 ,
                 fere
                 semper
                 est
                 inquietum
                 ,
                 it
                 a
                 ut
                 vix
                 etiam
                 aestivo
                 tempore
                 paucis
                 diebus
                 se
                 navigantibus
                 tranquillum
                 praebeat
              
               :
               That
               is
               ,
               
                 The
                 Irish-sea
                 being
                 very
                 boysterous
                 through
                 the
                 concourse
                 of
                 the
                 waves
                 ,
                 is
                 almost
                 alwayes
                 restless
                 ,
                 so
                 as
                 even
                 in
                 the
                 summer-time
                 it
                 is
                 hardly
                 for
                 a
                 few
                 dayes
                 quiet
                 enough
                 to
                 be
                 sayled
                 upon
              
               Likewise
               also
               Camden
               and
               Speed
               give
               unto
               this
               sea
               the
               surnames
               of
               Boysterous
               and
               Tempestuous
               .
               Yea
               it
               is
               a
               common
               Proverb
               in
               England
               ,
               
                 As
                 unquiet
                 as
                 the
                 Irish-sea
              
               .
               Nevertheless
               it
               is
               nothing
               so
               bad
               as
               they
               make
               it
               ;
               and
               the
               words
               of
               Stanyhurst
               ,
               in
               his
               Annotations
               upon
               
                 Giraldus
                 ,
                 Mare
                 Hibernicum
                 satis
                 tranquillum
                 est
                 ,
                 nisi
                 ventorum
                 vi
                 agit●tur
                 ,
                 &
                 non
                 solum
                 aestate
                 ,
                 sed
                 etiam
                 summa
                 hyem●
                 vectores
                 ultro
                 citroque
                 navigant
                 :
                 The
                 Irish-sea
                 is
                 quiet
                 enough
                 ,
                 except
                 when
                 by
                 high
                 windes
                 it
                 is
                 stirred
                 ,
                 so
                 as
                 not
                 only
                 in
                 the
                 summer
                 ,
                 but
                 even
                 in
                 the
                 midst
                 of
                 winter
                 people
                 do
                 pass
                 it
                 to
                 &
                 fro
                 ,
              
               are
               altogether
               true
               ,
               &
               confirmed
               by
               dayly
               experience
               .
               True
               it
               is
               that
               some
               ships
               do
               perish
               upon
               this
               ,
               but
               the
               same
               happeneth
               as
               well
               upon
               other
               seas
               ,
               who
               are
               all
               subject
               to
               the
               disaster
               of
               tempests
               and
               shipwracks
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Causes
               of
               the
               loss
               of
               such
               ships
               as
               perish
               upon
               this
               sea
               .
            
             
               The
               common
               cause
               of
               the
               casting
               away
               of
               ships
               upon
               this
               sea
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               East-coast
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               is
               this
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               long
               dark
               Winter-nights
               
               (
               when
               this
               disaster
               is
               more
               frequent
               than
               at
               other
               times
               of
               the
               year
               )
               some
               furious
               storm
               arising
               ,
               the
               ships
               are
               dashed
               against
               the
               Rocks
               ,
               against
               the
               rocky
               Shoares
               ,
               or
               against
               those
               Grounds
               which
               extend
               themselves
               betwixt
               the
               Tuskar
               and
               the
               Bay
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               whilst
               the
               Steer-men
               and
               Pilots
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               darkness
               not
               being
               able
               to
               discern
               the
               land
               ,
               or
               any
               of
               their
               wonted
               marks
               ,
               do
               not
               know
               which
               way
               to
               steer
               to
               shun
               those
               dangerous
               places
               ,
               and
               to
               keep
               themselves
               in
               the
               open
               sea
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Nature
               of
               the
               ground
               of
               the
               Irish-sea
               .
            
             
               The
               ground
               of
               the
               Irish-sea
               ,
               as
               well
               in
               the
               midst
               ,
               as
               under
               the
               land
               ,
               is
               almost
               every
               where
               clear
               sand
               ;
               but
               in
               some
               places
               black
               and
               muddy
               or
               oasi●-earth
               :
               In
               very
               few
               places
               rough
               and
               sharp
               ;
               and
               scarce
               any
               where
               else
               but
               in
               the
               Bay
               of
               Wickloe
               ,
               so
               hard
               and
               stifly
               compacted
               ,
               that
               the
               Anchors
               can
               take
               no
               hold
               of
               it
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Tides
               in
               the
               Irish-sea
               .
            
             
               What
               concerneth
               the
               Ebbing
               and
               Flowing
               in
               this
               sea
               ,
               which
               invironeth
               Ireland
               :
               upon
               all
               the
               West-side
               it
               floweth
               against
               the
               land
               ,
               and
               the
               Ebbe
               falleth
               back
               from
               it
               into
               the
               sea
               ;
               the
               Flood
               from
               ,
               and
               the
               Ebbe
               towards
               the
               West
               ;
               for
               which
               reason
               very
               great
               Tides
               ,
               as
               well
               of
               Ebbe
               as
               Flood
               go
               upon
               all
               this
               coast
               ,
               not
               onely
               the
               open
               shoares
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               bayes
               and
               inlets
               (
               even
               those
               which
               go
               a
               great
               way
               into
               the
               land
               ,
               as
               the
               Haven
               of
               Limmerick
               )
               so
               as
               those
               ,
               who
               have
               been
               at
               Galloway
               ,
               do
               assure
               us
               ,
               that
               it
               doth
               so
               mightily
               ebbe
               and
               
               flow
               there
               ,
               that
               at
               high-water
               great
               vessels
               may
               sayl
               over
               those
               Rocks
               ,
               the
               which
               with
               the
               Ebbe
               come
               above
               water
               .
            
             
               Upon
               the
               other
               side
               of
               Ireland
               it
               ebbeth
               and
               floweth
               along
               the
               land
               ;
               for
               upon
               the
               North-side
               of
               Ireland
               the
               Ebbe
               and
               Flood
               falleth
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               upon
               the
               West-side
               ,
               flowing
               from
               ,
               and
               ebbing
               towards
               the
               West
               .
               But
               upon
               the
               East-side
               ,
               from
               Fair-Foreland
               unto
               Carlingford
               ,
               the
               Flood
               commeth
               from
               ,
               and
               the
               Ebbe
               falleth
               to
               the
               North
               :
               As
               upon
               the
               rest
               of
               this
               East-side
               ,
               to
               wit
               from
               Carlingford
               to
               Carnarord
               ,
               it
               floweth
               from
               the
               South
               ,
               and
               ebbeth
               from
               the
               North.
               For
               although
               upon
               all
               this
               side
               the
               Flood
               runneth
               along
               the
               land
               ,
               yet
               doth
               it
               not
               take
               its
               beginning
               from
               one
               and
               the
               same
               ,
               but
               two
               contrary
               points
               ;
               the
               which
               two
               floods
               comming
               the
               one
               out
               of
               the
               Main-sea
               in
               the
               North
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               out
               of
               the
               Main-sea
               in
               the
               South
               ,
               do
               meet
               and
               stop
               one
               another
               before
               the
               Haven
               of
               Carlingford
               .
            
             
               From
               Tuskar
               and
               Carnarord
               as
               far
               as
               to
               the
               Head
               of
               Clare
               ,
               being
               the
               whole
               South-Eastcoast
               of
               Munster
               ,
               the
               Flood
               falleth
               along
               the
               coast
               East-North-East
               ,
               and
               the
               Ebbe
               West-South-West
               .
               But
               upon
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               coast
               of
               Munster
               ,
               beyond
               the
               Head
               of
               Clare
               Westward
               ,
               which
               coast
               lyeth
               West
               and
               by
               South
               ,
               the
               Flood
               falleth
               East-ward
               ,
               and
               the
               Ebbe
               to
               the
               West
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Strong
               Tides
               in
               the
               Sounds
               .
               Strange
               proprietie
               of
               the
               Bay
               of
               Wexford
               in
               the
               matter
               of
               Tides
               .
            
             
               That
               which
               the
               Sea-faring
               men
               do
               witness
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               Sound
               of
               Blaskes
               ,
               of
               Dalkee
               ,
               and
               in
               
               that
               of
               Lambey
               ,
               as
               also
               in
               some
               other
               narrow
               chanels
               of
               this
               sea
               ,
               there
               goeth
               a
               very
               strong
               Tide
               ,
               as
               well
               of
               the
               Ebbe
               as
               Flood
               ,
               is
               no
               other
               than
               may
               be
               observed
               almost
               every
               where
               else
               in
               places
               of
               the
               like
               nature
               .
            
             
               But
               it
               is
               much
               to
               be
               wondered
               ,
               what
               the
               same
               do
               relate
               of
               the
               chanel
               ,
               or
               entrance
               of
               the
               Haven
               of
               Wexford
               ,
               to
               wit
               ,
               that
               it
               ebbeth
               and
               floweth
               there
               three
               houres
               sooner
               than
               without
               in
               the
               open
               sea
               ;
               so
               as
               when
               it
               is
               high
               water
               in
               the
               chanel
               of
               that
               Haven
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               bar
               of
               the
               same
               ,
               the
               Flood
               doth
               still
               for
               half
               a
               Tide
               ,
               or
               three
               hours
               after
               ,
               strongly
               run
               by
               it
               to
               the
               North
               ;
               whereby
               it
               cometh
               to
               pass
               that
               the
               end
               of
               Hanemans-path
               (
               a
               great
               Sand
               lying
               just
               before
               the
               Haven
               of
               VVexford
               )
               is
               cast
               up
               more
               and
               more
               to
               the
               North
               ;
               and
               that
               the
               chanel
               which
               passeth
               by
               the
               North-side
               of
               that
               Sand
               ,
               being
               the
               entrance
               of
               the
               Haven
               ,
               is
               now
               more
               to
               the
               North
               than
               it
               hath
               been
               formerly
               .
               And
               as
               it
               floweth
               three
               houres
               longer
               in
               the
               open
               sea
               than
               upon
               the
               Bar
               and
               in
               the
               chanel
               of
               this
               Haven
               ,
               in
               the
               like
               manner
               also
               ,
               the
               Ebbe
               in
               the
               sea
               falleth
               to
               the
               South
               three
               houres
               after
               that
               it
               is
               low
               water
               in
               the
               same
               place
               ,
               but
               not
               so
               strongly
               as
               the
               Flood
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Some
               other
               strange
               particulars
               about
               the
               Tides
               in
               the
               I●ish-sea
               ,
               related
               by
               Giraldus
               ,
               but
               found
               not
               to
               be
               true
               .
            
             
               More
               strange
               it
               is
               what
               Giraldus
               writeth
               of
               the
               Havens
               of
               Wickloe
               and
               Arckloe
               ,
               to
               wit
               ,
               that
               in
               VVickloe-haven
               it
               ever
               floweth
               ,
               when
               in
               the
               sea
               it
               ebbeth
               ;
               and
               that
               it
               ebbeth
               there
               when
               it
               floweth
               in
               the
               sea
               .
               And
               that
               in
               the
               same
               River
               (
               this
               
               Haven
               being
               nothing
               else
               but
               the
               mouth
               of
               a
               little
               River
               )
               the
               water
               is
               salt
               as
               well
               when
               the
               ebbe
               is
               at
               the
               lowest
               ,
               as
               at
               the
               flowing
               and
               high-water
               :
               And
               that
               to
               the
               contrary
               in
               that
               Riveler
               ,
               which
               at
               Arcklo
               dischargeth
               it self
               into
               the
               sea
               ,
               the
               water
               keepeth
               its
               sweetness
               at
               all
               times
               (
               never
               receiving
               the
               mixture
               of
               any
               saltness
               )
               as
               well
               with
               the
               flood
               and
               high-water
               ,
               as
               with
               the
               ebbe
               .
               But
               experience
               sheweth
               these
               things
               to
               be
               repugnant
               to
               the
               truth
               ;
               as
               also
               what
               he
               writeth
               of
               a
               Rock
               not
               far
               from
               Arcklo
               ,
               at
               the
               one
               side
               wherof
               he
               saith
               that
               it
               alwayes
               ebbeth
               ,
               when
               it
               doth
               flow
               on
               the
               other
               ;
               and
               to
               the
               contrary
               .
               Also
               that
               in
               Milford-haven
               (
               situated
               in
               the
               Southernmost
               part
               of
               Wales
               ,
               in
               a
               manner
               over
               against
               Waterford
               )
               and
               upon
               the
               next
               coasts
               ,
               it
               ebbeth
               and
               floweth
               at
               quite
               contrary
               times
               to
               what
               it
               doth
               at
               Dublin
               ,
               and
               the
               coast
               thereabouts
               ;
               so
               that
               it
               should
               begin
               to
               ebbe
               in
               Milford-haven
               ,
               when
               in
               the
               Bay
               of
               Dublin
               it
               beginneth
               to
               flow
               ,
               and
               to
               flow
               in
               Milford-haven
               when
               it
               beginneth
               to
               ebbe
               at
               Dublin
               :
               Which
               how
               untrue
               it
               is
               ,
               all
               those
               can
               witnes
               ,
               who
               having
               bin
               in
               both
               places
               ,
               have
               had
               the
               curiosity
               to
               observe
               the
               times
               and
               houres
               ,
               at
               what
               age
               of
               the
               Moon
               soever
               ,
               wherein
               it
               doth
               begin
               to
               ebbe
               and
               to
               flow
               there
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
             Of
             the
             Springs
             and
             Fountains
             ,
             item
             of
             the
             Brooks
             and
             Rivelets
             of
             Ireland
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Springs
               and
               Fountains
               .
            
             
               HAving
               sufficiently
               spoke
               of
               the
               Sea
               wherin
               Ireland
               lyeth
               ,
               and
               of
               whatsoever
               belongeth
               thereunto
               ;
               we
               shall
               now
               ,
               before
               we
               come
               to
               treat
               of
               the
               Land
               it self
               ,
               speak
               of
               the
               Waters
               within
               the
               Land
               ;
               first
               of
               the
               Springs
               and
               Brooks
               ,
               afterwards
               of
               the
               Rivers
               ,
               and
               lastly
               of
               the
               Loughs
               or
               Lakes
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               first
               ,
               to
               wit
               Fountains
               and
               Springs
               ,
               Ireland
               is
               very
               full
               of
               them
               every
               where
               ,
               not
               only
               in
               the
               mountainous
               and
               hilly
               parts
               ,
               but
               even
               in
               the
               flat
               and
               Champain
               countries
               :
               Which
               Springs
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               all
               of
               one
               and
               the
               same
               fashion
               ,
               being
               like
               unto
               a
               small
               pit
               full
               of
               water
               up
               to
               the
               brim
               ;
               at
               the
               lower
               ●ide
               whereof
               the
               water
               doth
               run
               forth
               ,
               without
               making
               any
               noise
               or
               bubling
               .
               For
               that
               kind
               of
               Fountains
               which
               forcibly
               burst
               out
               of
               the
               side
               of
               a
               Rock
               ,
               or
               spout
               their
               water
               on
               high
               ,
               are
               very
               rarely
               to
               be
               found
               in
               this
               Kingdom
               .
               The
               water
               of
               these
               Well-springs
               is
               for
               the
               most
               part
               cool
               ,
               clear
               ,
               and
               pure
               ;
               free
               from
               all
               strange
               smell
               and
               tast
               :
               in
               which
               properties
               nevertheless
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               wholsomness
               of
               the
               water
               ,
               the
               same
               differences
               are
               found
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               same
               causes
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               countries
               .
               For
               those
               which
               spring
               out
               of
               a
               gravelly
               or
               sandy
               ground
               are
               purer
               than
               those
               that
               spring
               out
               of
               earth
               or
               clay
               ;
               those
               that
               rise
               out
               of
               a
               stony
               or
               
               Rocky
               ground
               ,
               cooler
               than
               any
               of
               the
               former
               ;
               those
               that
               are
               exposed
               to
               the
               Sun
               ,
               and
               freely
               receive
               the
               Bea●●
               thereof
               ,
               especially
               of
               the
               morning
               -
               sun
               ,
               have
               lighter
               and
               wholsomer
               water
               ,
               although
               less
               cool
               than
               those
               which
               are
               contrarily
               seated
               ;
               and
               so
               for
               the
               rest
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Spaes
               and
               Holy-wels
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               A
               few
               yeares
               since
               some
               Fountains
               have
               been
               discovered
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               some
               of
               them
               not
               far
               from
               Dublin
               ,
               and
               others
               in
               other
               parts
               ,
               whose
               veines
               running
               through
               certain
               Minerals
               ,
               and
               washing
               off
               the
               vertue
               of
               the
               same
               ,
               yeeld
               a
               Medicinall
               water
               ,
               apt
               to
               open
               the
               obstructions
               of
               mans
               body
               ,
               and
               to
               cure
               other
               accidents
               thereof
               ;
               which
               kind
               of
               Fountains
               are
               commonly
               called
               Spaes
               ,
               a
               name
               borrowed
               of
               a
               certain
               village
               in
               the
               country
               of
               Liege
               ,
               in
               which
               there
               is
               a
               Spring
               of
               that
               sort
               ,
               absolutely
               the
               principallest
               ,
               and
               the
               most
               effectuall
               of
               all
               those
               of
               the
               same
               kind
               ,
               and
               therefore
               of
               very
               great
               renown
               in
               near
               and
               in
               far
               countries
               .
               Besides
               these
               Spaes
               there
               are
               also
               a
               great
               number
               of
               other
               Fountains
               throughout
               all
               the
               Land
               ,
               called
               Holy-wels
               by
               the
               inhabitants
               ,
               whose
               water
               not
               differing
               from
               that
               of
               other
               Wels
               ,
               in
               smell
               ,
               tast
               ,
               or
               in
               any
               other
               sensible
               quality
               ,
               neverthelese
               is
               beleeved
               to
               be
               effectuall
               for
               the
               curing
               of
               severall
               diseases
               .
               But
               experience
               doth
               shew
               ,
               that
               those
               vertues
               are
               not
               found
               in
               the
               Springs
               themselves
               ,
               but
               onely
               in
               the
               vain
               imagination
               of
               the
               superstitious
               people
               ;
               the
               which
               also
               having
               dedicated
               every
               one
               of
               those
               to
               some
               particular
               Saint
               ,
               do
               expect
               the
               supposed
               vertue
               rather
               from
               the
               power
               of
               them
               ,
               than
               from
               any
               naturall
               efficaciousness
               inherent
               in
               the
               water
               it self
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Of
               the
               fabulous
               Fountains
               of
               Giraldus
               Cambrensis
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               those
               wonderfull
               Springs
               mentioned
               by
               
                 Giraldus
                 Cambrensis
              
               ,
               One
               in
               Munster
               ,
               whose
               water
               presently
               maketh
               them
               gray
               that
               wash
               their
               head
               or
               beard
               therewith
               ;
               One
               in
               Ulster
               ,
               of
               quite
               contrary
               vertue
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               persons
               washed
               therewith
               never
               come
               to
               be
               gray
               ;
               One
               in
               Connaught
               ,
               whose
               water
               good
               and
               commodious
               for
               the
               drinking
               ,
               and
               other
               uses
               of
               men
               ,
               is
               hurtfull
               ,
               yea
               deadly
               to
               cattle
               ,
               sheep
               ,
               horses
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               sorts
               of
               beasts
               ;
               And
               yet
               another
               in
               the
               same
               Province
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               on
               the
               top
               of
               a
               high
               hill
               ,
               far
               from
               the
               sea
               side
               ,
               ebbeth
               and
               floweth
               twice
               a
               day
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               the
               sea
               ,
               I
               could
               not
               hitherto
               come
               to
               the
               speech
               of
               any
               ,
               who
               in
               our
               times
               had
               seen
               those
               Fountains
               ,
               or
               observed
               any
               such
               thing
               in
               them
               :
               Which
               maketh
               mee
               doubt
               ,
               that
               that
               good
               man
               hath
               been
               deceived
               herein
               by
               his
               credulity
               ,
               as
               in
               innumerable
               other
               things
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               evidently
               untrue
               and
               fictitious
               ,
               are
               by
               him
               related
               for
               certain
               truths
               .
               As
               in
               this
               matter
               who
               seeth
               not
               the
               idleness
               of
               that
               fiction
               concerning
               a
               certain
               Fountain
               in
               Munster
               ,
               whereof
               he
               writeth
               ,
               that
               as
               soon
               as
               any
               body
               doth
               touch
               it
               ,
               or
               but
               look
               at
               it
               ,
               it
               beginneth
               presently
               to
               rain
               most
               heavily
               over
               all
               the
               Province
               ,
               and
               continueth
               so
               to
               do
               ,
               untill
               a
               certain
               Priest
               ,
               appointed
               for
               that
               purpose
               ,
               and
               who
               hath
               never
               lost
               his
               Maiden-head
               ,
               do
               appease
               the
               Fountain
               ,
               in
               singing
               a
               Mass
               in
               a
               Chappel
               standing
               not
               far
               from
               thence
               ,
               and
               built
               expresly
               for
               that
               end
               ;
               and
               in
               be
               sprinkling
               the
               same
               Fountain
               with
               Holy-water
               ,
               and
               with
               the
               Milk
               of
               a
               Cow
               of
               one
               colour
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Brooks
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               No
               country
               in
               the
               world
               is
               fuller
               of
               Brooks
               ,
               than
               Ireland
               ,
               where
               the
               same
               be
               numberless
               &
               water
               all
               the
               parts
               of
               the
               land
               on
               all
               sides
               .
               They
               take
               their
               beginning
               three
               severall
               manner
               of
               waies
               .
               Some
               have
               their
               source
               of
               Fountains
               ,
               the
               which
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               very
               small
               ,
               not
               only
               those
               who
               carry
               the
               water
               but
               of
               one
               spring
               (
               most
               of
               which
               are
               rather
               like
               unto
               a
               gutter
               ,
               than
               a
               brook
               )
               but
               even
               those
               into
               which
               the
               water
               of
               severall
               fountains
               doth
               flow
               together
               .
               Others
               rise
               out
               of
               Bogs
               ,
               the
               which
               besides
               their
               own
               universall
               wetness
               being
               full
               of
               springs
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               thereof
               gathering
               in
               them
               more
               water
               than
               they
               are
               able
               to
               drink
               in
               or
               contain
               ,
               doe
               necessarily
               send
               out
               the
               same
               in
               convenient
               places
               ,
               and
               so
               give
               a
               beginning
               unto
               Rivelets
               and
               Brooks
               .
               The
               third
               sort
               take
               their
               beginning
               out
               of
               certain
               small
               Loughs
               ,
               which
               brooks
               ordinarily
               are
               of
               a
               reasonable
               bignes
               ,
               and
               farre
               surpasse
               the
               other
               two
               sorts
               ;
               although
               there
               doe
               not
               want
               some
               ,
               even
               of
               this
               kind
               ,
               which
               are
               very
               little
               .
               And
               there
               is
               very
               few
               of
               any
               of
               these
               kinds
               ,
               who
               come
               to
               any
               notable
               bignes
               ,
               as
               long
               as
               they
               continue
               to
               be
               solitary
               ,
               and
               untill
               having
               received
               the
               water
               of
               severall
               other
               Brooks
               ,
               doe
               thereby
               grow
               more
               considerable
               than
               they
               were
               in
               their
               first
               originall
               .
            
             
               These
               Brooks
               ,
               besids
               the
               great
               good
               they
               do
               the
               land
               in
               watering
               the
               same
               ,
               &
               besides
               the
               commodity
               they
               afford
               of
               drenching
               the
               Cattle
               &
               other
               Beasts
               ;
               do
               also
               greatly
               serve
               the
               inhabitants
               for
               another
               good
               use
               ,
               to
               wit
               the
               grinding
               of
               their
               corn
               ,
               wherunto
               the
               Windmils
               are
               very
               little
               used
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               because
               they
               have
               the
               conveniency
               ,
               
               through
               the
               great
               number
               of
               Brooks
               ,
               to
               erect
               watermills
               in
               every
               quarter
               where
               it
               is
               necessary
               :
               which
               bring
               a
               great
               profit
               to
               the
               owners
               ,
               being
               kept
               and
               maintained
               with
               less
               cost
               and
               labour
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               the
               swelling
               and
               overflowing
               of
               the
               Brooks
               .
            
             
               Some
               of
               the
               Brooks
               doe
               flow
               in
               an
               equall
               bigness
               all
               the
               year
               long
               ,
               without
               receiving
               any
               notable
               increase
               or
               diminishing
               :
               but
               far
               the
               major
               part
               doe
               change
               according
               to
               the
               wet
               or
               dry
               seasons
               of
               the
               ye●r
               ,
               and
               as
               many
               of
               them
               as
               come
               out
               of
               the
               mountaines
               ,
               or
               run
               thorough
               hilly
               countries
               ,
               swell
               so
               excessively
               ,
               when
               any
               great
               rain
               doth
               fall
               ,
               that
               they
               not
               only
               overflow
               the
               next
               low
               grounds
               ,
               doing
               many
               times
               great
               damage
               in
               them
               ,
               but
               also
               bring
               the
               wafering
               men
               into
               great
               distresse
               ;
               for
               it
               cometh
               to
               passe
               very
               oft
               ,
               that
               a
               brook
               ,
               which
               ordinarily
               is
               very
               shallow
               and
               still
               ,
               riseth
               so
               mightily
               through
               the
               multitude
               of
               the
               rain
               water
               ,
               which
               from
               the
               next
               mountains
               and
               hills
               descendeth
               into
               it
               ,
               that
               a
               good
               horse
               cannot
               passe
               without
               swimming
               ,
               where
               at
               other
               times
               a
               child
               easily
               may
               wade
               over
               :
               and
               with
               that
               adundance
               of
               water
               is
               commonly
               joined
               so
               strong
               and
               impetuous
               a
               current
               ,
               that
               man
               and
               horse
               are
               often
               caried
               away
               with
               it
               ,
               to
               their
               extreme
               danger
               ;
               and
               what
               soever
               wee
               say
               here-in
               of
               the
               Brooks
               ,
               is
               much
               more
               to
               bee
               understood
               of
               the
               Rivers
               ,
               the
               which
               otherwise
               in
               convenient
               places
               or
               foards
               may
               be
               passed
               over
               ;
               wherein
               the
               aforesaid
               danger
               is
               greater
               yet
               :
               so
               that
               few
               yeares
               passe
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               in
               the
               which
               some
               persons
               are
               not
               drowned
               in
               that
               fashion
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Strange
               invention
               of
               a
               man
               to
               pass
               a
               Brook
               ,
               greatly
               risen
               by
               the
               abundance
               of
               rain
               .
            
             
               It
               shall
               not
               be
               improper
               to
               insert
               here
               a
               particular
               observed
               by
               a
               very
               credible
               and
               reverend
               person
               ,
               
                 Theophilus
                 Buckwort
              
               ,
               Bishop
               of
               Dremore
               ,
               the
               which
               he
               hath
               severall
               times
               related
               to
               my
               Brother
               and
               others
               ,
               being
               this
               ;
               The
               Lagon
               ,
               a
               little
               River
               or
               Brook
               which
               passeth
               by
               the
               Town
               of
               Dremore
               ,
               upon
               a
               certain
               time
               being
               greatly
               risen
               through
               a
               great
               and
               lasting
               rain
               ,
               and
               having
               carryed
               away
               the
               woodden-bridge
               ,
               whereby
               the
               same
               used
               to
               be
               passed
               at
               that
               Town
               ;
               a
               country
               fellow
               who
               was
               travelling
               that
               way
               ,
               having
               stayed
               three
               dayes
               in
               hope
               that
               the
               water
               would
               fall
               ,
               and
               seeing
               that
               the
               rain
               continued
               ,
               grew
               impatient
               of
               staying
               longer
               ,
               and
               resolved
               to
               pass
               the
               Brook
               whatever
               the
               danger
               was
               ;
               but
               to
               doe
               it
               with
               the
               less
               perill
               ,
               and
               the
               more
               steadiness
               ,
               he
               took
               a
               great
               heavy
               stone
               upon
               his
               shoulders
               ,
               whose
               weight
               giving
               him
               some
               firmness
               against
               the
               violence
               of
               the
               water
               ,
               he
               passed
               the
               same
               without
               harm
               ,
               and
               came
               safe
               to
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               to
               the
               wonderment
               of
               many
               people
               ,
               who
               had
               been
               looking
               on
               ,
               and
               given
               him
               all
               for
               a
               lost
               person
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 7.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Brooks
               of
               Dromconran
               and
               Rafernam
               by
               Dublin
               .
            
             
               Of
               these
               dangerous
               Brooks
               there
               are
               two
               hard
               by
               Dublin
               ,
               both
               running
               into
               the
               Haven
               somewhat
               more
               than
               a
               mile
               from
               the
               Citie
               ,
               the
               one
               at
               the
               North-side
               thereof
               ,
               a
               little
               below
               the
               Village
               Dromconran
               ,
               which
               is
               seated
               upon
               the
               High-way
               from
               Dublin
               to
               Drogheda
               ;
               and
               the
               other
               
               at
               the
               South-side
               ,
               close
               by
               the
               Rings-end
               .
               This
               called
               Rafernam-water
               of
               the
               village
               by
               which
               it
               passeth
               two
               miles
               from
               the
               sea
               ,
               and
               the
               same
               distance
               from
               Dublin
               ,
               is
               far
               the
               worst
               of
               the
               two
               ,
               as
               taking
               its
               beginning
               out
               of
               those
               great
               Mountains
               South-wards
               from
               Dublin
               ,
               from
               whence
               after
               any
               great
               rain
               such
               abundance
               of
               water
               is
               descending
               to
               it
               ,
               that
               the
               same
               ,
               which
               at
               other
               times
               is
               of
               very
               little
               depth
               ,
               groweth
               thereby
               so
               deep
               ,
               and
               exceeding
               violent
               ,
               that
               many
               persons
               have
               lost
               their
               lives
               therein
               ;
               amongst
               others
               Mr.
               
                 Iohn
                 Vsher
              
               ,
               Father
               to
               Sir
               
                 William
                 Vsher
              
               that
               now
               is
               ,
               who
               was
               carryed
               by
               the
               current
               ,
               no
               body
               being
               able
               to
               succour
               him
               ,
               although
               many
               persons
               ,
               and
               of
               his
               nearest
               friends
               ,
               both
               afoot
               and
               horsback
               were
               by
               on
               both
               the
               sides
               .
               Since
               that
               time
               a
               stone
               bridge
               hath
               been
               built
               over
               that
               brook
               (
               as
               over
               Dromconran-water
               there
               hath
               been
               one
               from
               antient
               times
               )
               upon
               the
               way
               betwixt
               Dublin
               and
               Rings-end
               ;
               which
               was
               hardly
               well
               accomplished
               ,
               when
               the
               Brook
               in
               one
               of
               those
               furious
               risings
               quite
               altered
               its
               chanel
               for
               a
               good
               way
               ,
               so
               as
               it
               did
               not
               pass
               under
               the
               Bridge
               as
               before
               ,
               but
               just
               before
               the
               foot
               of
               it
               ,
               letting
               the
               same
               stand
               upon
               the
               dry
               land
               ,
               and
               consequently
               making
               it
               altogether
               useless
               :
               in
               which
               perverse
               course
               it
               continued
               ,
               untill
               perforce
               it
               was
               constrained
               to
               return
               to
               its
               old
               chanel
               ,
               and
               to
               keep
               within
               the
               same
               .
               To
               go
               from
               Dublin
               to
               Rafernam
               ,
               one
               passeth
               this
               River
               upon
               a
               woodden-bridge
               ;
               the
               which
               although
               it
               be
               high
               and
               strong
               ,
               nevertheless
               hath
               severall
               times
               been
               quite
               broke
               ,
               and
               carryed
               away
               through
               the
               violence
               of
               sudden
               floods
               ;
               although
               at
               other
               times
               ,
               and
               when
               that
               
               Brook
               doth
               onely
               carry
               its
               ordinary
               water
               ,
               a
               child
               of
               five
               yeares
               may
               easily
               and
               without
               danger
               wade
               through
               it
               ;
               and
               a
               tall
               man
               on
               horsback
               riding
               underneath
               it
               ,
               not
               being
               able
               to
               reach
               it
               ;
               in
               the
               great
               floods
               the
               water
               many
               times
               riseth
               so
               high
               ,
               as
               that
               it
               doth
               not
               onely
               touch
               ,
               but
               floweth
               quite
               over
               the
               bridge
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
             Of
             the
             Rivers
             of
             Ireland
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Shanon
               .
            
             
               BEsides
               the
               excessive
               number
               of
               Brooks
               wherwith
               Ireland
               is
               watered
               ,
               it
               hath
               a
               good
               many
               Rivers
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               broader
               and
               deeper
               than
               the
               Brooks
               ,
               are
               consequently
               navigable
               ;
               although
               the
               major
               part
               are
               not
               portable
               of
               any
               great
               ships
               nor
               barks
               ,
               but
               only
               of
               small
               vessels
               and
               boats
               .
            
             
               The
               principallest
               of
               all
               is
               the
               Shanon
               ,
               who
               taking
               his
               originall
               out
               of
               Lough-Allen
               ,
               and
               in
               his
               course
               dividing
               the
               Province
               of
               Connaught
               from
               Leinster
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               also
               from
               Munster
               ,
               passeth
               through
               two
               other
               great
               Loughs
               ,
               to
               wit
               Lough-Ree
               ,
               whereout
               she
               cometh
               just
               above
               Atlone
               (
               a
               mean
               Market-town
               ,
               but
               adorned
               with
               a
               stately
               and
               strong
               Castle
               ,
               the
               ordinary
               residence
               of
               the
               Presidents
               of
               Connaught
               )
               and
               Lough-Dergh
               ,
               about
               half
               way
               betwixt
               Atlone
               and
               Limmerick
               ,
               and
               a
               little
               below
               the
               said
               Town
               shee
               dischargeth
               her self
               again
               into
               another
               Lough
               ,
               by
               far
               the
               biggest
               of
               all
               ,
               the
               which
               extending
               
               it self
               from
               Limmerick
               unto
               the
               sea
               ,
               and
               above
               fifty
               miles
               long
               ,
               it
               is
               held
               by
               the
               Irish
               as
               well
               as
               the
               English
               not
               for
               a
               Lough
               ,
               but
               for
               the
               Shanon
               it self
               ,
               and
               consequently
               called
               with
               that
               name
               ;
               whereof
               hath
               been
               spoken
               in
               the
               second
               Chapter
               .
            
             
               This
               River
               is
               wide
               and
               deep
               every
               where
               ,
               so
               as
               she
               would
               be
               navigable
               in
               her
               whole
               length
               ,
               not
               only
               with
               Boats
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               but
               with
               reasonable
               big
               Ships
               ,
               to
               the
               great
               commodity
               of
               them
               that
               inhabit
               near
               it
               ,
               were
               it
               not
               for
               the
               impediment
               of
               a
               certain
               Rock
               ,
               some
               six
               miles
               above
               Limmerick
               ,
               the
               which
               standing
               across
               in
               the
               chanel
               ,
               and
               the
               River
               with
               great
               violence
               falling
               downwards
               over
               it
               ,
               all
               communication
               of
               Navigation
               betwixt
               the
               upper
               and
               the
               lower
               parts
               of
               it
               is
               thereby
               absolutely
               hindred
               .
            
             
               Sir
               
                 Thomas
                 Wentworth
              
               ,
               Lord
               Wentworth
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               Earl
               of
               Strafford
               ,
               he
               that
               in
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               this
               present
               Parliament
               was
               beheaded
               ,
               having
               been
               Governour
               of
               Ireland
               many
               yeares
               ,
               first
               in
               the
               quality
               of
               Lord
               Deputy
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               of
               Lord
               Lieutenant
               ,
               had
               a
               design
               to
               take
               away
               that
               let
               ,
               in
               causing
               of
               a
               new
               channel
               to
               be
               digged
               for
               a
               little
               way
               ,
               whereby
               the
               River
               being
               made
               to
               alter
               her
               course
               ,
               should
               have
               avoyded
               that
               Rock
               ;
               and
               to
               that
               purpose
               sent
               certain
               skilfull
               men
               thither
               to
               view
               those
               parts
               ,
               and
               carefully
               to
               examine
               whether
               it
               were
               feasible
               ,
               who
               made
               report
               that
               it
               might
               be
               done
               ,
               and
               would
               not
               cost
               above
               seven
               or
               eight
               thousand
               pounds
               sterling
               ,
               a
               sum
               not
               very
               considerable
               in
               comparison
               of
               the
               great
               profit
               which
               
               afterwards
               would
               have
               been
               reaped
               from
               that
               work
               :
               Nevertheless
               it
               was
               never
               taken
               in
               hand
               ,
               the
               intents
               of
               publick
               utility
               having
               been
               diverted
               and
               smothered
               by
               those
               of
               private
               profit
               ,
               as
               commonly
               it
               falleth
               out
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               The
               Rivers
               Suck
               ,
               Sure
               ,
               Oure
               ,
               Broad-water
               ,
               Barrow
               ,
               and
               Slane
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               several
               other
               Rivers
               in
               the
               Province
               of
               Connaught
               ,
               but
               none
               of
               them
               is
               any
               waye
               comparable
               with
               the
               Shanon
               for
               length
               ,
               bredth
               ,
               or
               depth
               ,
               and
               little
               to
               be
               said
               of
               them
               ,
               but
               that
               the
               Suck
               ,
               the
               which
               falleth
               into
               the
               Shanon
               a
               little
               way
               below
               Atlone
               ,
               is
               the
               principallest
               of
               all
               .
            
             
               The
               two
               chief
               Rivers
               of
               Munster
               are
               Sure
               and
               Broad-water
               ,
               the
               City
               of
               Waterford
               being
               situated
               upon
               the
               first
               of
               those
               two
               ,
               the
               which
               close
               by
               it
               dischargeth
               her self
               into
               that
               arm
               of
               the
               sea
               which
               is
               known
               by
               the
               name
               of
               Waterford-haven
               .
               The
               other
               passeth
               by
               Lismore
               ,
               and
               falleth
               into
               the
               sea
               by
               Youghall
               ,
               where
               it
               maketh
               a
               Tide-haven
               .
               Next
               to
               those
               two
               is
               the
               River
               of
               Cork
               ,
               and
               then
               that
               of
               Kinsale
               ,
               the
               which
               is
               but
               of
               small
               moment
               ,
               as
               also
               are
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Rivers
               of
               this
               Province
               .
            
             
               In
               Leinster
               is
               the
               Nure
               or
               Oure
               ,
               the
               Barrow
               ,
               the
               Slane
               ,
               the
               Liffie
               ,
               and
               the
               Boine
               ,
               besides
               some
               others
               of
               less
               moment
               .
            
             
               The
               Oure
               and
               Barrow
               do
               mingle
               their
               waters
               at
               the
               Town
               of
               Ross
               ,
               from
               whence
               having
               past
               a
               little
               way
               together
               ,
               they
               discharge
               themselves
               into
               the
               right
               arm
               of
               the
               Haven
               of
               Waterford
               ,
               and
               so
               in
               a
               manner
               doe
               meet
               the
               
               Sure
               ,
               who
               falleth
               into
               the
               other
               arm
               :
               For
               which
               consideration
               these
               three
               Rivers
               were
               wont
               to
               be
               called
               the
               three
               Sisters
               ,
               as
               Giraldus
               witnesseth
               .
               Both
               the
               Oure
               and
               the
               Barrow
               are
               portable
               many
               miles
               into
               the
               country
               ;
               the
               Oure
               onely
               with
               little
               Boats
               ,
               and
               with
               Cots
               (
               they
               call
               in
               Ireland
               Cots
               things
               like
               Boats
               ,
               but
               very
               unshapely
               ,
               being
               nothing
               but
               square
               peeces
               of
               timber
               made
               hollow
               )
               but
               the
               Barrow
               with
               good
               big
               Boats.
               The
               Slane
               falleth
               into
               the
               Haven
               of
               VVexford
               ,
               being
               like
               unto
               the
               Oure
               for
               length
               and
               bigness
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Liffie
               and
               the
               Boine
               .
            
             
               The
               Liffie
               is
               the
               Princess
               of
               the
               Irish-Rivers
               ,
               not
               for
               her
               bigness
               (
               for
               not
               only
               the
               Shanon
               ,
               but
               the
               Boine
               ,
               Barrow
               ,
               and
               severall
               others
               ,
               do
               far
               surpass
               her
               therein
               )
               but
               because
               Dublin
               ,
               the
               chief
               City
               of
               all
               Ireland
               ,
               is
               seated
               upon
               her
               banks
               ;
               a
               mile
               below
               which
               City
               ,
               at
               a
               place
               called
               Rings-end
               ,
               she
               loseth
               her self
               in
               a
               Bay
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               which
               is
               called
               Dublin-haven
               .
               With
               the
               help
               of
               the
               Flood
               ,
               ships
               of
               fifty
               and
               threescore
               tuns
               can
               make
               a
               shift
               to
               come
               up
               to
               the
               Key
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               but
               when
               the
               Tide
               is
               out
               ,
               and
               at
               the
               lowest
               ,
               the
               smallest
               boats
               find
               hardly
               water
               enough
               to
               go
               between
               Dublin
               and
               Rings-end
               ,
               because
               the
               chanel
               being
               very
               broad
               there
               ,
               the
               water
               spreadeth
               it self
               too
               much
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               thereof
               groweth
               very
               shallow
               .
               But
               in
               the
               City
               it self
               ,
               where
               she
               is
               inclosed
               betwixt
               the
               Keys
               on
               both
               sides
               ,
               and
               from
               the
               bridge
               of
               Dublin
               untill
               the
               bridge
               of
               Kilmanan
               ,
               and
               a
               little
               further
               ,
               being
               somewhat
               
               more
               than
               a
               mile
               (
               in
               which
               space
               she
               runneth
               between
               her
               own
               banks
               )
               great
               boates
               may
               goe
               upon
               her
               at
               any
               time
               .
               She
               would
               be
               navigable
               with
               boats
               some
               three
               or
               four
               miles
               further
               ;
               but
               the
               Weres
               ,
               made
               in
               her
               a
               little
               way
               above
               the
               bridge
               of
               Kilmanan
               ,
               doe
               hinder
               that
               .
               This
               River
               taketh
               her
               beginning
               in
               the
               mountaines
               lying
               to
               the
               South
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               not
               above
               ten
               miles
               from
               it
               ;
               but
               fetcheth
               such
               a
               compass
               (
               bending
               her
               coast
               first
               to
               the
               West
               ,
               afterwards
               to
               the
               North
               ,
               and
               lastly
               ,
               for
               seven
               or
               eight
               miles
               ,
               Eastward
               )
               that
               from
               her
               originall
               to
               her
               mouth
               is
               the
               space
               of
               no
               less
               than
               forty
               or
               fifty
               miles
               .
            
             
               The
               Boine
               the
               River
               where-on
               Tredagh
               is
               seated
               ,
               hath
               her
               beginning
               in
               Kings
               County
               ,
               close
               by
               the
               originall
               of
               the
               Barrow
               ,
               although
               the
               place
               where
               the
               Barrow
               falleth
               into
               the
               haven
               of
               Waterford
               ,
               is
               above
               fourscore
               miles
               distant
               from
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Boine
               .
               This
               River
               is
               almost
               of
               an
               equall
               bigness
               in
               farre
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               her
               course
               ,
               and
               would
               be
               portable
               of
               good
               bigg
               boates
               very
               many
               miles
               into
               the
               land
               ,
               if
               that
               were
               not
               hindred
               by
               the
               Weres
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Band
               and
               Blackwater
               .
            
             
               The
               principall
               River
               in
               Vlster
               of
               those
               that
               fall
               directly
               into
               the
               Sea
               ,
               is
               the
               Band
               ,
               the
               which
               as
               in
               her
               mouth
               ,
               she
               is
               incumbred
               with
               severall
               inconvenients
               ,
               as
               wee
               have
               declared
               above
               in
               the
               third
               chapter
               ,
               so
               she
               is
               portable
               but
               a
               few
               miles
               from
               the
               Sea
               ,
               because
               of
               a
               certain
               Rock
               ,
               the
               which
               running
               across
               the
               chanel
               from
               the
               one
               bank
               to
               the
               other
               ,
               stoppeth
               all
               manner
               of
               passage
               ,
               not
               only
               of
               bigger
               vessels
               and
               barks
               ,
               but
               of
               the
               smallest
               boates
               ,
               which
               dare
               not
               come
               
               neer
               the
               same
               Rock
               ,
               because
               it
               being
               somewhat
               high
               ,
               and
               the
               water
               from
               it
               falling
               downwards
               with
               great
               violence
               ,
               it
               goeth
               for
               some
               space
               with
               a
               mighty
               current
               .
               This
               Rock
               or
               Cataract
               ,
               called
               vulgarly
               the
               Salmon-leap
               (
               for
               a
               reason
               hereafter
               to
               be
               declared
               )
               and
               the
               Fall
               ,
               because
               of
               the
               falling
               down
               of
               the
               water
               ,
               is
               not
               above
               four
               miles
               from
               the
               Sea
               ,
               hindring
               all
               manner
               of
               communication
               between
               the
               same
               and
               Lough
               Neaugh
               ,
               from
               the
               which
               this
               Cataract
               is
               distant
               about
               three
               miles
               :
               whereas
               otherwise
               ,
               if
               the
               passage
               of
               this
               River
               from
               the
               sea
               to
               the
               Lough
               were
               open
               ,
               ships
               might
               by
               that
               meanes
               goe
               a
               great
               way
               into
               the
               land
               ,
               not
               only
               the
               whole
               length
               and
               breadth
               of
               Lough
               Neaugh
               (
               which
               every
               where
               is
               very
               deep
               ,
               and
               navigable
               even
               for
               great
               ships
               )
               but
               even
               a
               good
               many
               miles
               farther
               (
               with
               good
               big
               boates
               )
               by
               meanes
               of
               some
               Rivers
               that
               fall
               into
               it
               ,
               especially
               the
               Black-water
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               principallest
               of
               them
               all
               .
               For
               the
               Band
               ,
               although
               she
               giveth
               the
               name
               to
               the
               River
               going
               out
               of
               the
               Lough
               ,
               is
               not
               comparable
               to
               the
               Black-water
               for
               breadth
               nor
               depth
               ,
               beeing
               rather
               a
               brook
               than
               a
               River
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               very
               shallow
               at
               other
               times
               ,
               doth
               rise
               so
               excessively
               upon
               the
               falling
               of
               much
               rain
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               one
               of
               the
               most
               dangerous
               and
               terrible
               brookes
               of
               all
               Ireland
               ,
               in
               the
               which
               therefore
               from
               time
               to
               time
               many
               men
               and
               horses
               have
               been
               drowned
               at
               the
               passing
               of
               it
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Lagon
               and
               Nury-water
               :
               tide-rivers
               .
            
             
               Besides
               the
               Band
               and
               the
               Black-water
               ,
               there
               is
               scarce
               any
               other
               River
               in
               Vlster
               ,
               but
               that
               
               which
               passing
               by
               Strebane
               and
               London-derrie
               ,
               dischargeth
               it self
               into
               Lough-foile
               .
               For
               the
               Lagon
               ,
               hereto●ore
               mentioned
               by
               us
               ,
               which
               by
               Belfast
               falleth
               into
               the
               Sea
               ;
               the
               Nury-water
               ▪
               whereof
               wee
               have
               spoken
               in
               the
               description
               of
               Carlingford-haven
               ;
               and
               some
               others
               of
               that
               nature
               ,
               are
               properly
               brooks
               ,
               and
               not
               portable
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               own
               water
               ,
               but
               of
               that
               which
               out
               of
               the
               Sea
               floweth
               into
               them
               ;
               as
               appeareth
               clearly
               when
               the
               tide
               is
               out
               .
               For
               then
               they
               are
               as
               small
               ,
               and
               as
               little
               portable
               in
               those
               places
               ,
               where
               the
               boates
               and
               bigger
               vessels
               doe
               pass
               at
               high
               water
               ,
               as
               are
               they
               at
               all
               times
               in
               those
               places
               unto
               which
               the
               tide
               doth
               never
               reach
               :
               which
               kind
               of
               Tide-rivers
               or
               brooks
               ,
               which
               only
               by
               the
               comming
               in
               of
               the
               tide
               are
               made
               navigable
               for
               a
               little
               way
               ,
               are
               to
               be
               found
               in
               all
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Cataracts
               in
               the
               Irish
               Rivers
               .
            
             
               Besides
               that
               the
               navigable
               Rivers
               are
               but
               rare
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               most
               part
               of
               them
               are
               only
               portable
               of
               very
               small
               vessels
               and
               boats
               ,
               not
               of
               any
               bigger
               ships
               or
               barks
               ,
               as
               appeareth
               by
               the
               former
               relation
               ,
               there
               be
               very
               few
               rivers
               ,
               who
               have
               not
               some
               impediment
               or
               other
               in
               them
               ,
               whereby
               it
               commeth
               that
               they
               are
               not
               portable
               so
               farre
               ,
               as
               otherwise
               they
               would
               be
               .
               These
               impediments
               are
               chiefly
               three
               in
               number
               ,
               Cataracts
               ,
               Weres
               ,
               and
               Foards
               ;
               whereof
               the
               last
               two
               doe
               only
               concern
               the
               lesser
               Rivers
               .
               The
               first
               ,
               to
               wit
               the
               Cataracts
               ,
               are
               incident
               to
               the
               greatest
               Rivers
               as
               well
               as
               to
               others
               ,
               as
               may
               appear
               by
               what
               wee
               have
               said
               concerning
               them
               in
               the
               description
               of
               the
               Shanon
               and
               the
               Band
               ;
               whereby
               also
               fully
               may
               be
               conceived
               the
               
               manner
               and
               nature
               of
               the
               said
               Cataracts
               ,
               so
               as
               it
               is
               needless
               here
               again
               to
               delineate
               them
               .
            
             
               Such
               a
               Cataract
               or
               Fall
               there
               is
               found
               in
               the
               Liffie
               ,
               seven
               miles
               from
               Dublin
               ,
               and
               about
               a
               quarter
               of
               a
               mile
               above
               the
               village
               and
               Castle
               of
               Leslip
               ,
               the
               description
               of
               which
               as
               holding
               it
               not
               improper
               for
               this
               place
               ,
               wee
               shall
               here
               set
               down
               as
               it
               came
               to
               our
               hands
               from
               those
               who
               have
               observed
               it
               very
               exactly
               .
               The
               said
               River
               running
               there
               abouts
               along
               a
               narrow
               and
               deep
               valley
               ,
               being
               hemmed
               in
               at
               both
               sides
               with
               high
               hils
               of
               a
               long
               continuance
               ,
               hath
               a
               very
               Rockie
               chanel
               ,
               and
               besides
               that
               the
               bottom
               is
               overspread
               in
               severall
               parts
               with
               great
               massie
               stones
               ,
               there
               is
               in
               two
               or
               three
               places
               ,
               at
               no
               great
               distance
               ,
               a
               contin●all
               Rocky
               bulk
               reaching
               from
               one
               side
               to
               the
               other
               ,
               leaving
               but
               one
               or
               two
               narrow
               passages
               ,
               through
               which
               the
               stream
               runneth
               with
               a
               very
               strong
               current
               ,
               and
               a
               mighty
               noise
               ,
               but
               the
               third
               and
               last
               bulk
               ,
               like
               a
               Cataract
               hath
               the
               chanel
               close
               to
               it
               ,
               a
               great
               deal
               lower
               (
               by
               far
               more
               than
               the
               other
               ,
               at
               least
               by
               seven
               or
               eight
               feet
               )
               which
               is
               the
               cause
               that
               the
               stream
               doth
               not
               so
               much
               run
               swift
               here
               ,
               or
               passeth
               with
               a
               current
               through
               narrow
               channels
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               two
               first
               bulks
               ,
               but
               as
               soon
               as
               it
               is
               got
               over
               the
               Rock
               it
               falleth
               steep
               down
               with
               great
               violence
               ,
               the
               space
               of
               three
               or
               four
               paces
               in
               breadth
               ;
               where
               as
               the
               remainder
               of
               the
               main
               chanel
               is
               altogether
               stopped
               by
               the
               said
               Rock
               .
               In
               winter
               and
               other
               very
               rainy
               seasons
               ,
               when
               the
               water
               doth
               increase
               much
               ,
               it
               passeth
               over
               all
               the
               said
               Rockes
               smoothly
               and
               without
               noise
               ,
               where
               the
               same
               is
               exceding
               great
               ,
               those
               times
               ,
               when
               the
               Liffie
               runneth
               with
               a
               small
               streame
               .
            
             
             
               There
               is
               also
               a
               Cataract
               in
               a
               small
               tide
               River
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Cork
               in
               Munster
               ,
               the
               which
               falleth
               into
               the
               innermost
               corner
               of
               the
               great
               bay
               Bantrie
               ,
               and
               one
               in
               the
               Haven
               of
               Balle-shanon
               ,
               which
               haven
               being
               in
               effect
               nothing
               els
               but
               the
               mouth
               of
               Lough-Earne
               ,
               commonly
               is
               counted
               for
               a
               River
               ,
               and
               called
               by
               the
               name
               of
               Trowis
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 7.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Foards
               in
               the
               Rivers
               of
               Ireland
               a
               second
               impediment
               of
               their
               navigableness
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               the
               Foardes
               ;
               it
               is
               to
               be
               observed
               ,
               that
               not
               every
               where
               ,
               where
               the
               high-wayes
               meet
               with
               great
               brooks
               or
               small
               Rivers
               ,
               bridges
               are
               found
               for
               to
               pass
               them
               ,
               but
               that
               in
               very
               many
               places
               one
               is
               constrained
               to
               ride
               through
               the
               water
               it self
               ,
               the
               which
               could
               not
               be
               done
               ,
               if
               the
               Rivers
               kept
               themselves
               every
               where
               inclosed
               between
               their
               bancks
               ;
               wherefore
               they
               are
               not
               only
               suffered
               in
               such
               places
               ,
               to
               spread
               themselves
               abroad
               ,
               but
               men
               help
               there
               to
               as
               much
               as
               they
               can
               ,
               to
               make
               the
               water
               so
               much
               the
               shallower
               and
               consequently
               the
               easier
               to
               be
               passed
               :
               whereby
               it
               commeth
               many
               times
               to
               pass
               ,
               that
               a
               River
               which
               above
               and
               below
               the
               foard
               is
               deep
               enough
               to
               be
               portable
               of
               great
               boates
               ,
               through
               the
               shallowness
               of
               the
               foards
               lying
               between
               ▪
               will
               bear
               none
               but
               of
               the
               very
               smallest
               ;
               or
               where
               otherwise
               the
               same
               would
               carry
               small
               boats
               is
               not
               portable
               at
               all
               ;
               this
               in
               most
               places
               might
               easily
               be
               remedied
               ,
               in
               raising
               of
               dikes
               or
               artificiall
               banks
               ,
               where
               the
               naturall
               ones
               failing
               doe
               minister
               opportunitie
               unto
               the
               Rivers
               fo●
               
               to
               spread
               themselves
               ;
               and
               making
               bridges
               to
               pass
               over
               .
               Some
               Foards
               ,
               do
               not
               greatly
               impair
               the
               chanel
               of
               the
               Rivers
               ,
               but
               leave
               the
               same
               almost
               in
               her
               full
               depth
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               midst
               ;
               but
               the
               same
               ,
               as
               they
               are
               more
               incommodious
               for
               the
               traveller
               ,
               so
               they
               are
               not
               very
               frequent
               ,
               but
               in
               far
               less
               number
               than
               the
               others
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 8.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Weres
               ,
               a
               third
               impediment
               of
               the
               Navigableness
               of
               the
               Rivers
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               The
               Weres
               ,
               a
               third
               ●et
               of
               the
               Navigation
               of
               the
               Irish
               Rivers
               ,
               are
               thus
               ordered
               :
               They
               set
               up
               very
               big
               stones
               in
               the
               River
               ,
               close
               together
               from
               the
               one
               side
               of
               the
               River
               to
               the
               other
               ,
               leaving
               only
               one
               hole
               ,
               either
               in
               the
               midst
               ,
               or
               near
               one
               of
               the
               sides
               ,
               before
               which
               hole
               a
               Basket
               being
               layd
               ,
               they
               take
               therein
               a
               great
               quantity
               of
               fish
               ;
               for
               comming
               to
               the
               Weres
               ,
               and
               finding
               their
               way
               stopt
               by
               the
               stones
               ,
               they
               take
               their
               course
               to
               that
               place
               where
               they
               find
               an
               opening
               .
               These
               rows
               of
               stones
               doe
               not
               directly
               cross
               the
               River
               from
               the
               one
               side
               to
               the
               other
               ,
               but
               doe
               go
               very
               much
               floaping
               ,
               that
               the
               stream
               with
               less
               force
               may
               beat
               against
               them
               :
               and
               the
               same
               also
               doe
               stand
               but
               very
               little
               above
               the
               water
               ,
               to
               the
               end
               that
               when
               the
               flouds
               come
               the
               water
               may
               find
               a
               ready
               passage
               over
               them
               ,
               without
               which
               they
               would
               not
               be
               able
               to
               subsist
               against
               the
               force
               thereof
               ,
               but
               easily
               be
               thrown
               down
               and
               scattered
               .
            
             
               Some
               Weres
               are
               set
               up
               ,
               not
               so
               much
               for
               the
               taking
               of
               fish
               ,
               as
               for
               Mils
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               course
               of
               the
               water
               thereby
               being
               in
               part
               stopped
               in
               the
               main
               chanel
               ,
               may
               be
               made
               to
               go
               into
               some
               little
               by-chanel
               ,
               cut
               expresly
               for
               to
               conveigh
               the
               water
               
               to
               the
               Mill
               :
               many
               Weres
               serving
               for
               both
               these
               uses
               jointly
               .
            
             
               Some
               Rivers
               have
               onely
               one
               of
               these
               impediments
               ,
               as
               the
               Shanon
               and
               the
               Band
               ,
               each
               a
               Fall
               or
               Cataract
               :
               The
               Boine
               ,
               Weres
               ;
               having
               onely
               Foards
               ,
               many
               miles
               from
               the
               sea
               .
               The
               grea●●st
               number
               have
               Weres
               and
               Foards
               ,
               and
               commonly
               each
               of
               them
               in
               severall
               places
               .
               Some
               have
               all
               three
               ,
               as
               the
               Liffie
               by
               name
               ,
               which
               hath
               not
               only
               Weres
               and
               Foards
               in
               severall
               places
               ,
               but
               also
               a
               Cataract
               or
               Salmon-leap
               ,
               as
               hath
               been
               mentioned
               above
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
             Of
             the
             Lakes
             or
             Loughs
             in
             Ireland
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               little
               Loughs
               .
            
             
               LOughs
               there
               is
               a
               very
               great
               number
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Ulster
               and
               Connaught
               ,
               we
               may
               distinguish
               them
               into
               three
               severall
               sorts
               ,
               Great
               ,
               Middle-sort
               ,
               and
               the
               Least
               .
               Under
               this
               last
               we
               comprehend
               all
               such
               whose
               parts
               discover
               it self
               to
               the
               eye
               all
               over
               at
               one
               time
               .
            
             
               This
               sort
               of
               Loughs
               are
               found
               in
               severall
               places
               of
               the
               other
               Provinces
               ,
               but
               nothing
               near
               so
               many
               as
               in
               Ulster
               .
               Every
               one
               of
               these
               commonly
               sends
               forth
               a
               Brook
               ,
               and
               some
               more
               than
               one
               ,
               being
               all
               of
               them
               very
               deep
               (
               the
               very
               least
               not
               excepted
               )
               and
               well-stored
               with
               Fish
               :
               So
               as
               they
               are
               not
               only
               delightfull
               ,
               especially
               such
               as
               are
               situated
               in
               some
               Dale
               or
               Valley
               ,
               or
               environed
               
               round
               about
               ,
               or
               on
               some
               sides
               with
               pleasant
               little
               Hils
               (
               as
               it
               falleth
               out
               in
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               them
               )
               but
               also
               commodious
               and
               profitable
               ,
               affording
               good
               opportunity
               to
               build
               houses
               and
               Castles
               upon
               their
               borders
               ,
               which
               was
               done
               in
               ●any
               places
               by
               the
               English
               and
               Scotch
               ,
               who
               had
               made
               severall
               fair
               Plantations
               ,
               and
               would
               have
               done
               more
               ,
               if
               it
               had
               not
               been
               hindered
               by
               that
               horrible
               Rebellion
               of
               the
               bloody
               Irish
               ;
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               which
               many
               of
               them
               which
               were
               already
               built
               have
               been
               destroyed
               by
               those
               Barbarians
               .
            
             
               Many
               of
               these
               little
               Loughs
               have
               a
               little
               lland
               in
               the
               midst
               ,
               which
               is
               both
               commodious
               and
               pleasant
               .
               Some
               wherein
               little
               llands
               doe
               float
               ,
               not
               keeping
               long
               any
               certain
               place
               ,
               but
               removing
               to
               and
               fro
               as
               the
               force
               of
               the
               wind
               doth
               drive
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Middle-sort
               of
               Loughs
               .
            
             
               The
               Middle-sort
               of
               Loughs
               we
               understand
               to
               be
               such
               as
               far
               exceeding
               the
               fore-mentioned
               in
               bigness
               ,
               nevertheless
               are
               not
               to
               be
               compared
               with
               the
               biggest
               sort
               ,
               of
               which
               we
               shall
               speak
               presently
               :
               Of
               this
               kind
               are
               Lough-Fin
               and
               Lough-Dirg
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Donegal
               in
               Ulster
               ,
               Lough-Mugkney
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Monaghan
               ,
               and
               Lough
               Sillon
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Cavan
               ,
               both
               in
               the
               same
               Province
               ;
               Lough-Ranmore
               in
               Eastmeath
               :
               besides
               several
               others
               in
               other
               Counties
               of
               Leinster
               ,
               especially
               in
               Queens-county
               ,
               Longford
               ,
               and
               Westmeath
               ,
               having
               little
               or
               nothing
               worthy
               of
               observation
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Great
               Loughs
               ,
               and
               first
               of
               those
               of
               Salt-water
               .
            
             
               The
               great
               Loughs
               are
               of
               two
               sorts
               ,
               either
               of
               Sweet-water
               ,
               as
               all
               the
               former
               ;
               and
               some
               of
               Salt-water
               ;
               these
               last
               being
               such
               through
               the
               mixture
               of
               the
               sea
               ;
               the
               which
               finding
               an
               open
               entrance
               ,
               and
               twice
               a
               day
               with
               the
               Tide
               fully
               flowing
               into
               them
               ,
               maketh
               the
               water
               so
               salt
               .
               And
               it
               would
               be
               no
               great
               error
               to
               take
               all
               those
               Loughs
               wherein
               that
               happeneth
               ,
               (
               viz.
               Lough
               Cone
               ,
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Down
               ;
               Lough-Foile
               ,
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Colrain
               ;
               Lough-suille
               ,
               in
               Tirconnell
               ;
               and
               the
               Lough
               of
               Cork
               )
               rather
               for
               Inlets
               of
               the
               Sea
               than
               for
               Lakes
               ,
               although
               the
               Inhabitants
               hold
               them
               all
               to
               be
               Loughs
               ,
               and
               give
               them
               the
               name
               of
               Loughs
               :
               And
               in
               this
               number
               is
               also
               to
               be
               put
               that
               great
               Lough
               betwixt
               Limmerick
               and
               the
               sea
               ,
               through
               which
               the
               Shanon
               dischargeth
               it self
               into
               the
               sea
               ;
               of
               the
               which
               we
               have
               already
               spoke
               once
               or
               twice
               heretofore
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               Lough-Earne
               ,
               Lough-Neaugh
               ,
               and
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               great
               Loughs
               .
            
             
               Amongst
               the
               great
               Loughs
               of
               Sweet-water
               ,
               are
               far
               the
               principallest
               Lough-Earne
               &
               Lough-Neaugh
               ,
               the
               first
               of
               which
               is
               situated
               in
               the
               confines
               of
               Ulster
               and
               Connaught
               ,
               being
               in
               effect
               two
               different
               Loughs
               ,
               joyned
               together
               onely
               by
               a
               short
               and
               narrow
               chanel
               ;
               of
               which
               two
               ,
               that
               which
               lyeth
               farthest
               within
               the
               land
               ,
               doth
               extend
               it self
               in
               a
               manner
               directly
               North
               and
               South
               ;
               but
               the
               second
               ,
               which
               is
               next
               to
               the
               sea
               ,
               doth
               lye
               East
               and
               West
               ;
               so
               that
               both
               together
               they
               have
               the
               fashion
               of
               a
               bended
               elbow
               ,
               being
               both
               very
               broad
               in
               
               the
               midst
               ,
               growing
               by
               degrees
               narrower
               towards
               both
               the
               ends
               .
            
             
               Lough-Neaugh
               lyeth
               in
               the
               North-Easterly
               part
               of
               Ulster
               ,
               bordering
               upon
               the
               Counties
               of
               Tirone
               ,
               Armagh
               ,
               Down
               ,
               Antrim
               ,
               and
               Colrain
               ,
               being
               of
               a
               round
               ,
               or
               rather
               somwhat
               ovall
               figure
               .
            
             
               Next
               in
               bigness
               to
               these
               two
               is
               Lough-Corbes
               ,
               the
               same
               on
               whose
               neather-end
               the
               City
               Galloway
               is
               seated
               :
               The
               two
               Loughs
               thorough
               which
               the
               Shanon
               passeth
               ,
               Lough-Ree
               ,
               and
               Lough-Dirg
               :
               item
               Lough-Fingarrow
               in
               Connaught
               ,
               betwixt
               the
               Counties
               of
               Maio
               and
               Roscomen
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               last
               place
               ,
               as
               the
               least
               of
               this
               sort
               ,
               are
               Lough-Allen
               ,
               out
               of
               which
               the
               Shanon
               taketh
               his
               originall
               ,
               being
               nine
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               three
               miles
               broad
               :
               Lough-Me●ke
               ,
               situated
               betwixt
               Lough-Fingarrow
               and
               the
               Lough
               of
               Galloway
               ;
               And
               Lough-Larne
               ,
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Kerry
               in
               Munster
               ,
               not
               far
               from
               the
               upper-end
               of
               those
               two
               famous
               Bayes
               Dingle
               and
               Maire
               .
               The
               least
               of
               these
               is
               some
               miles
               long
               and
               broad
               ,
               and
               many
               miles
               in
               circuit
               ;
               but
               the
               biggest
               are
               of
               so
               vast
               a
               compass
               ,
               that
               they
               are
               more
               like
               a
               Sea
               than
               a
               Lough
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Ilands
               in
               the
               Loughs
               .
            
             
               Most
               of
               these
               great
               Loughs
               are
               very
               full
               of
               little
               Ilands
               ,
               and
               above
               all
               Lough-Earne
               ,
               in
               which
               the
               same
               are
               numberless
               .
               In
               Lough-Cone
               also
               there
               is
               so
               great
               a
               number
               ,
               that
               those
               who
               inhabit
               about
               it
               ,
               affirm
               them
               to
               bee
               two
               hundred
               and
               threescore
               .
               Lough-Ree
               ,
               and
               Lough-Dirg
               are
               likewise
               very
               full
               of
               them
               :
               And
               
               there
               is
               also
               a
               good
               many
               in
               Lough-Fingarrow
               ,
               Lough-Larne
               ,
               and
               Suille
               .
               But
               Lough-Foile
               is
               very
               free
               from
               them
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               Lough
               of
               Cork
               there
               is
               not
               above
               one
               or
               two
               ,
               as
               likewise
               in
               Lough-Neaugh
               ,
               in
               which
               they
               lye
               near
               to
               the
               ●ides
               ,
               leaving
               the
               midst
               altogether
               free
               .
            
             
               Very
               few
               of
               these
               Ilands
               are
               inhabited
               or
               planted
               ;
               but
               the
               most
               part
               being
               plentifully
               cloathed
               with
               very
               sweet
               Grass
               ,
               serve
               for
               pastures
               to
               sheep
               and
               other
               cattle
               ,
               the
               which
               doe
               thrive
               wonderfully
               well
               in
               them
               ,
               and
               the
               same
               befalleth
               also
               in
               the
               middle
               sort
               of
               Loughs
               ,
               amongst
               which
               likewise
               there
               be
               very
               few
               that
               have
               not
               some
               of
               these
               little
               Ilands
               in
               them
               .
            
             
               In
               some
               few
               of
               these
               Ilands
               ,
               especially
               of
               Lough-Earne
               and
               Lough-Ree
               ,
               are
               some
               dwellings
               ,
               whereunto
               persons
               who
               love
               solitariness
               were
               wont
               to
               retire
               themselves
               ,
               and
               might
               live
               there
               with
               much
               contentment
               ,
               as
               finding
               there
               not
               only
               privacy
               and
               quietness
               ,
               with
               opportunity
               for
               studies
               and
               contemplations
               ,
               but
               there
               besides
               great
               delightfulness
               in
               the
               place
               it self
               ,
               with
               variety
               of
               very
               sweet
               pastimes
               in
               fowling
               ,
               fishing
               ,
               planting
               ,
               and
               gardening
               .
               In
               one
               of
               the
               greatest
               Ilands
               of
               Lough-Earne
               ,
               Sir
               
                 Henry
                 Spotteswood
              
               had
               a
               fine
               seat
               ,
               with
               goodly
               Buildings
               ,
               Gardens
               ,
               Orchards
               ,
               and
               a
               pretty
               little
               Village
               ,
               with
               a
               Church
               and
               Steeple
               belonging
               to
               it
               ,
               which
               whither
               it
               is
               in
               being
               yet
               ,
               or
               destroyed
               by
               the
               Barbarians
               and
               bloody
               Rebels
               ,
               I
               am
               not
               informed
               .
               In
               Lough
               Sillon
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Cavan
               in
               a
               Iland
               not
               far
               from
               the
               bank
               where
               the
               River
               Nanne●
               runneth
               into
               it
               ,
               is
               a
               Castle
               built
               of
               form
               four
               square
               ,
               which
               covereth
               the
               whole
               I
               le
               ,
               much
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               Fort
               Eneskellin
               in
               Lough-Earne
               ,
               
               and
               so
               many
               more
               to
               long
               to
               be
               rehearsed
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Of
               St
               Patriks
               Purgatory
               .
            
             
               One
               of
               these
               little
               Ilands
               situated
               in
               Lough-Dirg
               (
               one
               of
               the
               middle-sort
               of
               Loughs
               )
               hath
               been
               very
               famous
               ,
               for
               the
               space
               of
               some
               ages
               ,
               over
               almost
               all
               Christendome
               ;
               because
               the
               world
               was
               made
               to
               beleeve
               ,
               that
               there
               was
               the
               suburbs
               of
               Purgatorie
               ,
               into
               which
               whoso
               had
               the
               courage
               to
               goe
               ,
               and
               remaine
               there
               the
               appointed
               time
               ,
               did
               see
               and
               suffer
               very
               strange
               and
               terrible
               things
               :
               which
               perswasion
               having
               lasted
               untill
               our
               times
               ,
               the
               matter
               hath
               been
               discovered
               with
               in
               these
               few
               yeares
               ,
               and
               found
               to
               be
               a
               meer
               illusion
               .
               This
               discoverie
               was
               made
               during
               the
               goverment
               of
               Richard
               Boile
               ,
               Earle
               of
               Cork
               ,
               and
               Adam
               Lostus
               ,
               Vicount
               of
               Elie
               ,
               and
               Lord
               Chancellour
               of
               Ireland
               :
               which
               two
               being
               Lords
               Iustices
               of
               that
               Kingdome
               in
               the
               last
               yeares
               of
               King
               Iames
               ,
               &
               desirous
               to
               know
               the
               truth
               of
               the
               business
               ,
               sent
               some
               persons
               of
               qualitie
               to
               the
               place
               ,
               to
               inquire
               exactly
               into
               the
               truth
               of
               the
               whole
               matter
               .
               These
               did
               find
               ,
               that
               that
               miraculous
               and
               fearfull
               cave
               ,
               descending
               down
               to
               the
               very
               Purgatorie
               and
               Hell
               ,
               was
               nothing
               els
               but
               a
               little
               cell
               ,
               digged
               or
               hewen
               out
               of
               the
               Rockie
               ground
               ,
               without
               any
               windowes
               or
               holes
               ,
               so
               as
               the
               doore
               beeing
               shut
               one
               could
               not
               see
               a
               jot
               within
               it
               ;
               beeing
               of
               so
               little
               depth
               ,
               that
               a
               tall
               man
               could
               but
               just
               stand
               upright
               in
               it
               ,
               and
               of
               no
               greater
               capacity
               ,
               than
               to
               contain
               six
               or
               seven
               persons
               .
               Now
               when
               that
               any
               person
               desirous
               to
               goe
               that
               Pilgrimage
               to
               Purgatory
               ,
               was
               come
               into
               the
               Iland
               ,
               the
               Friars
               ,
               
               some
               small
               number
               whereof
               made
               their
               constant
               aboad
               there
               for
               that
               purpose
               ,
               made
               him
               watch
               and
               fast
               excessively
               :
               whereby
               ,
               and
               through
               the
               recounting
               of
               strange
               and
               horrible
               apparitions
               and
               ●antasmes
               ,
               which
               he
               would
               meet
               withall
               in
               that
               subterranean
               pilgrimage
               ,
               being
               well
               preepared
               ,
               they
               did
               shut
               him
               up
               in
               that
               little
               dark
               hole
               :
               and
               beeing
               drawn
               out
               again
               from
               thence
               after
               some
               houres
               ,
               altogether
               astonished
               and
               in
               a
               maze
               ,
               he
               would
               be
               a
               good
               while
               before
               he
               came
               again
               to
               himself
               ;
               and
               afterwards
               the
               poor
               man
               would
               tell
               wonderfull
               stories
               ,
               as
               if
               in
               very
               deed
               he
               had
               gone
               a
               great
               way
               under
               the
               ground
               ,
               and
               seen
               and
               suffered
               all
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               his
               weak
               imagination
               ,
               altogether
               corrupted
               by
               the
               concurrence
               and
               sequel
               of
               so
               many
               causes
               to
               weaken
               the
               braine
               ,
               did
               figure
               unto
               him
               .
            
             
               To
               prevent
               this
               delusion
               in
               future
               times
               ,
               the
               said
               Lords
               Iustices
               caused
               the
               Friars
               to
               depart
               from
               thence
               ,
               their
               dwelling
               quite
               to
               be
               demolished
               ,
               and
               the
               hole
               or
               cell
               to
               be
               broke
               open
               ,
               and
               altogether
               exposed
               to
               the
               open
               aire
               ,
               in
               which
               state
               it
               hath
               lyen
               ever
               since
               :
               whereby
               that
               Pilgrimage
               to
               Purgatory
               is
               quite
               come
               to
               nothing
               ,
               and
               never
               hath
               bin
               undertaken
               since
               by
               any
               .
            
             
               To
               beget
               the
               greater
               reputation
               to
               this
               sictitious
               Purgatory
               ,
               the
               people
               was
               made
               to
               beleeve
               ,
               that
               St
               Patrick
               ,
               by
               whome
               the
               Irish
               were
               converted
               to
               the
               Christian-faith
               about
               four
               hundred
               yeares
               after
               the
               nativity
               of
               Christ
               ,
               had
               caused
               the
               same
               ,
               and
               obtained
               it
               of
               God
               by
               his
               prayers
               ,
               to
               convince
               the
               unbeleevers
               of
               of
               the
               immortality
               of
               the
               soul
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               torments
               
               which
               after
               this
               life
               are
               prepared
               for
               the
               wicked
               persons
               ;
               wherefore
               also
               they
               gave
               it
               the
               name
               of
               St
               Patricks
               Purgatorie
               .
               But
               it
               is
               very
               certain
               ,
               that
               nothing
               of
               it
               was
               known
               in
               Ireland
               during
               the
               life
               of
               that
               holy
               person
               ,
               nor
               in
               a
               huge
               while
               after
               ,
               it
               having
               been
               devised
               some
               Ages
               after
               his
               death
               ,
               when
               that
               the
               general
               darkness
               of
               the
               times
               ministred
               a
               great
               opportunity
               of
               such
               like
               inventions
               ,
               to
               those
               kind
               of
               men
               that
               knew
               how
               to
               abuse
               the
               blind
               devotion
               of
               ignorant
               and
               superstitious
               people
               to
               their
               own
               profit
               and
               filthy
               lucre
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 7.
              
               
               Of
               the
               property
               of
               Lough-Neaugh
               ,
               of
               turning
               Wood
               into
               Stone
               .
            
             
               Before
               we
               make
               an
               end
               of
               this
               Chapter
               ,
               we
               must
               say
               something
               of
               the
               wonderful
               property
               which
               generally
               is
               ascribed
               to
               Lough-Neaugh
               ,
               of
               turning
               Wood
               into
               Stone
               ;
               whereunto
               some
               do
               adde
               ,
               to
               double
               the
               wonder
               ,
               that
               the
               Wood
               is
               turned
               not
               only
               into
               Stone
               ,
               but
               into
               Iron
               ;
               and
               that
               a
               branch
               or
               pole
               being
               stuck
               into
               the
               ground
               somewhere
               by
               the
               side
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               not
               too
               deep
               ,
               after
               a
               certain
               space
               of
               time
               one
               shall
               find
               that
               peece
               of
               the
               stick
               which
               stuck
               in
               the
               ground
               ,
               turned
               into
               Iron
               ,
               and
               the
               middle
               ,
               as
               far
               as
               it
               was
               in
               the
               water
               ,
               into
               Stone
               ;
               the
               upper-end
               ,
               which
               remained
               above
               the
               water
               ,
               keeping
               its
               former
               nature
               .
               But
               this
               part
               of
               the
               History
               I
               beleeve
               to
               be
               a
               Fable
               :
               For
               my
               Brother
               ,
               who
               hath
               been
               several
               times
               in
               places
               not
               far
               distant
               from
               that
               Lough
               ,
               and
               who
               of
               the
               English
               there
               abouts
               inhabiting
               hath
               enquired
               this
               business
               with
               singular
               diligence
               ,
               doth
               assure
               me
               ,
               that
               
               he
               never
               could
               learn
               any
               such
               thing
               ;
               but
               that
               the
               turning
               of
               Wood
               into
               Stone
               was
               by
               every
               one
               beleeved
               for
               certain
               ,
               as
               having
               been
               tryed
               divers
               times
               by
               severall
               persons
               :
               saying
               moreover
               to
               have
               understood
               of
               them
               ,
               that
               the
               water
               hath
               this
               vertue
               onely
               at
               the
               sides
               ,
               and
               that
               not
               every
               where
               ,
               but
               onely
               in
               some
               few
               places
               ,
               especially
               about
               that
               part
               where
               the
               River
               Blackwater
               dischargeth
               her self
               into
               the
               Lough
               .
               He
               could
               never
               come
               to
               speak
               with
               any
               persons
               ,
               who
               themselves
               had
               tryed
               this
               matter
               ;
               but
               with
               severall
               ,
               who
               affirmed
               ,
               that
               to
               their
               knowledge
               it
               had
               certainly
               been
               done
               by
               others
               of
               their
               acquaintance
               .
               For
               further
               confirmation
               of
               this
               particular
               (
               which
               in
               it self
               is
               credible
               enough
               ,
               seeing
               that
               in
               many
               parts
               of
               the
               world
               there
               are
               found
               waters
               indued
               with
               that
               vertue
               )
               serveth
               ,
               that
               here
               and
               there
               upon
               the
               borders
               of
               that
               Lough
               are
               found
               little
               stones
               of
               a
               pretty
               length
               ,
               some
               of
               them
               round
               in
               their
               compass
               ,
               others
               flat
               ,
               or
               flattish
               ,
               and
               some
               angulous
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               looked
               on
               ,
               as
               well
               near
               as
               from
               afar
               off
               ,
               seem
               to
               be
               nothing
               else
               but
               Wood
               ,
               and
               by
               every
               one
               are
               taken
               for
               such
               ,
               untill
               one
               come
               to
               touch
               and
               handle
               them
               :
               for
               then
               by
               their
               coldness
               ,
               hardness
               ,
               and
               weight
               ,
               it
               appeareth
               that
               they
               are
               not
               Wood
               but
               Stone
               :
               Whereby
               it
               may
               probably
               be
               conjectured
               ,
               that
               the
               same
               formerly
               having
               been
               Wood
               indeed
               ,
               and
               so
               having
               kept
               their
               old
               shape
               and
               fashion
               ,
               in
               length
               of
               time
               have
               been
               turned
               into
               a
               stony
               substance
               by
               the
               vertue
               of
               that
               water
               ,
               wherinto
               they
               were
               fallen
               through
               the
               one
               accident
               or
               other
               .
            
             
               Giraldus
               writeth
               ,
               to
               have
               heard
               of
               a
               Well
               or
               
               Fountain
               in
               the
               North-quarters
               of
               Ulster
               ,
               the
               which
               in
               seven
               years
               space
               turneth
               into
               Stone
               the
               Wood
               cast
               into
               it
               :
               But
               seeing
               that
               no
               body
               now
               adayes
               knoweth
               of
               any
               such
               Well
               ,
               and
               that
               with
               all
               my
               enquires
               I
               could
               never
               come
               to
               hear
               any
               news
               of
               it
               ,
               I
               will
               beleeve
               ,
               that
               Giraldus
               hath
               been
               mis-informed
               ,
               and
               that
               they
               have
               told
               him
               that
               of
               a
               Well
               which
               was
               proper
               unto
               this
               Lough
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             X.
             Of
             the
             nature
             and
             condition
             of
             the
             Land
             ,
             both
             for
             the
             outward
             shape
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             internall
             qualities
             and
             fruitfulness
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Distinction
               of
               Ireland
               into
               Champain-Lands
               ,
               Hils
               ,
               and
               Mountains
               .
            
             
               THe
               Lands
               of
               this
               Iland
               ,
               as
               of
               most
               all
               other
               Countryes
               ,
               are
               of
               a
               various
               kind
               &
               fashion
               :
               For
               some
               parts
               are
               goodly
               plain
               Champain
               ,
               others
               are
               Hilly
               ,
               some
               Mountainous
               ,
               and
               others
               are
               composed
               of
               two
               of
               these
               sorts
               ,
               or
               of
               all
               three
               together
               ,
               and
               that
               with
               great
               variety
               ,
               the
               which
               also
               is
               very
               great
               ,
               in
               those
               three
               un-compounded
               sorts
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               A
               necessary
               observation
               about
               the
               use
               of
               the
               words
               Hill
               and
               Mountain
               .
            
             
               To
               avoyd
               all
               ambiguity
               ,
               and
               make
               our selves
               cleerly
               understood
               in
               what
               wee
               have
               sayd
               ,
               and
               
               are
               further
               to
               say
               upon
               this
               subject
               ,
               wee
               think
               it
               necessary
               to
               forewarn
               our
               Reader
               ,
               that
               we
               do
               use
               the
               word
               Hill
               in
               a
               narrower
               signification
               ,
               than
               what
               is
               given
               to
               it
               in
               the
               ordinary
               use
               of
               speech
               .
               For
               whereas
               all
               ,
               or
               most
               other
               Languages
               ,
               both
               those
               which
               are
               now
               in
               vulgar
               use
               ,
               and
               those
               which
               are
               only
               preserved
               in
               books
               ,
               have
               two
               severall
               words
               for
               to
               signifie
               those
               observable
               heights
               which
               appear
               above
               the
               ground
               ,
               calling
               the
               bigger
               sort
               by
               one
               name
               ,
               and
               the
               lesser
               sort
               by
               another
               :
               The
               English
               language
               useth
               one
               and
               the
               same
               word
               for
               both
               ,
               calling
               hils
               aswell
               the
               one
               as
               the
               other
               ,
               without
               any
               other
               distinction
               ,
               but
               that
               sometimes
               the
               word
               small
               or
               great
               is
               added
               .
               Now
               because
               this
               word
               so
               indifferently
               used
               would
               cause
               some
               confusion
               in
               the
               matter
               we
               treat
               of
               ,
               that
               hath
               made
               us
               restrain
               it
               to
               one
               of
               the
               sorts
               ,
               and
               to
               call
               hils
               onely
               the
               lesser
               sort
               ,
               called
               in
               Latin
               collis
               ,
               in
               French
               colline
               ,
               in
               Dutch
               heuvel
               ,
               and
               in
               Irish
               knock
               .
               As
               for
               the
               other
               and
               bigger
               sort
               ,
               whose
               name
               in
               the
               aforesayd
               four
               Languages
               is
               
                 mons
                 ,
                 mountain
                 ,
                 berg
                 ,
                 slew
                 ,
              
               we
               call
               them
               mountains
               :
               which
               word
               mountains
               ,
               although
               it
               be
               good
               English
               ,
               yet
               in
               common
               speech
               it
               is
               seldom
               made
               use
               of
               in
               that
               sense
               whereunto
               we
               apply
               it
               ,
               but
               only
               to
               signifie
               a
               Country
               wholly
               consisting
               of
               those
               great
               Hils
               ,
               especially
               when
               the
               soyl
               thereof
               is
               lean
               and
               unfruitfull
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Mountains
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               first
               of
               the
               lower
               sort
               .
            
             
               The
               difference
               betwixt
               Hils
               and
               Mountaines
               consisting
               in
               bigness
               ,
               is
               of
               two
               sorts
               ;
               for
               in
               the
               number
               of
               Mountains
               are
               counted
               not
               only
               those
               
               which
               lift
               up
               themselves
               very
               high
               into
               the
               air
               so
               as
               they
               may
               be
               seen
               many
               miles
               off
               ,
               but
               also
               those
               ,
               the
               which
               take
               up
               the
               more
               in
               length
               and
               breadth
               ,
               what
               is
               wanting
               to
               them
               in
               height
               ,
               ascending
               slopinly
               by
               degrees
               .
            
             
               The
               Mountainous
               parts
               of
               Ireland
               do
               for
               the
               most
               part
               consist
               of
               this
               second
               part
               of
               Mountains
               ,
               most
               of
               them
               in
               one
               quarter
               being
               much-what
               of
               the
               same
               height
               ,
               so
               as
               sometimes
               one
               shall
               ride
               some
               houres
               together
               ,
               through
               the
               Mountainous
               country
               ,
               without
               meeting
               with
               any
               one
               Mountain
               that
               greatly
               excelleth
               in
               height
               above
               the
               rest
               :
               The
               which
               in
               particular
               may
               be
               observed
               in
               the
               Mountainous
               Country
               of
               the
               Fuse
               ,
               betwixt
               Dundalk
               and
               Armagh
               ;
               In
               that
               of
               Mourne
               ,
               betwixt
               the
               Nurie
               and
               Dondrom
               (
               each
               of
               those
               two
               being
               above
               twelve
               miles
               long
               )
               In
               all
               that
               space
               which
               is
               betwixt
               Kelles
               ,
               a
               walled-town
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Eastmeath
               ,
               and
               Kilacollie
               ,
               alias
               Bailieborrough
               ,
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Cavan
               ,
               vvhich
               being
               ten
               miles
               long
               ,
               is
               almost
               nothing
               else
               but
               a
               continuance
               of
               hils
               of
               no
               great
               bigness
               ,
               all
               very
               fruitfull
               land
               both
               Pasture
               and
               Arable
               .
               In
               the
               County
               of
               Westmeath
               ,
               from
               Lough-Crevv
               to
               Lough-Sillon
               ,
               and
               beyond
               it
               ,
               as
               far
               as
               Ballaneach
               ,
               vvhere
               Mr
               
                 William
                 Fleving
              
               had
               built
               a
               fair
               house
               and
               Farm
               ten
               yeares
               before
               the
               late
               detestable
               Massacre
               and
               bloody
               Rebellion
               of
               the
               Irish.
               These
               hils
               are
               for
               the
               most
               part
               lovv
               and
               small
               ,
               yet
               some
               of
               a
               good
               height
               and
               bigness
               ;
               the
               ground
               lean
               ,
               in
               many
               places
               very
               stony
               ,
               in
               some
               rocky
               ,
               not
               of
               any
               one
               continuall
               Rock
               ,
               but-by
               peecemeals
               here
               and
               there
               rising
               and
               appearing
               .
               Yet
               are
               these
               hils
               
               in
               severall
               places
               wet
               and
               moorish
               ,
               aswell
               in
               the
               Rockie
               as
               other
               parts
               .
               These
               hills
               serve
               only
               for
               pasture
               of
               sheep
               .
               In
               the
               major
               part
               of
               the
               Mountainous
               country
               of
               Wickloe
               ,
               the
               which
               beginning
               five
               miles
               to
               the
               South
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               doth
               extend
               it self
               above
               fiftie
               miles
               in
               length
               ;
               and
               in
               severall
               other
               parts
               .
            
             
               It
               hath
               bin
               observed
               in
               many
               parts
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               but
               chieflie
               in
               the
               county
               of
               Meath
               ,
               and
               further
               North-ward
               ,
               that
               upon
               the
               top
               of
               the
               great
               hills
               and
               mountaines
               ,
               not
               onely
               at
               the
               side
               and
               foot
               of
               them
               ,
               to
               this
               day
               the
               ground
               is
               uneven
               as
               if
               it
               had
               been
               plowed
               in
               former
               times
               .
               The
               inhabitants
               doe
               affirm
               ,
               that
               their
               fore-fathers
               being
               much
               given
               to
               tillage
               ,
               contrarie
               to
               what
               they
               are
               now
               ,
               used
               to
               turn
               all
               to
               plow-land
               .
               Others
               say
               that
               it
               was
               done
               for
               want
               of
               arable
               ,
               because
               the
               Champain
               was
               most
               every
               where
               beset
               and
               over
               spread
               with
               woods
               ,
               which
               by
               degrees
               are
               destroyed
               by
               the
               warres
               .
               They
               say
               further
               ,
               that
               in
               those
               times
               ,
               in
               places
               where
               nothing
               now
               is
               to
               be
               seen
               ,
               but
               great
               loggs
               of
               a
               vast
               extent
               ,
               there
               were
               thick
               woods
               ,
               which
               they
               collect
               from
               hence
               ,
               that
               now
               &
               then
               trees
               are
               digged
               out
               there
               being
               for
               the
               most
               part
               some
               yards
               long
               ,
               and
               some
               of
               a
               very
               great
               bignes
               and
               length
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               higher
               sort
               of
               Mountaines
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               those
               other
               mountains
               ,
               the
               which
               with
               an
               excessive
               height
               rise
               up
               towards
               the
               Skies
               ,
               they
               are
               not
               very
               common
               in
               Ireland
               ;
               and
               yet
               some
               there
               be
               ,
               which
               although
               not
               comparable
               with
               the
               Pyrenaei
               ,
               lying
               between
               France
               and
               Spain
               ,
               with
               the
               Alpes
               ,
               which
               divide
               Italy
               from
               France
               and
               
               Germany
               ,
               or
               with
               other
               mountains
               of
               the
               like
               vast
               height
               ,
               nevertheless
               may
               iustly
               be
               counted
               among
               the
               lostie
               mountains
               .
               Of
               this
               number
               are
               the
               Mountains
               of
               Carlingford
               ,
               betwixt
               Dundalke
               and
               Carlingford
               ,
               the
               which
               in
               a
               clear
               day
               may
               easily
               be
               seen
               from
               the
               Mountains
               to
               the
               South
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               the
               which
               are
               more
               than
               fortie
               miles
               distant
               from
               them
               ;
               the
               Mountains
               about
               Lough
               Suillie
               ,
               in
               the
               North-parts
               of
               Vlster
               ,
               the
               which
               may
               be
               seen
               many
               miles
               off
               in
               the
               Sea
               ;
               the
               Curlews
               ,
               that
               sever
               the
               counties
               of
               Slego
               and
               Roscoman
               in
               Connaught
               ;
               the
               twelve
               Mountains
               in
               the
               North-quarter
               of
               the
               County
               of
               Tipperary
               in
               Munster
               ,
               the
               which
               farre
               exceding
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               mountains
               there
               ,
               are
               knowne
               by
               the
               name
               of
               
                 the
                 twelve
                 hils
                 of
                 Phelim●ghe
                 Madona
              
               ;
               Knock-Patrick
               ,
               in
               the
               West
               part
               of
               the
               county
               of
               Limmerick
               ,
               not
               farre
               from
               the
               bay
               of
               Limmerick
               ,
               which
               Mountain
               can
               be
               se●n
               by
               the
               ships
               ,
               which
               are
               a
               huge-way
               from
               the
               land
               yet
               ;
               the
               Mountains
               of
               Brandon
               hills
               ,
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Kerry
               ,
               to
               the
               East
               of
               the
               haven
               of
               Smerwick
               ,
               the
               which
               are
               discovered
               by
               the
               Sea-faring
               men
               ,
               when
               they
               are
               above
               fifty
               miles
               from
               the
               land
               ;
               in
               the
               North-west
               quarter
               of
               the
               county
               of
               Waterford
               ,
               called
               Slew-Boine
               ;
               that
               in
               the
               mountainous
               country
               of
               Wickloe
               ,
               which
               for
               it's
               fashions
               sake
               is
               commonly
               called
               the
               sugarloaf
               ,
               and
               may
               be
               seen
               very
               many
               miles
               off
               ,
               not
               only
               by
               those
               that
               are
               upon
               the
               Sea
               ,
               but
               even
               into
               the
               land
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Nature
               of
               the
               Ground
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               fruitfull
               grounds
               .
            
             
               Next
               to
               the
               fore-going
               division
               of
               Ireland
               
               taken
               from
               the
               fashion
               and
               outward
               form
               of
               the
               land
               ,
               commeth
               to
               be
               considered
               that
               which
               consisteth
               in
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               soil
               or
               ground
               ;
               some
               parts
               of
               the
               countrie
               beeing
               fruitfull
               ,
               and
               others
               barren
               .
            
             
               The
               fertile
               soil
               is
               in
               some
               places
               a
               blackish
               earth
               ,
               in
               others
               clay
               ,
               and
               in
               many
               parts
               mixt
               of
               both
               together
               :
               as
               likewise
               there
               be
               sundry
               places
               ,
               where
               the
               ground
               is
               mixt
               of
               earth
               and
               sand
               ,
               sand
               and
               clay
               ,
               gravell
               and
               clay
               ,
               or
               earth
               ;
               but
               the
               chalke-ground
               and
               red
               earth
               ,
               which
               both
               are
               very
               plentifull
               and
               common
               in
               many
               parts
               of
               England
               ,
               are
               no
               where
               to
               be
               found
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               These
               grounds
               differ
               among
               themselves
               in
               goodness
               and
               fatness
               ,
               not
               only
               according
               to
               the
               different
               nature
               of
               the
               soil
               whereof
               they
               consist
               ,
               but
               also
               according
               to
               the
               depth
               of
               the
               mold
               or
               uppermost
               good
               crust
               ,
               &
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               ground
               which
               lyeth
               next
               to
               it
               underneath
               :
               for
               the
               best
               and
               richest
               soil
               ,
               if
               but
               half
               a
               foot
               or
               a
               foot
               deep
               ,
               and
               if
               lying
               upon
               a
               stiffie
               clay
               or
               hard
               stone
               ,
               is
               not
               so
               fertile
               ,
               as
               a
               leaner
               soil
               of
               greater
               depth
               ,
               and
               lying
               upon
               sand
               or
               gravell
               ,
               through
               which
               the
               superfluous
               moisture
               may
               descend
               ,
               and
               not
               standing
               still
               ,
               as
               upon
               the
               clay
               or
               stone
               ,
               make
               cold
               the
               roots
               of
               the
               grasse
               ,
               of
               corn
               ,
               and
               so
               hurt
               the
               whole
               .
            
             
               There
               be
               indeed
               some
               countries
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               where
               the
               ground
               underneath
               being
               nothing
               but
               stone
               ,
               and
               the
               good
               mold
               upon
               it
               but
               very
               thin
               ,
               it
               is
               nevertheless
               very
               fruitfull
               in
               corn
               ,
               and
               bringeth
               sweet
               grass
               in
               great
               plenty
               ,
               so
               as
               sheep
               &
               other
               cattle
               do
               wonderful
               wel
               thrive
               there
               ;
               which
               kind
               of
               land
               is
               very
               common
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Galloway
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               other
               Counties
               of
               Connaught
               ,
               
               as
               also
               in
               sundry
               parts
               of
               the
               other
               Provinces
               .
               But
               the
               reason
               thereof
               is
               in
               those
               parts
               ,
               because
               the
               stone
               whereon
               the
               mould
               doth
               lye
               so
               thinly
               ,
               is
               not
               Free-stone
               ,
               or
               any
               such
               cold
               material
               ,
               but
               Lime-stone
               ,
               which
               doth
               so
               warm
               the
               ground
               ,
               and
               giveth
               it
               so
               much
               strength
               ,
               that
               what
               it
               wants
               in
               depth
               ,
               is
               thereby
               largely
               recompensed
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Causes
               hindering
               the
               fruitfulness
               of
               the
               ground
               ,
               where
               the
               soyl
               otherwise
               is
               not
               bad
               .
            
             
               Except
               in
               the
               case
               now
               by
               us
               declared
               ,
               neither
               Corn
               nor
               Grass
               will
               grow
               kindly
               ,
               where
               the
               ground
               ,
               though
               otherwise
               good
               ,
               is
               not
               deep
               enough
               ,
               as
               also
               where
               it
               hath
               a
               bad
               crust
               underneath
               :
               From
               whence
               it
               commeth
               ,
               that
               in
               many
               places
               ,
               where
               the
               grass
               doth
               grow
               very
               thick
               and
               high
               ,
               the
               same
               nevertheless
               is
               so
               unfit
               for
               the
               food
               of
               beasts
               ,
               that
               cows
               and
               sheep
               will
               hardly
               touch
               it
               (
               especially
               if
               they
               have
               been
               kept
               in
               better
               pastures
               first
               )
               except
               that
               by
               extreme
               famine
               they
               be
               compelled
               thereto
               ;
               and
               that
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               coarsness
               and
               sowerness
               of
               the
               grass
               ,
               caused
               by
               the
               standing
               still
               of
               the
               water
               ,
               the
               which
               through
               the
               unfitness
               of
               the
               neather
               crust
               ,
               finding
               not
               a
               free
               passage
               downwards
               ,
               maketh
               cold
               the
               good
               mold
               ,
               and
               the
               crop
               and
               grass
               degenerate
               from
               its
               natural
               goodness
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               same
               reason
               the
               land
               in
               many
               parts
               ,
               where
               otherwise
               the
               soyl
               in
               it self
               would
               be
               fit
               enough
               to
               produce
               good
               Wheat
               or
               Barley
               ,
               will
               hardly
               bear
               any
               thing
               else
               but
               Oats
               ,
               or
               Rye
               ,
               and
               that
               none
               of
               the
               best
               :
               As
               in
               other
               parts
               ,
               the
               fault
               is
               in
               the
               soyl
               it self
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               leanness
               
               thereof
               it
               commeth
               ,
               that
               nothing
               else
               but
               coarse
               grass
               ,
               and
               the
               worst
               kinds
               of
               grains
               will
               grow
               there
               .
               And
               unto
               these
               causes
               may
               be
               joyned
               another
               yet
               ,
               the
               overshaddowing
               of
               high
               and
               steep
               Mountains
               and
               Hills
               ,
               whereby
               the
               sides
               thereof
               ,
               and
               the
               lands
               lying
               close
               under
               them
               ,
               being
               deprived
               of
               the
               free
               and
               seasonable
               access
               of
               the
               Sun-beams
               ,
               and
               so
               wanting
               convenient
               warmness
               ,
               cannot
               afford
               to
               the
               things
               growing
               thereon
               such
               good
               and
               well-concocted
               nourishment
               ,
               as
               unto
               the
               producing
               of
               the
               best
               and
               richest
               sorts
               of
               grains
               and
               grass
               is
               requisite
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 7.
              
               
               Ireland
               a
               very
               fruitfull
               Country
               ,
               especially
               for
               grasse
               .
            
             
               These
               defects
               are
               not
               peculiar
               to
               Ireland
               ,
               but
               common
               to
               other
               countries
               ,
               and
               nowise
               generall
               in
               it
               ,
               but
               only
               here
               and
               there
               in
               distant
               parts
               ;
               &
               where
               they
               are
               ,
               they
               may
               be
               amended
               by
               the
               meanes
               fit
               &
               usuall
               for
               that
               purpose
               ,
               whereof
               by-and-by
               wee
               shall
               speak
               particularly
               :
               Therefore
               they
               cannot
               hi●der
               ,
               that
               Ireland
               should
               not
               justly
               be
               counted
               among
               the
               fruitfullest
               countries
               of
               the
               world
               .
               And
               although
               Orosius
               ,
               who
               preferreth
               it
               even
               before
               England
               in
               this
               particular
               (
               
                 Hibernia
                 soli
                 coelique
                 temperie
                 magis
                 utilis
                 Britanniâ
                 ,
              
               are
               his
               words
               )
               goeth
               too
               far
               ,
               yet
               fullie
               true
               is
               the
               saying
               of
               Stanyhurst
               ,
               in
               the
               preface
               of
               his
               Irish
               chronicle
               ,
               
                 Cum
                 Hibernia
                 ,
                 coeli
                 salubritate
                 ,
                 agrorum
                 fertilitate
                 ,
                 ubertate
                 frugum
                 ,
                 pastionis
                 magnitudine
                 ,
                 armentorum
                 gregibus
                 ,
                 conferre
                 paucas
                 ,
                 anteferre
                 nullas
                 valeas
              
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               
                 With
                 Irelond
                 for
                 wholesomness
                 of
                 air
                 ,
                 fruitfulness
                 of
                 lands
                 ,
                 great
                 store
                 of
                 corn
                 ,
                 abundance
                 of
                 pastures
                 ,
                 and
                 numerousnes
                 of
                 cattle
                 ,
                 few
                 countries
                 
                 may
                 be
                 compared
                 ,
                 none
                 preferred
              
               :
               as
               also
               that
               of
               Giraldus
               ,
               
                 Gleba
                 praepingui
                 uberique
                 frugum
                 pr●ventu
                 faelix
                 est
                 terra
                 ,
                 et
                 foecunda
                 frugibus
                 arva
                 ,
                 peccore
                 montes
              
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               
                 This
                 country
                 is
                 happy
                 in
                 very
                 rich
                 ground
                 ,
                 and
                 plentifull
                 increase
                 of
                 graines
                 ,
                 the
                 fields
                 beeing
                 fertill
                 in
                 corn
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 mountains
                 full
                 of
                 cattell
                 .
              
               But
               although
               Ireland
               almost
               in
               every
               part
               ,
               where
               the
               industry
               of
               the
               Husbandman
               applieth
               it self
               thereto
               ,
               bringeth
               good
               corn
               plentifully
               ,
               nevertheless
               hath
               it
               a
               more
               naturall
               aptness
               for
               grasse
               ,
               the
               which
               in
               most
               places
               it
               produceth
               very
               good
               and
               plentifull
               of
               it self
               ,
               or
               with
               little
               help
               :
               the
               which
               also
               hath
               been
               wel
               observed
               by
               Giraldus
               ,
               who
               of
               this
               matter
               writeth
               thus
               :
               
                 Pascuis
                 tamen
                 quam
                 frugibus
                 ,
                 gramine
                 guam
                 grano
                 foecundior
                 est
                 insula
                 ,
                 This
                 Iland
                 is
                 fruitfuller
                 in
                 grasse
                 and
                 pastures
                 ,
                 than
                 in
                 corn
                 an●
                 graines
                 .
              
               And
               Buchanan
               in
               the
               second
               book
               of
               his
               History
               of
               Scotland
               calleth
               the
               pasture-ground
               of
               Ireland
               
                 pascua
                 fere
                 totius
                 Europae
                 uberrima
              
               ,
               the
               fruitfullest
               pasture
               ground
               of
               most
               all
               Europe
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 8.
              
               
               More
               of
               the
               plenty
               and
               goodness
               .
               of
               the
               Irish
               pastures
               .
            
             
               The
               aboundance
               and
               greatness
               of
               pastures
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               doth
               appear
               by
               the
               numberless
               number
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               cattle
               ,
               especially
               of
               Kine
               and
               Sheep
               ,
               wherewith
               this
               country
               in
               time
               of
               peace
               doth
               swarm
               on
               all
               sides
               ,
               whereof
               in
               another
               place
               shall
               be
               spoken
               more
               at
               large
               :
               and
               the
               goodness
               of
               the
               same
               is
               hereby
               sufficiently
               witnessed
               ,
               that
               all
               kind
               of
               cattle
               doth
               thrive
               here
               as
               well
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               give
               as
               good
               milk
               ,
               butter
               ,
               &
               cheese
               (
               with
               good
               handling
               )
               as
               in
               any
               other
               country
               .
            
             
             
               It
               is
               true
               ,
               that
               the
               Irish
               kine
               ,
               sheep
               ,
               and
               horses
               ,
               are
               of
               a
               very
               small
               size
               :
               but
               that
               that
               doth
               not
               come
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               nourishment
               and
               grass
               ,
               but
               through
               other
               more
               hidden
               causes
               ,
               may
               easily
               be
               demonstrated
               by
               the
               goodly
               beasts
               of
               the
               forenamed
               kind
               ,
               that
               are
               brought
               thither
               out
               of
               England
               ,
               the
               which
               not
               only
               in
               themselaes
               ,
               but
               in
               all
               their
               breed
               ,
               doe
               fully
               keep
               their
               first
               largenes
               and
               goodnes
               ,
               without
               any
               the
               least
               diminution
               in
               any
               respect
               ,
               so
               that
               before
               this
               last
               bloody
               rebellion
               the
               whole
               land
               ,
               in
               all
               parts
               where
               the
               English
               did
               dwell
               ,
               or
               had
               any
               thing
               to
               doe
               ,
               was
               filled
               with
               as
               goodly
               beasts
               ,
               both
               Cowes
               and
               Sheep
               ,
               as
               any
               in
               England
               ,
               Holland
               ,
               or
               other
               the
               best
               countries
               of
               Europe
               :
               the
               greatest
               part
               whereof
               hath
               been
               destroyed
               by
               those
               barbarians
               ,
               the
               naturall
               inhabitants
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               who
               not
               content
               to
               have
               murthered
               or
               expelled
               their
               English
               neighbours
               (
               upon
               whom
               with
               an
               unheard
               of
               and
               treacherous
               cruelty
               they
               fell
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               a
               deep
               Peace
               ,
               without
               any
               the
               least
               provocation
               )
               endeavoured
               quite
               to
               extinguish
               the
               memory
               of
               them
               ,
               and
               of
               all
               the
               civility
               and
               good
               things
               by
               them
               introduced
               amongst
               that
               wild
               Nation
               ;
               and
               consequently
               in
               most
               places
               they
               did
               not
               only
               demolish
               the
               houses
               built
               by
               the
               English
               ,
               the
               Gardens
               and
               Enclosures
               made
               by
               them
               ,
               the
               Orchards
               and
               Hedges
               by
               them
               planted
               ,
               but
               destroyed
               whole
               droves
               and
               flocks
               at
               once
               of
               English
               Cowes
               and
               Sheep
               ,
               so
               as
               they
               were
               not
               able
               with
               all
               their
               unsatiable
               gluttony
               to
               devour
               the
               tenth
               part
               thereof
               ,
               but
               let
               the
               rest
               lye
               rotting
               and
               stinking
               in
               the
               fields
               .
            
             
               The
               goodness
               of
               the
               pastures
               in
               Ireland
               doth
               
               further
               appear
               by
               this
               ,
               that
               both
               Beef
               and
               Mutton
               there
               ,
               as
               well
               that
               of
               the
               small
               Irish
               ,
               as
               that
               of
               the
               large
               English
               breed
               ,
               in
               sweetness
               and
               savouriness
               doth
               surpass
               the
               meat
               of
               England
               it self
               as
               (
               all
               those
               ,
               who
               have
               tried
               that
               ,
               must
               confess
               )
               although
               England
               in
               this
               particular
               doth
               surpass
               almost
               all
               the
               countries
               of
               the
               world
               .
            
             
               Nevertheless
               the
               saying
               of
               
                 Pomponius
                 Mela
              
               ,
               That
               the
               grass
               here
               is
               so
               rank
               and
               sweet
               ,
               that
               the
               cattle
               doe
               burst
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               suffered
               to
               feed
               too
               Iong
               ,
               wherefore
               they
               be
               fain
               every
               day
               to
               drive
               them
               betimes
               out
               of
               the
               pastures
               ,
               
                 Iuverna
                 adeo
                 luxuriosa
                 herbis
                 ,
                 non
                 lae●is
                 modo
                 ,
                 sed
                 etiam
                 dulcibus
                 ,
                 ut
                 se
                 exigua
                 parte
                 diei
                 pecora
                 impleant
                 ,
                 &
                 nisi
                 pabulo
                 prohibeantur
                 ,
                 diu●ius
                 pasta
                 dissiliant
              
               :
               The
               which
               also
               hath
               been
               repeated
               by
               
                 Solinus
                 ,
                 Hibernia
                 ita
                 pabulosa
                 ,
                 ut
                 pecua
                 ibi
                 ,
                 nisi
                 interdum
                 à
                 pascuis
                 arceantur
                 ,
                 in
                 periculum
                 agat
                 satias
              
               :
               That
               is
               ,
               
                 Ireland
                 hath
                 such
                 excellent
                 pastures
                 ,
                 that
                 cattle
                 there
                 are
                 brought
                 into
                 danger
                 of
                 their
                 lives
                 by
                 over-feeding
                 ,
                 except
                 now
                 and
                 then
                 they
                 be
                 driven
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 fields
              
               ;
               is
               a
               meer
               fable
               ,
               no
               wayes
               agreeable
               to
               the
               truth
               :
               For
               all
               kinds
               of
               cattle
               here
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               countries
               ,
               are
               continually
               left
               in
               the
               pastures
               day
               and
               night
               :
               neither
               doe
               they
               through
               their
               continuall
               feeding
               ever
               burst
               ,
               or
               come
               into
               any
               danger
               of
               bursting
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XI
             .
             Of
             the
             severall
             manners
             of
             manuring
             and
             inriching
             the
             ground
             practised
             in
             Ireland
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               In
               some
               part
               of
               Ireland
               the
               ground
               never
               needs
               dunging
               .
            
             
               TO
               amend
               the
               lean
               and
               fau●ty
               grounds
               ,
               to
               enrich
               both
               them
               and
               the
               good
               ones
               ,
               and
               to
               keep
               both
               the
               one
               and
               the
               other
               in
               heart
               ,
               in
               preserving
               them
               from
               being
               exhausted
               ,
               the
               dunging
               of
               the
               ground
               is
               usuall
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               Countries
               .
               It
               is
               true
               ,
               that
               as
               approved
               Authors
               assure
               us
               ,
               in
               the
               Iland
               of
               Zealand
               ,
               part
               of
               the
               Kingdom
               of
               Denmark
               ,
               the
               naturall
               richness
               of
               the
               ground
               is
               such
               ,
               and
               so
               lasting
               ,
               as
               it
               needeth
               not
               the
               succour
               of
               any
               artificial
               helps
               ,
               but
               is
               very
               fruitfull
               ,
               and
               aye
               preserveth
               its
               fertility
               ,
               without
               putting
               the
               Husbandman
               to
               the
               labour
               and
               costs
               of
               dunging
               .
               That
               likewise
               there
               is
               some
               part
               in
               the
               Province
               of
               Munster
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               where
               very
               credible
               person●
               have
               assured
               me
               ,
               of
               their
               own
               knowledge
               ,
               that
               the
               land
               never
               needeth
               any
               dunging
               ;
               so
               as
               the
               inhabitants
               thereof
               never
               trouble
               themselves
               to
               keep
               the
               dung
               of
               their
               beasts
               ,
               but
               from
               time
               to
               time
               fling
               it
               into
               a
               River
               which
               runneth
               by
               them
               .
               But
               this
               happiness
               and
               richness
               of
               soil
               as
               it
               is
               very
               rare
               over
               all
               the
               world
               ,
               so
               in
               Ireland
               too
               ,
               being
               confined
               to
               very
               narrow
               bounds
               ,
               all
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Kingdom
               is
               necessitated
               ,
               for
               the
               ends
               aforesaid
               ,
               to
               help
               and
               improve
               their
               Lands
               by
               dunging
               ;
               the
               which
               they
               do
               severall
               manner
               of
               wayes
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Of
               Sheeps-dung
               .
            
             
               The
               commonest
               sort
               of
               manuring
               the
               lands
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               is
               that
               which
               is
               done
               with
               the
               dung
               of
               beasts
               ,
               especially
               of
               Cows
               and
               Oxen
               ,
               and
               also
               of
               Horses
               mixed
               with
               a
               great
               quantity
               of
               straw
               ,
               and
               having
               lyen
               a
               long
               while
               to
               rot
               and
               incorporate
               well
               together
               :
               Whereof
               ,
               as
               of
               a
               matter
               every
               where
               known
               and
               usuall
               ,
               it
               is
               needless
               to
               speak
               further
               .
            
             
               Onely
               thus
               much
               seemeth
               good
               to
               us
               not
               to
               pass
               over
               in
               silence
               ,
               that
               if
               Sheep
               here
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               countries
               ,
               were
               housed
               and
               kept
               up
               in
               stables
               for
               any
               long
               time
               together
               ,
               their
               excrements
               would
               make
               better
               dung
               ,
               than
               that
               of
               any
               other
               four-footed
               creatures
               .
               For
               the
               land
               on
               which
               sheep
               have
               fed
               for
               two
               or
               three
               yeares
               together
               ,
               or
               longer
               ,
               is
               so
               greatly
               enriched
               thereby
               ,
               that
               when
               it
               commeth
               to
               bee
               plowed
               ,
               it
               bringeth
               a
               much
               fairer
               and
               plentifuller
               crop
               ,
               than
               if
               from
               the
               beginning
               it
               had
               been
               made
               Arable
               ,
               and
               dunged
               after
               the
               ordinary
               manner
               .
               Wherefore
               also
               great
               Sheep-masters
               may
               set
               their
               land
               ,
               where
               the
               sheep
               have
               been
               feeding
               some
               yeares
               together
               ,
               as
               dear
               again
               by
               the
               Acre
               ,
               than
               what
               at
               the
               first
               they
               could
               have
               got
               for
               it
               of
               any
               body
               .
            
             
               Wherefore
               also
               it
               is
               an
               usuall
               thing
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               in
               England
               ,
               to
               drive
               the
               sheep
               upon
               the
               Fallow
               ,
               and
               to
               keep
               them
               there
               untill
               all
               the
               hearbs
               which
               may
               minister
               any
               food
               unto
               the
               Sheep
               be
               by
               them
               consumed
               ;
               which
               doth
               the
               ground
               a
               great
               deal
               of
               good
               ,
               and
               giveth
               it
               heart
               to
               bring
               afterwards
               the
               better
               increase
               .
               And
               the
               same
               also
               helpeth
               greatly
               for
               to
               make
               good
               grass
               grow
               upon
               the
               Arable
               ,
               when
               the
               same
               is
               turned
               
               into
               Pasture
               and
               Meddow
               ;
               a
               thing
               ordinarily
               used
               in
               sundry
               parts
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               many
               times
               necessary
               for
               to
               keep
               the
               lands
               in
               heart
               :
               For
               ground
               being
               plowed
               ,
               and
               the
               Sheep
               driven
               thither
               as
               soon
               as
               any
               herbs
               grow
               upon
               it
               ,
               they
               do
               not
               only
               consume
               the
               Thistles
               ,
               and
               other
               useless
               herbs
               ,
               but
               cause
               good
               grass
               to
               grow
               up
               in
               lieu
               thereof
               ,
               and
               that
               speedily
               .
               For
               in
               all
               places
               where
               their
               dung
               lighteth
               ,
               of
               the
               best
               and
               sweetest
               sorts
               of
               grass
               do
               grow
               ,
               and
               that
               within
               the
               first
               year
               ,
               which
               otherwise
               would
               not
               have
               come
               in
               much
               longer
               time
               ,
               and
               that
               nothing
               near
               so
               good
               generally
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               An
               usefull
               observation
               about
               Cows-dung
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               a
               notable
               difference
               betwixt
               Sheeps-dung
               and
               that
               of
               other
               cattle
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               goodness
               and
               richness
               it self
               ,
               so
               in
               the
               particular
               last
               mentioned
               by
               them
               .
               For
               that
               of
               Oxen
               and
               Cows
               is
               no
               wayes
               fit
               for
               dunging
               untill
               it
               is
               grown
               old
               ,
               and
               hath
               lyen
               a
               soaking
               with
               straw
               a
               great
               while
               :
               Dayly
               experience
               shewing
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               as
               in
               England
               and
               other
               countryes
               ,
               that
               in
               those
               places
               of
               the
               pastures
               where
               the
               fresh
               Cow-dung
               falleth
               and
               remaineth
               ,
               the
               grass
               the
               next
               year
               doth
               grow
               ranker
               and
               higher
               than
               in
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               same
               fields
               ,
               but
               so
               sowre
               and
               unpleasing
               ,
               that
               the
               beasts
               will
               not
               offer
               to
               touch
               it
               ;
               so
               as
               ordinarily
               you
               shall
               see
               these
               tufts
               of
               grass
               standing
               whole
               and
               undiminished
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               pastures
               ,
               that
               every
               where
               else
               are
               eaten
               bare
               and
               to
               the
               very
               ground
               .
               The
               which
               as
               in
               part
               it
               may
               bee
               imputed
               to
               the
               quantity
               of
               the
               dung
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               greater
               than
               the
               earth
               can
               well
               digest
               ,
               and
               conveniently
               unite
               with
               it self
               ,
               cannot
               be
               turned
               
               into
               so
               good
               and
               sweet
               nourishment
               ;
               so
               doth
               it
               also
               without
               doubt
               come
               in
               part
               through
               the
               very
               nature
               of
               the
               dung
               ,
               the
               which
               of
               it self
               ,
               and
               without
               a
               long
               preparation
               and
               alteration
               ,
               is
               not
               so
               fit
               to
               nourish
               the
               ground
               ,
               as
               that
               of
               sheep
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               Pigeons-dung
               .
            
             
               Pigeons-dung
               also
               is
               very
               convenient
               for
               the
               improvement
               of
               the
               ground
               ;
               and
               I
               know
               some
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               who
               having
               tryed
               that
               ,
               have
               found
               a
               wonderfull
               deal
               of
               good
               in
               it
               ,
               incomparably
               more
               than
               in
               that
               of
               any
               four-footed
               beasts
               ,
               and
               of
               Sheep
               themselves
               .
               But
               the
               Pigeon-houses
               no
               where
               in
               Ireland
               being
               so
               big
               as
               to
               afford
               any
               considerable
               quantity
               ,
               and
               never
               having
               heard
               of
               any
               body
               there
               who
               could
               dung
               more
               than
               an
               Acre
               or
               two
               with
               all
               the
               Pigeons-dung
               which
               had
               been
               gathering
               the
               space
               of
               a
               whole
               twelve-moneth
               ,
               it
               cannot
               well
               be
               reckoned
               among
               the
               common
               sorts
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               Ashes
               and
               Mud.
               
            
             
               Besides
               the
               dung
               of
               Beasts
               there
               are
               usuall
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               or
               were
               before
               this
               Rebellion
               ,
               five
               or
               six
               other
               sorts
               for
               to
               Manure
               and
               Improve
               the
               ground
               ,
               whereof
               some
               are
               as
               good
               as
               the
               dung
               consisting
               of
               the
               excrements
               of
               beasts
               ,
               and
               others
               do
               far
               surpass
               it
               ▪
               One
               of
               these
               sorts
               is
               Ashes
               ,
               and
               Mud
               another
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               first
               ,
               I
               have
               understood
               of
               Englishmen
               ,
               who
               had
               lived
               many
               years
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               all
               that
               while
               had
               exercised
               Husbandry
               ,
               that
               they
               had
               used
               to
               gather
               all
               their
               Ashes
               of
               their
               hearths
               ,
               bake-houses
               ,
               and
               brew-houses
               ,
               being
               Wood-ashes
               ,
               
               and
               to
               lay
               them
               of
               a
               heap
               somewhere
               in
               the
               open
               air
               ,
               from
               whence
               at
               convenient
               times
               they
               would
               carry
               them
               upon
               their
               grounds
               ,
               and
               there
               spread
               them
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               other
               dung
               ,
               but
               nothing
               near
               in
               so
               great
               a
               quantity
               ;
               wherein
               they
               affirmed
               to
               have
               found
               as
               much
               and
               more
               good
               than
               in
               any
               dung
               of
               beasts
               .
            
             
               And
               I
               know
               several
               other
               English
               ,
               who
               living
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               did
               use
               to
               take
               the
               scouring
               of
               their
               ditches
               ,
               together
               with
               other
               Mud
               digged
               out
               of
               the
               Bogs
               ,
               and
               having
               let
               it
               lye
               a
               good
               while
               a
               rotting
               in
               great
               heaps
               ,
               did
               afterwards
               carry
               it
               upon
               their
               lands
               in
               lieu
               of
               dung
               :
               the
               which
               they
               found
               very
               good
               and
               usefull
               for
               that
               purpose
               .
            
             
               These
               two
               sorts
               were
               never
               yet
               brought
               into
               common
               use
               ,
               but
               onely
               practised
               by
               some
               few
               persons
               ,
               especially
               that
               of
               the
               Ashes
               ,
               although
               in
               other
               Countries
               they
               have
               been
               known
               long
               since
               ;
               so
               as
               Pliny
               ,
               who
               lived
               about
               fifteen
               hundred
               years
               ago
               ,
               writeth
               in
               the
               ninth
               Chapter
               of
               the
               seventeenth
               Book
               of
               his
               Natural
               History
               ,
               that
               in
               his
               time
               in
               that
               part
               of
               Italy
               which
               is
               situated
               between
               the
               Alpes
               and
               the
               River
               Po
               (
               comprehending
               those
               Countries
               which
               now
               are
               known
               by
               the
               names
               of
               Piemont
               and
               Lombardy
               )
               Ashes
               were
               more
               used
               and
               commended
               for
               the
               manuring
               of
               the
               grounds
               ,
               than
               the
               dung
               of
               beasts
               .
            
             
               As
               concerning
               the
               burning
               of
               the
               Heath
               ,
               and
               other
               dry
               herbs
               standing
               upon
               the
               ground
               ,
               for
               to
               manure
               the
               land
               with
               the
               ashes
               thereof
               ,
               that
               not
               properly
               belonging
               to
               this
               place
               ,
               shall
               be
               spoke
               of
               more
               at
               large
               in
               some
               of
               the
               ensuing
               Chapters
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Of
               Lime
               .
            
             
               The
               English
               living
               in
               Queens-county
               in
               Leinster
               ,
               having
               seen
               that
               in
               sundry
               parts
               of
               England
               and
               Wales
               ,
               especially
               in
               Pembrookshire
               ,
               Lime
               was
               used
               by
               the
               inhabitants
               for
               the
               manuring
               and
               inriching
               of
               their
               grounds
               ,
               begun
               some
               years
               since
               to
               practise
               the
               same
               ,
               and
               found
               themselves
               so
               well
               thereby
               ,
               that
               in
               a
               short
               time
               the
               use
               thereof
               grew
               very
               common
               amongst
               them
               ,
               so
               as
               many
               of
               ●hem
               ever
               after
               used
               no
               other
               kind
               of
               dung
               .
            
             
               The
               manner
               of
               it
               was
               thus
               ▪
               Having
               first
               plowed
               their
               fields
               ,
               they
               carryed
               the
               Lime
               on
               them
               ,
               and
               layd
               it
               in
               many
               small
               heaps
               ,
               leaving
               a
               convenient
               distance
               between
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               useth
               to
               be
               done
               with
               the
               dung
               of
               beasts
               ;
               and
               having
               let
               them
               lye
               for
               some
               moneths
               ,
               they
               plowed
               the
               land
               again
               to
               convey
               the
               Lime
               into
               the
               ground
               .
            
             
               This
               made
               it
               so
               rich
               ,
               that
               in
               a
               great
               while
               after
               nothing
               else
               needed
               to
               be
               done
               to
               it
               ,
               but
               to
               let
               the
               land
               at
               a
               certain
               revolution
               of
               time
               lye
               Fallow
               ,
               no
               other
               manuring
               at
               all
               being
               requisite
               for
               some
               yeares
               after
               :
               And
               all
               that
               while
               the
               land
               was
               very
               fruitfull
               ,
               more
               than
               it
               could
               have
               been
               made
               with
               any
               ordinary
               dung
               ,
               and
               very
               free
               of
               al
               sorts
               of
               bad
               herbs
               and
               weeds
               (
               especially
               for
               the
               first
               yeares
               )
               bringing
               Corn
               with
               much
               thinner
               huskes
               than
               that
               growing
               upon
               other
               lands
               .
            
             
               They
               found
               that
               the
               Lime
               carryed
               upon
               the
               Land
               hot
               out
               of
               the
               Kiln
               ,
               did
               more
               good
               in
               all
               the
               fore-mentioned
               particulars
               ,
               than
               when
               they
               let
               it
               grow
               cold
               first
               .
               And
               this
               they
               could
               doe
               
               very
               easily
               ,
               because
               Lime-stone
               is
               very
               plentifull
               in
               that
               County
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               Town
               of
               Monrath
               ,
               where
               there
               is
               a
               whole
               hill
               of
               that
               stone
               ,
               of
               that
               bigness
               ,
               that
               if
               all
               the
               adjacent
               Country
               did
               continually
               fetch
               it
               from
               thence
               for
               the
               forenamed
               use
               ,
               it
               would
               for
               ever
               hold
               out
               sufficiently
               .
            
             
               The
               Land
               thus
               manured
               and
               improved
               by
               Lime
               ,
               shewed
               its
               fruitfulness
               not
               only
               in
               the
               following
               yeares
               ,
               but
               even
               in
               the
               first
               ,
               except
               the
               Lime
               had
               been
               layd
               on
               in
               undue
               proportion
               ,
               and
               in
               greater
               quantity
               than
               was
               requisite
               ;
               for
               in
               that
               case
               the
               Lime
               burnt
               the
               Corn
               ,
               and
               the
               first
               years
               Crop
               was
               thereby
               spoyled
               .
            
             
               In
               some
               places
               where
               the
               land
               was
               not
               cold
               and
               moyst
               enough
               to
               bee
               able
               to
               endure
               meer
               Lime
               ,
               they
               mixed
               the
               Lime
               with
               earth
               digged
               out
               of
               pits
               ,
               and
               let
               that
               stuff
               lye
               a
               mellowing
               in
               great
               heaps
               for
               some
               moneths
               together
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               carryed
               it
               on
               the
               land
               ,
               and
               manured
               that
               therewith
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 7.
              
               
               A
               remarkable
               historie
               concerning
               the
               excellencie
               of
               Lime
               for
               the
               inricheng
               of
               the
               ground
               .
            
             
               How
               incredibly
               the
               land
               was
               inriched
               by
               this
               kind
               of
               manuring
               ,
               may
               be
               gathered
               by
               the
               ensuing
               particular
               ,
               The
               whole
               Lordship
               of
               Mounrath
               was
               thirty
               yeares
               agoe
               set
               by
               one
               Mr.
               Downings
               (
               whose
               it
               was
               ,
               and
               who
               afterwards
               sold
               it
               to
               Sir
               Charles
               Coot
               )
               for
               fifty
               pounds
               sterling
               by
               the
               year
               ,
               and
               nevertheless
               after
               a
               while
               the
               Farmers
               surrendred
               it
               unto
               him
               ,
               complaining
               that
               they
               could
               not
               live
               by
               it
               but
               were
               quite
               impoverished
               :
               where
               as
               they
               who
               farmed
               it
               next
               after
               them
               (
               beeing
               people
               newly
               come
               out
               
               of
               England
               )
               &
               gave
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               pounds
               sterling
               a
               year
               st●rling
               for
               it
               ,
               did
               not
               only
               live
               very
               freely
               upon
               it
               ,
               yea
               grew
               rich
               and
               wealthie
               ,
               but
               withall
               did
               so
               farre
               forth
               improve
               the
               land
               ,
               partly
               indeed
               with
               building
               ,
               plauting
               ,
               hedging
               ,
               and
               the
               like
               ,
               but
               chiefly
               by
               this
               kind
               of
               manuing
               that
               ●t
               the
               time
               when
               this
               last
               horrible
               rebellion
               broke
               forth
               ,
               the
               same
               Lordship
               ,
               if
               it
               had
               been
               to
               let
               out
               then
               ,
               mighe
               have
               been
               let
               for
               five
               hundred
               pounds
               sterling
               a
               year
               :
               as
               it
               hath
               been
               assured
               me
               by
               some
               ,
               who
               themselves
               had
               been
               farmers
               of
               that
               land
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 8.
              
               
               Another
               history
               ,
               shewing
               the
               ●fficacy
               of
               Lime
               in
               this
               particular
               .
            
             
               Before
               we
               give
               over
               this
               discours
               of
               Lime
               ,
               we
               shall
               adde
               to
               what
               hath
               been
               said
               already
               ,
               that
               in
               some
               other
               parts
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               where
               this
               manuring
               with
               Lime
               was
               not
               used
               nor
               known
               ,
               the
               vertue
               of
               Lime
               in
               this
               particular
               hath
               been
               found
               out
               by
               meer
               chance
               .
               For
               some
               persons
               known
               to
               me
               ,
               who
               lived
               but
               a
               few
               miles
               from
               Dublin
               ,
               having
               understood
               that
               the
               crowes
               (
               wherewith
               they
               were
               much
               plagued
               ,
               and
               who
               did
               use
               to
               make
               very
               great
               spoil
               of
               their
               grains
               )
               would
               not
               touch
               the
               corn
               wherewith
               the
               lime
               was
               mixed
               ,
               did
               cause
               unsl●ked
               Lime
               to
               be
               mingled
               with
               water
               ,
               making
               it
               as
               thinne
               as
               if
               it
               had
               been
               for
               the
               whitening
               of
               walls
               ,
               and
               very
               well
               bespringled
               the
               corn
               therewith
               ,
               before
               it
               was
               carried
               to
               the
               fields
               to
               be
               sowen
               ,
               and
               that
               after
               this
               manner
               ,
               the
               corn
               lying
               on
               a
               heap
               ,
               one
               turned
               it
               with
               both
               hands
               ,
               whilest
               another
               sprinkled
               on
               the
               fore-said
               stuff
               ,
               doing
               so
               untill
               the
               whole
               heap
               was
               thoroughly
               besprinkled
               ▪
               at
               
               other
               times
               they
               mingled
               dry
               lime
               with
               the
               corn
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               besprinkled
               the
               whole
               heap
               with
               fair
               water
               through
               and
               through
               ,
               for
               the
               same
               purpose
               ,
               and
               hereby
               they
               did
               not
               only
               obtain
               the
               aforesaid
               end
               ,
               of
               preserving
               the
               corn
               from
               the
               crowes
               ,
               but
               had
               thereby
               a
               fairer
               and
               better
               crop
               ,
               than
               ever
               before
               their
               land
               had
               produced
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 9.
              
               
               Of
               Sea-sand
               .
            
             
               Lime
               is
               much
               used
               in
               the
               province
               of
               Munster
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               parts
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               so
               for
               to
               manure
               the
               ground
               withall
               ,
               where
               the
               sea-sand
               likewise
               is
               greatly
               used
               to
               the
               same
               end
               ,
               not
               only
               in
               places
               lying
               on
               the
               seaside
               ,
               but
               even
               ten
               ,
               twelve
               ,
               and
               fifteen
               miles
               into
               the
               land
               ,
               whether
               it
               was
               carried
               in
               some
               places
               by
               boats
               ,
               and
               in
               others
               upon
               carts
               ,
               the
               charges
               being
               sufficiently
               recompensed
               by
               the
               pro●it
               comming
               from
               it
               .
               For
               they
               used
               it
               for
               the
               most
               part
               only
               upō
               very
               poor
               land
               ,
               consisting
               of
               cold
               clay
               ,
               and
               that
               above
               half
               a
               foot
               deep
               :
               which
               land
               having
               been
               three
               or
               f●ur
               times
               plowed
               &
               harrowed
               (
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               is
               usuall
               to
               be
               done
               with
               fallow
               )
               the
               sand
               is
               strawed
               all
               over
               very
               thinly
               ,
               a
               little
               before
               the
               sowing
               time
               :
               the
               which
               beeing
               done
               ,
               that
               land
               bringeth
               very
               good
               corn
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               not
               only
               Rye
               and
               Oates
               ,
               but
               even
               Barley
               and
               Wheat
               ,
               three
               yeares
               one
               after
               another
               ;
               and
               having
               lyen
               fallow
               the
               fourth
               year
               ,
               for
               many
               years
               after
               it
               produceth
               very
               clean
               and
               sweet
               grass
               ;
               whereas
               formerly
               ,
               and
               before
               it
               was
               thus
               manured
               ,
               it
               produced
               nothing
               but
               moss
               ,
               heath
               ,
               and
               short
               low
               furze
               :
               which
               herbs
               are
               fired
               upon
               the
               ground
               ,
               and
               the
               ground
               stubbed
               ,
               before
               it
               be
               plowed
               the
               first
               time
            
             
             
               It
               is
               not
               any
               peculiar
               sort
               of
               Sea-sand
               ,
               nor
               out
               of
               any
               particular
               places
               ,
               which
               is
               used
               for
               this
               purpose
               ,
               but
               that
               which
               every
               where
               lyeth
               on
               the
               strands
               .
               And
               this
               manner
               of
               manu●ing
               the
               land
               with
               Sea-sand
               is
               very
               common
               in
               the
               two
               most
               Westerly
               shires
               of
               England
               ,
               Cornwall
               and
               Devonshire
               ,
               from
               whence
               those
               ,
               who
               first
               practised
               it
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               seem
               to
               have
               learned
               it
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 10.
              
               
               Of
               Brine
               or
               Pickle
               .
            
             
               The
               goodness
               of
               the
               Sea-sand
               consisteth
               chiefly
               in
               its
               Saltness
               ,
               for
               which
               reason
               Pickle
               it self
               is
               very
               good
               for
               this
               purpose
               :
               it
               beeing
               very
               well
               known
               to
               severall
               English
               dwelling
               about
               the
               Band
               and
               Colrain
               ,
               that
               were
               Farmers
               of
               the
               Salmon-fishing
               there
               ,
               who
               used
               every
               year
               carefully
               to
               keep
               the
               soul
               pikle
               ,
               comming
               of
               the
               Salmons
               at
               their
               repacking
               ;
               and
               having
               powred
               it
               among
               the
               ordinary
               dung
               of
               cattle
               and
               straw
               they
               did
               let
               them
               ly
               a
               good
               while
               a
               mellow●ng
               together
               .
               Hereby
               it
               was
               greatly
               strengthened
               and
               enriched
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               land
               being
               dunged
               with
               it
               ,
               did
               bear
               much
               better
               and
               richer
               crops
               than
               that
               which
               was
               manured
               onely
               with
               common
               dung
               without
               the
               mixture
               of
               it
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XII
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Marle
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               the
               manner
               of
               Marling
               the
               land
               there
               .
            
             
               MArle
               is
               a
               certain
               sort
               of
               fat
               and
               clayish
               stuff
               ,
               being
               as
               the
               grease
               of
               the
               earth
               ;
               it
               
               hath
               from
               antient
               times
               on
               greatly
               used
               for
               manuring
               of
               land
               both
               in
               France
               and
               England
               ,
               as
               may
               appear
               out
               of
               Pliny
               in
               the
               sixth
               ,
               seventh
               ,
               and
               eighth
               Chapters
               of
               his
               seventeenth
               Book
               .
               The
               same
               also
               is
               stil
               very
               usual
               in
               sundry
               parts
               of
               England
               ,
               being
               of
               an
               incomparable
               goodness
               :
               The
               which
               caused
               the
               English
               ,
               who
               out
               of
               some
               of
               those
               places
               where
               Marle
               was
               used
               were
               come
               to
               live
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               to
               make
               diligent
               search
               for
               it
               ,
               and
               that
               with
               good
               success
               at
               last
               ;
               it
               having
               been
               found
               out
               by
               them
               within
               these
               few
               years
               ,
               in
               severall
               places
               ;
               first
               in
               the
               Kings-county
               ,
               not
               far
               from
               the
               Shanon
               ,
               where
               being
               of
               a
               gray
               colour
               ,
               it
               is
               digged
               out
               of
               the
               Bogs
               ;
               And
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Wexford
               ,
               where
               the
               use
               of
               it
               was
               grown
               very
               common
               before
               this
               Rebellion
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               parts
               lying
               near
               the
               sea
               ;
               where
               it
               stood
               them
               in
               very
               good
               steed
               ,
               the
               land
               of
               it self
               being
               nothing
               fruitfull
               .
               For
               although
               the
               ground
               (
               for
               the
               most
               part
               )
               is
               a
               good
               black
               earth
               ,
               yet
               the
               same
               being
               but
               one
               foot
               deep
               ,
               and
               having
               underneath
               a
               crust
               of
               stiff
               yellow
               clay
               of
               half
               a
               foot
               ,
               is
               thereby
               greatly
               impaired
               in
               its
               own
               goodness
               .
               In
               this
               depth
               of
               a
               foot
               and
               a
               half
               next
               under
               the
               clay
               ,
               lyeth
               the
               Marle
               ,
               the
               which
               reacheth
               so
               far
               downwards
               ,
               that
               yet
               no
               where
               they
               are
               come
               to
               the
               bottom
               of
               it
               .
               It
               is
               of
               a
               blew
               colour
               ,
               and
               very
               fat
               (
               which
               as
               in
               other
               ground
               ,
               so
               in
               this
               ,
               is
               chiefly
               perceived
               when
               it
               is
               wet
               )
               but
               brittle
               and
               dusty
               when
               it
               is
               dry
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               The
               manner
               ,
               charges
               ,
               and
               profit
               of
               Marling
               the
               ground
               .
            
             
               The
               Marle
               is
               layd
               upon
               the
               land
               in
               heaps
               ,
               by
               some
               before
               it
               is
               plowed
               ,
               by
               others
               after
               ,
               many
               
               letting
               it
               lye
               several
               moneths
               ere
               they
               plow
               it
               again
               ,
               that
               the
               Rain
               may
               equally
               divide
               and
               mixe
               it
               ;
               the
               Sun
               ,
               Moon
               ,
               and
               Air
               mellow
               and
               incorporate
               it
               with
               the
               earth
               .
               One
               thousand
               Cart-loads
               of
               this
               goeth
               to
               one
               English
               Acre
               of
               ground
               ;
               it
               being
               very
               chargeable
               ,
               for
               even
               to
               those
               who
               dig
               it
               out
               of
               their
               own
               ground
               ,
               so
               as
               they
               are
               at
               no
               other
               expences
               but
               the
               hire
               of
               the
               labourers
               ,
               every
               Acre
               cometh
               to
               stand
               in
               three
               pounds
               sterling
               .
               But
               these
               great
               expences
               are
               sufficiently
               recompenced
               by
               the
               great
               fruitfulness
               which
               it
               causeth
               ,
               being
               such
               ,
               as
               may
               seem
               incredible
               ;
               for
               the
               Marled-land
               ,
               even
               the
               very
               first
               year
               ,
               fully
               quitteth
               all
               the
               cost
               bestowed
               on
               it
               .
               There
               besides
               it
               is
               sufficient
               once
               to
               Marle
               ,
               whereas
               the
               ordinary
               dunging
               must
               be
               renewed
               oftentimes
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               The
               usage
               of
               the
               Marled-land
               ,
               practised
               by
               them
               of
               the
               County
               of
               Wexford
               .
            
             
               The
               good
               usage
               of
               the
               Marled-land
               ,
               to
               keep
               it
               in
               heart
               for
               ever
               after
               ,
               doth
               consist
               ,
               in
               the
               opinion
               and
               practise
               of
               some
               ,
               in
               letting
               it
               ly
               Fallow
               at
               convenient
               times
               ,
               but
               the
               ordinary
               manner
               ,
               commonly
               practised
               by
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               the
               County
               of
               Wexford
               ,
               and
               counted
               the
               best
               by
               them
               ,
               is
               ,
               that
               having
               sowed
               it
               five
               or
               six
               years
               together
               ,
               with
               the
               richest
               sorts
               of
               Corn
               ,
               to
               wit
               ,
               Wheat
               and
               Barley
               (
               especially
               that
               sort
               which
               in
               some
               parts
               of
               England
               ,
               and
               generally
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               is
               peculiarly
               called
               Bear
               ,
               being
               a
               much
               richer
               Grain
               than
               the
               ordinary
               Barley
               )
               it
               being
               afterwards
               turned
               to
               Pasture
               ,
               whereunto
               it
               is
               very
               fit
               ,
               
               forasmuch
               as
               it
               bringeth
               very
               sweet
               grass
               in
               great
               abundance
               :
               For
               the
               Marle
               is
               also
               used
               on
               Meddows
               at
               the
               first
               ,
               with
               very
               good
               success
               ,
               improving
               the
               same
               most
               wonderfully
               .
            
             
               If
               the
               Marled-land
               be
               thus
               used
               ,
               and
               by
               turns
               kept
               under
               Corn
               ,
               and
               Grass
               ,
               it
               keeps
               its
               fruitfulness
               for
               ever
               ;
               where
               to
               the
               contrary
               ,
               if
               year
               after
               year
               it
               be
               sowed
               till
               the
               heart
               be
               drawn
               out
               ,
               it
               's
               quite
               spoyled
               ,
               so
               as
               afterwards
               it
               is
               not
               possible
               to
               bring
               it
               again
               to
               any
               passable
               condition
               by
               any
               kind
               of
               Dunging
               ,
               or
               Marling
               .
               This
               would
               ordinarily
               be
               done
               in
               the
               space
               of
               ten
               yeares
               ;
               for
               so
               long
               together
               the
               Marled-land
               may
               be
               sowed
               ,
               and
               bring
               every
               year
               a
               rich
               crop
               of
               the
               best
               Corn.
               
            
             
               Nevertheless
               this
               is
               not
               generall
               ,
               but
               taketh
               place
               onely
               in
               the
               worser
               kind
               of
               ground
               ▪
               for
               where
               the
               land
               of
               it self
               is
               better
               and
               richer
               ,
               there
               after
               Marling
               ,
               Wheat
               and
               other
               Corn
               may
               be
               sowed
               ,
               not
               only
               for
               ten
               yeares
               together
               ,
               but
               longer
               :
               For
               very
               credible
               persons
               have
               assured
               me
               ,
               that
               some
               parts
               of
               the
               County
               of
               Wexford
               having
               bo●n
               very
               good
               Corn
               for
               thirteen
               yeares
               together
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               being
               turned
               to
               Pasture
               ,
               it
               was
               as
               good
               and
               fertile
               as
               other
               Marled-grounds
               that
               had
               been
               under
               Corn
               but
               five
               or
               six
               years
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Marle
               in
               Connaught
               .
            
             
               The
               Province
               of
               Connaught
               (
               by
               what
               hath
               been
               discovered
               )
               is
               much
               more
               plentifull
               in
               Marle
               ,
               than
               Leinster
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               Counties
               ,
               so
               in
               those
               of
               Roscoman
               ,
               Slego
               ,
               and
               Galloway
               ,
               almost
               in
               every
               part
               of
               it
               .
               It
               is
               there
               of
               three
               
               several
               colours
               ,
               some
               being
               white
               as
               chalk
               ,
               other
               gray
               ,
               and
               some
               black
               ;
               but
               none
               blew
               ,
               as
               that
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Wexford
               .
               It
               lyeth
               nothing
               deep
               under
               the
               upper-ground
               ,
               or
               surface
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               commonly
               not
               above
               half
               a
               foot
               ;
               but
               it
               s
               own
               depth
               is
               so
               great
               ,
               that
               never
               any
               body
               yet
               digged
               to
               the
               bottom
               of
               it
               .
            
             
               The
               land
               which
               they
               intend
               to
               Marle
               in
               this
               Province
               ,
               is
               commonly
               plowed
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               May
               ,
               and
               lying
               five
               or
               six
               weeks
               (
               untill
               it
               be
               sufficiently
               dryed
               and
               mellowed
               by
               the
               Sun
               and
               Wind
               )
               they
               harrow
               it
               ,
               and
               then
               having
               brought
               the
               Marle
               upon
               it
               ,
               five
               or
               six
               weeks
               after
               it
               is
               plowed
               again
               ,
               and
               a
               third
               time
               about
               September
               :
               After
               which
               third
               plowing
               they
               sow
               it
               with
               Wheat
               or
               Barley
               ,
               whereof
               they
               have
               a
               very
               rich
               crop
               the
               next
               year
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Property
               and
               usage
               of
               the
               Marled-lands
               in
               Connaught
               .
            
             
               Land
               Marled
               in
               that
               manner
               as
               we
               have
               said
               ,
               may
               be
               sowed
               ten
               or
               twelve
               yeares
               together
               ;
               the
               first
               eight
               or
               nine-with
               Wheat
               ,
               and
               Bear
               ,
               or
               Barley
               ,
               and
               the
               remaining
               three
               or
               four
               years
               with
               Oates
               ,
               afterwards
               the
               land
               is
               turned
               to
               pasture
               ,
               and
               having
               served
               some
               years
               in
               that
               kind
               ,
               it
               may
               be
               Marled
               anew
               ,
               and
               made
               as
               good
               for
               Corn
               as
               at
               the
               first
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               observation
               of
               those
               of
               the
               County
               of
               Wexford
               ,
               that
               land
               may
               not
               be
               Marled
               more
               than
               once
               ,
               doth
               not
               take
               place
               in
               Connaught
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               an
               ordinary
               thing
               ,
               having
               some
               space
               of
               years
               to
               make
               it
               again
               .
               I
               know
               
               some
               Gentlemen
               who
               have
               caused
               some
               parcels
               of
               land
               to
               be
               Marled
               thrice
               in
               the
               space
               of
               twenty
               yeares
               ,
               and
               have
               found
               very
               good
               profit
               by
               it
               .
               But
               whether
               this
               be
               caused
               by
               the
               difference
               of
               the
               ground
               and
               Marle
               (
               appearing
               also
               hereby
               ,
               that
               in
               Connaught
               they
               scarce
               lay
               the
               fourth
               part
               of
               the
               quantity
               of
               Marle
               on
               the
               ground
               of
               what
               they
               doe
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Wexford
               )
               or
               by
               the
               carelesness
               or
               want
               of
               experience
               of
               those
               of
               that
               County
               ,
               I
               am
               not
               yet
               fully
               informed
               .
               But
               thus
               much
               is
               known
               as
               well
               in
               Connaught
               as
               other
               parts
               ,
               that
               those
               who
               sow
               the
               Marled-land
               untill
               it
               can
               bear
               no
               more
               ,
               and
               be
               quite
               out
               of
               heart
               ,
               wil
               find
               it
               exceeding
               difficult
               ,
               if
               not
               altogether
               impossible
               ever
               to
               amend
               or
               improve
               the
               same
               again
               by
               any
               means
               whatsoever
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XIII
             .
             Of
             the
             Heaths
             and
             Moores
             ,
             or
             Bogs
             in
             Ireland
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Moory
               ,
               or
               Boggy-heaths
               .
            
             
               HAving
               spoke
               of
               the
               fruitfull
               lands
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               it
               followeth
               that
               we
               treat
               of
               those
               which
               are
               neither
               fit
               for
               the
               bringing
               of
               Corn
               ,
               or
               feeding
               of
               Cattle
               ;
               some
               being
               such
               for
               want
               of
               good
               soyl
               ,
               and
               others
               through
               superfluous
               moysture
               .
            
             
               Of
               the
               first
               sort
               are
               those
               places
               where
               the
               ground
               consisting
               of
               meer
               rock
               ,
               sand
               ,
               or
               earth
               ,
               
               naturally
               unfruitful
               hath
               no
               good
               mold
               at
               the
               top
               sufficient
               for
               Corn
               or
               Grass
               to
               root
               ,
               and
               to
               draw
               convenient
               nourishment
               out
               of
               it
               ,
               the
               ground
               being
               bare
               ,
               or
               over-grown
               onely
               with
               Moss
               ,
               Heath
               ,
               Furze
               ,
               Brakes
               ,
               Thorns
               ,
               Rushes
               ,
               and
               the
               like
               .
            
             
               The
               places
               whose
               ground
               is
               bare
               ,
               are
               nothing
               frequent
               ,
               nor
               of
               any
               great
               bigness
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               rather
               on
               the
               Sea-side
               than
               within
               the
               land
               .
               But
               the
               other
               are
               very
               common
               throughout
               the
               whole
               Kingdom
               ,
               not
               only
               in
               the
               Mountains
               (
               many
               whereof
               do
               for
               the
               most
               part
               consist
               of
               nothing
               else
               )
               but
               also
               in
               the
               Hilly-quarters
               ,
               the
               Plain-countries
               ,
               and
               in
               many
               places
               of
               great
               extent
               ,
               taking
               up
               some
               miles
               in
               length
               and
               breadth
               .
               Most
               of
               these
               Wasts
               in
               the
               Plain-countries
               and
               Valleys
               ,
               as
               also
               some
               on
               the
               Mountains
               and
               Hils
               ,
               are
               Moory
               and
               Boggy
               ,
               fit
               for
               to
               dig
               Turf
               out
               ,
               to
               the
               great
               commodity
               of
               the
               inhabitants
               ,
               in
               places
               where
               other
               fuel
               is
               wanting
               .
               So
               that
               these
               parts
               of
               Land
               ,
               although
               barren
               and
               producing
               no
               kind
               of
               thing
               for
               the
               food
               of
               man
               or
               beasts
               ,
               may
               not
               be
               reckoned
               in
               the
               number
               of
               those
               which
               are
               altogether
               unprofitable
               ,
               being
               of
               good
               use
               in
               the
               parts
               far
               distant
               from
               the
               Sea
               ,
               where
               they
               can
               have
               no
               Sea-coales
               ,
               and
               where
               Woods
               are
               wanting
               ,
               nor
               well
               live
               .
               Some
               of
               these
               dry
               ,
               or
               red
               Bogs
               ,
               as
               commonly
               they
               are
               called
               (
               the
               first
               ,
               in
               comparison
               of
               those
               whereof
               presently
               shall
               be
               spoken
               ,
               the
               other
               ,
               because
               the
               earth
               in
               them
               for
               the
               most
               part
               is
               reddish
               ,
               and
               over-grown
               with
               Mos●
               of
               the
               same
               colour
               )
               are
               in
               some
               parts
               of
               a
               vast
               extent
               ;
               instance
               that
               by
               the
               Shanon-side
               ,
               beginning
               
               hard
               by
               Atlone
               ,
               and
               following
               the
               course
               of
               the
               River
               down
               towards
               Limmerick
               ,
               which
               being
               two
               or
               three
               miles
               broad
               in
               most
               parts
               ,
               is
               said
               to
               be
               upwards
               of
               fifty
               miles
               in
               length
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Of
               the
               dry
               Heaths
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               some
               dry
               Heaths
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               on
               the
               mountains
               ,
               and
               very
               few
               in
               the
               plain
               countries
               ;
               to
               the
               contrary
               of
               England
               ,
               where
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               in
               Netherland
               ,
               Germany
               ,
               and
               other
               countries
               ,
               those
               Heaths
               on
               plain
               ground
               are
               very
               common
               in
               sundrie
               parts
               of
               the
               land
               ,
               and
               many
               of
               them
               of
               a
               great
               extent
               ,
               having
               very
               many
               miles
               in
               compass
               ;
               and
               where
               any
               such
               dry
               Heaths
               are
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               the
               land
               for
               the
               most
               part
               is
               not
               altogether
               barren
               ,
               but
               gra●sy
               between
               and
               at
               the
               bottome
               of
               the
               heath
               ;
               so
               as
               the
               heath
               being
               burnt
               (
               a
               thing
               much
               used
               in
               Ireland
               both
               by
               the
               English
               and
               Irish
               )
               the
               land
               bringeth
               reasonable
               good
               and
               sweet
               grass
               ,
               fit
               for
               sheep
               to
               feed
               on
               ;
               and
               with
               a
               little
               extraordinary
               labour
               and
               costs
               brought
               to
               bear
               corn
               .
            
             
               Others
               of
               these
               Heaths
               are
               grassie
               ,
               having
               the
               grass
               growing
               not
               all
               over
               among
               the
               heath
               ,
               but
               in
               spaces
               by
               it self
               :
               as
               upon
               the
               Heath
               between
               the
               town
               of
               Kildare
               and
               the
               Liffie
               ;
               which
               is
               famous
               over
               all
               Ireland
               by
               the
               name
               of
               the
               Currogh
               of
               Kildare
               ,
               being
               a
               hilly
               ground
               ,
               at
               its
               highest
               neer
               the
               said
               town
               ,
               from
               thence
               towards
               the
               Liffie
               descending
               by
               degrees
               ,
               about
               three
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               two
               or
               three
               broad
               ,
               divided
               into
               rowes
               ,
               of
               heath
               and
               grass
               ;
               which
               being
               of
               no
               great
               breadth
               ,
               and
               many
               in
               number
               ,
               doe
               ly
               by
               the
               ●ide
               one
               of
               another
               throughout
               the
               whole
               earth
               ,
               each
               of
               those
               rowes
               extending
               it
               
               self
               in
               length
               from
               the
               one
               end
               of
               the
               Currogh
               to
               the
               other
               ,
               The
               rowes
               of
               Heath
               are
               about
               a
               stone
               cast
               over
               in
               some
               places
               ,
               in
               some
               more
               ,
               in
               others
               less
               :
               but
               those
               of
               grass
               a
               good
               deal
               narrower
               than
               the
               others
               ,
               being
               alwayes
               alike
               green
               and
               dry
               ,
               in
               the
               winter
               as
               well
               as
               the
               summer
               ,
               and
               clothed
               with
               short
               grass
               ,
               but
               very
               sweet
               and
               good
               ,
               very
               convenient
               for
               sheep
               to
               feed
               on
               ;
               of
               the
               which
               alwaies
               in
               time
               of
               peace
               ,
               a
               very
               great
               number
               is
               grazing
               here
               ,
               the
               whole
               Currogh
               being
               a
               Commons
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Wet
               Bogs
            
             
               The
               places
               barren
               through
               superfluous
               moisture
               ,
               are
               bogs
               called
               by
               the
               Irish
               Moones
               ,
               whereof
               Ireland
               is
               full
               .
               There
               is
               three
               or
               four
               different
               sorts
               of
               them
               ;
               grassy
               ,
               watery
               ,
               muddy
               ,
               and
               Hassocky
               ,
               as
               appeareth
               more
               largely
               by
               the
               following
               description
               .
               But
               the
               English
               Irish
               have
               given
               the
               name
               of
               Bogs
               ,
               not
               only
               to
               the
               wet
               ,
               of
               which
               we
               are
               now
               to
               treat
               ,
               but
               aswell
               to
               the
               turf
               moores
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               not
               excepting
               the
               red
               bog
               ,
               which
               in
               most
               places
               is
               firm
               enough
               to
               bear
               a
               man
               ,
               or
               unshod
               nagge
               going
               over
               it
               ,
               but
               is
               not
               for
               any
               great
               weight
               .
               But
               we
               shall
               in
               the
               following
               chapters
               speak
               in
               order
               of
               the
               four
               sorts
               of
               wet
               bggs
               ,
               which
               above
               wee
               have
               mentioned
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               in
               its
               due
               place
               treat
               of
               the
               turf
               and
               red
               moores
               ,
               as
               occasion
               shall
               require
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Grassie
               Bogs
            
             
               The
               grassy
               Bogs
               are
               all
               over
               covered
               with
               grass
               ,
               looking
               fair
               and
               pleasant
               ,
               as
               if
               they
               were
               dry
               ground
               and
               goodly
               meadowes
               ;
               whereby
               many
               ,
               who
               not
               knowing
               the
               nature
               of
               those
               
               places
               ,
               and
               because
               of
               the
               greeness
               suspecting
               no
               evill
               ,
               goe
               into
               them
               to
               their
               great
               trouble
               ,
               and
               many
               times
               to
               the
               extreme
               danger
               of
               their
               lives
               ,
               for
               the
               earth
               being
               very
               spongy
               can
               bear
               no
               weight
               ,
               but
               as
               well
               men
               as
               beast
               ,
               assoon
               as
               they
               set
               foot
               on
               it
               doe
               sink
               to
               the
               ground
               ,
               some
               knee
               deep
               ,
               others
               to
               the
               wast
               ,
               and
               many
               over
               head
               and
               ears
               :
               for
               all
               or
               most
               bogs
               in
               Ireland
               having
               underneath
               a
               hard
               and
               firm
               gravell
               are
               not
               of
               an
               equall
               depth
               ,
               which
               in
               some
               is
               only
               of
               two
               or
               three
               feet
               ,
               in
               others
               five
               ,
               six
               or
               more
               ,
               in
               somuch
               that
               those
               who
               fall
               into
               the
               deepest
               places
               of
               these
               bogs
               ,
               can
               hardly
               escape
               ,
               but
               for
               the
               most
               part
               doe
               perish
               ,
               being
               pittifully
               smothered
               .
            
             
               Some
               of
               these
               bogs
               ,
               doe
               so
               dry
               up
               in
               the
               summer
               that
               they
               may
               be
               passed
               without
               danger
               ;
               the
               which
               in
               particular
               falleth
               out
               in
               the
               great
               Mountaines
               in
               Munster
               in
               the
               county
               of
               Kerry
               ,
               called
               Slew-Logher
               ,
               upon
               which
               all
               kind
               of
               cattle
               doe
               grase
               the
               summer
               long
               being
               every
               where
               full
               of
               good
               and
               sweet
               grass
               ,
               knee
               deep
               in
               most
               places
               ;
               whereof
               not
               the
               tenth
               part
               being
               eaten
               (
               for
               if
               all
               the
               cattle
               of
               that
               Province
               were
               driven
               thither
               and
               left
               all
               the
               summer
               upon
               the
               place
               it
               would
               hardly
               be
               consumed
               )
               the
               rest
               is
               spoyled
               when
               the
               wet
               weather
               cometh
               in
               ,
               and
               stayeth
               the
               rain-water
               from
               descending
               ;
               through
               which
               the
               ground
               rotteth
               in
               that
               manner
               ,
               that
               all
               winter
               long
               it
               is
               unpassable
               for
               men
               and
               beasts
               .
            
             
               But
               the
               deepest
               bogs
               are
               unpassable
               in
               the
               summer
               as
               well
               as
               in
               the
               winter
               ,
               yet
               most
               of
               them
               have
               firm
               places
               ,
               in
               narrow
               paths
               ,
               &
               in
               some
               larger
               parcels
               ;
               by
               the
               meanes
               whereof
               those
               ,
               unto
               whom
               they
               are
               known
               ,
               can
               cross
               them
               from
               
               one
               side
               to
               another
               ,
               where
               others
               who
               are
               not
               used
               to
               them
               doe
               not
               know
               in
               what
               part
               to
               set
               one
               step
               ;
               in
               which
               nimble
               trick
               ,
               called
               commonly
               treading
               of
               the
               Bogs
               ,
               most
               Irish
               are
               very
               expert
               ,
               as
               having
               been
               trained
               up
               in
               it
               from
               their
               infancy
               .
            
             
               The
               firm
               places
               in
               passing
               ,
               or
               but
               lightly
               shaking
               them
               ,
               tremble
               for
               a
               great
               way
               ,
               which
               hath
               given
               them
               the
               name
               of
               Shaking-Bogs
               ;
               and
               where
               they
               are
               but
               of
               a
               small
               compass
               ,
               Quagmires
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Watery-Bogs
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Miry-Bogs
               .
            
             
               The
               Watery-bogs
               are
               likewise
               clothed
               with
               Grass
               ,
               but
               the
               water
               doth
               not
               sink
               altogether
               into
               them
               ,
               as
               into
               the
               former
               ,
               but
               remaineth
               in
               part
               standing
               on
               the
               top
               (
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               in
               some
               of
               the
               Grassie-bogs
               ,
               and
               in
               all
               the
               low
               Pastures
               and
               Meddows
               of
               Holland
               )
               by
               reason
               whereof
               these
               Bogs
               are
               not
               dangerous
               ;
               for
               every
               one
               at
               the
               first
               sight
               may
               easily
               discern
               them
               from
               the
               firm
               ground
               .
            
             
               These
               two
               sorts
               are
               in
               many
               parts
               found
               apart
               ,
               and
               in
               others
               mixt
               and
               interlaced
               ;
               and
               likewise
               parcels
               both
               of
               the
               one
               and
               the
               other
               are
               found
               up
               and
               down
               in
               the
               Moory-heaths
               and
               Red-bogs
               .
            
             
               Both
               these
               sorts
               ,
               as
               well
               the
               watery
               as
               the
               Green-Bogs
               ,
               yeeld
               for
               the
               most
               part
               very
               good
               Turf
               ,
               much
               better
               than
               the
               Red-Bogs
               ,
               whereof
               more
               shall
               be
               spoken
               hereafter
               .
            
             
               The
               Miry-Bogs
               do
               consist
               of
               meer
               Mud
               and
               Mire
               ,
               with
               very
               little
               or
               no
               grass
               upon
               them
               .
               These
               are
               commonly
               of
               a
               very
               small
               compass
               ,
               
               whereas
               most
               part
               of
               the
               other
               two
               are
               of
               a
               notable
               extent
               ,
               and
               some
               of
               several
               miles
               in
               length
               and
               breadth
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Hassockie-bogs
               .
            
             
               Hassockie-bogs
               we
               call
               those
               ,
               whose
               ground
               being
               miry
               and
               muddy
               is
               covered
               over
               with
               water
               a
               foot
               or
               two
               deep
               ,
               in
               some
               places
               more
               ,
               in
               others
               less
               ;
               so
               as
               one
               would
               sooner
               take
               them
               for
               Loughs
               ,
               were
               it
               not
               that
               they
               are
               very
               thick
               over-spread
               with
               little
               Tufts
               or
               Ilets
               ,
               the
               which
               consisting
               of
               Reeds
               ,
               Rushes
               ,
               high
               sower
               Grass
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               with
               little
               Shrubs
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               very
               small
               ,
               and
               have
               but
               a
               few
               feet
               in
               compass
               ;
               some
               of
               them
               being
               of
               the
               bigness
               of
               a
               reasonable
               big
               chamber
               .
               These
               little
               Ilets
               or
               Tufts
               being
               so
               many
               in
               number
               ,
               and
               spread
               over
               all
               the
               Bog
               ,
               there
               remaineth
               nothing
               between
               them
               but
               great
               Plashes
               of
               water
               (
               in
               regard
               whereof
               these
               Bogs
               might
               well
               be
               called
               Plashy-Bogs
               )
               in
               some
               places
               wider
               ,
               in
               others
               narrower
               ,
               so
               as
               from
               the
               one
               men
               may
               well
               step
               or
               leap
               to
               the
               other
               ;
               that
               which
               those
               who
               are
               expert
               in
               it
               know
               how
               to
               do
               very
               nimble
               ,
               and
               so
               to
               run
               from
               one
               part
               of
               the
               Bog
               to
               another
               :
               For
               the
               roots
               of
               the
               Rushes
               ,
               Reeds
               ,
               and
               other
               things
               growing
               on
               those
               Tufts
               ,
               are
               so
               interwoven
               ,
               that
               they
               can
               easily
               bear
               a
               man
               who
               lightly
               treadeth
               upon
               them
               ,
               although
               they
               have
               very
               little
               earth
               ,
               and
               are
               wondrous
               spungy
               ;
               so
               as
               they
               ,
               when
               the
               water
               being
               drained
               ,
               the
               Bog
               is
               dried
               round
               about
               ,
               may
               easily
               be
               plucked
               from
               the
               ground
               .
            
             
               The
               English
               inhabiting
               in
               Ireland
               have
               
               given
               these
               Tufts
               the
               name
               of
               Hassocks
               ,
               and
               this
               sort
               of
               Bogs
               ,
               Hassocky-bogs
               :
               Of
               which
               Bogs
               Munster
               and
               other
               Provinces
               are
               not
               altogether
               free
               ,
               but
               most
               of
               them
               are
               found
               in
               Leinster
               ,
               especially
               in
               Kings
               and
               Queens-county
               ,
               where
               also
               the
               othtr
               sorts
               of
               Bogs
               are
               very
               common
               ;
               whereas
               otherwise
               Connaught
               is
               generally
               fuller
               of
               Bogs
               than
               any
               of
               the
               other
               Provinces
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XIV
             Originall
             of
             the
             Bogs
             in
             Ireland
             ;
             and
             the
             manner
             of
             Draining
             them
             ,
             practised
             there
             by
             the
             English
             Inhabitants
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               originall
               of
               Bogs
               in
               this
               Countrie
               .
            
             
               VEry
               few
               of
               the
               Wet-bogs
               in
               Ireland
               are
               such
               by
               any
               naturall
               property
               ,
               or
               primitive
               constitution
               ,
               but
               through
               the
               superfluous
               moysture
               that
               in
               length
               of
               time
               hath
               been
               gathered
               therein
               ,
               whether
               it
               have
               its
               originall
               within
               the
               place
               it self
               ,
               or
               be
               come
               thither
               from
               without
               .
               The
               first
               of
               these
               two
               cases
               taketh
               place
               in
               the
               most
               part
               of
               the
               Grassie-bogs
               ,
               which
               ordinarily
               are
               occasioned
               by
               Springs
               ;
               the
               which
               arising
               in
               great
               number
               out
               of
               some
               parcel
               of
               ground
               ,
               and
               finding
               no
               issue
               ,
               do
               by
               degrers
               soak
               through
               ,
               and
               bring
               it
               to
               that
               rottenness
               and
               spunginess
               ,
               which
               nevertheless
               is
               not
               a
               little
               increased
               through
               
               the
               rain
               water
               comming
               to
               that
               of
               the
               Springs
               .
            
             
               But
               the
               two
               other
               sorts
               ,
               viz.
               the
               Waterie
               and
               Hassockie-bogs
               ,
               are
               in
               some
               places
               caused
               by
               the
               rain-water
               onely
               ,
               as
               in
               others
               through
               brooks
               and
               rivelets
               running
               into
               them
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               through
               both
               together
               ;
               whereunto
               many
               times
               also
               cometh
               the
               cause
               of
               the
               Grassi-bogs
               ,
               to
               wit
               the
               store
               of
               Springs
               within
               the
               very
               ground
               :
               and
               all
               this
               in
               places
               ,
               where
               or
               through
               the
               situation
               of
               them
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               even
               plainness
               or
               hollowness
               ,
               or
               through
               some
               other
               impediment
               ,
               the
               water
               hath
               no
               free
               passage
               away
               ,
               but
               remaineth
               within
               them
               ,
               and
               so
               by
               degrees
               turneth
               them
               into
               Bogs
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Retchlesness
               of
               the
               Irish
               ,
               cause
               of
               most
               of
               the
               Bogs
               .
               Of
               trees
               found
               in
               Bogs
               .
            
             
               So
               that
               it
               may
               easily
               be
               comprehended
               ,
               that
               whoso
               could
               drain
               the
               water
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               future
               prevent
               the
               gathering
               thereof
               ,
               might
               reduce
               most
               of
               the
               Bogs
               in
               Ireland
               to
               firm
               land
               ,
               and
               preserve
               them
               in
               that
               condition
               .
               But
               this
               hath
               never
               been
               known
               to
               the
               Irish
               ,
               or
               if
               it
               was
               ,
               they
               never
               went
               about
               it
               ,
               but
               to
               the
               contrarie
               let
               daily
               more
               &
               more
               of
               their
               good
               land
               grow
               boggy
               through
               their
               carelesness
               ,
               whereby
               also
               most
               of
               the
               Bogs
               at
               first
               were
               caused
               .
            
             
               This
               being
               otherwise
               evident
               enough
               ,
               may
               further
               be
               confirmed
               by
               the
               whole
               bodies
               of
               trees
               ,
               which
               ordinarily
               are
               found
               by
               the
               turf-diggers
               very
               deep
               in
               the
               ground
               ,
               as
               well
               of
               other
               trees
               ,
               as
               of
               Hasels
               :
               likewise
               they
               meet
               sometimes
               with
               ,
               the
               very
               Nuts
               themselves
               in
               great
               quantity
               ,
               the
               which
               looking
               very
               fair
               and
               whole
               at
               the
               outside
               ,
               as
               if
               they
               came
               but
               newly
               〈…〉
               
               have
               no
               kernell
               within
               the
               same
               ,
               through
               the
               great
               length
               of
               time
               beeing
               consumed
               and
               turned
               into
               filth
               .
            
             
               And
               it
               is
               worthie
               of
               observation
               ,
               that
               trees
               ,
               &
               truncks
               of
               trees
               ,
               are
               in
               this
               manner
               found
               not
               only
               in
               the
               Wet
               bogs
               ,
               but
               even
               in
               the
               Heathy
               ones
               or
               Red
               bogs
               ,
               as
               by
               name
               in
               that
               by
               the
               Shanon-side
               ,
               wherof
               hath
               been
               spoken
               above
               :
               in
               which
               bog
               the
               turf
               diggers
               many
               times
               doe
               find
               whole
               Firr-trees
               deep
               in
               the
               ground
               ;
               whether
               it
               be
               that
               those
               trees
               ,
               being
               fallen
               ,
               are
               by
               degrees
               sunk
               deeper
               and
               deeper
               (
               the
               earth
               of
               that
               Bog
               almost
               every
               where
               being
               very
               loose
               and
               spungy
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               in
               all
               such
               Bogs
               )
               or
               that
               the
               earth
               in
               length
               of
               time
               bee
               grown
               over
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Draining
               of
               the
               Bogs
               practised
               by
               the
               English
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               But
               as
               the
               Irish
               have
               been
               extreme
               careless
               in
               this
               ,
               so
               the
               English
               ,
               introducers
               of
               all
               good
               things
               in
               Ireland
               (
               for
               which
               that
               brutish
               nation
               from
               time
               to
               time
               hath
               rewarded
               them
               with
               unthankfulnes
               ,
               hatred
               ,
               and
               envy
               ,
               and
               lately
               with
               a
               horrible
               and
               bloody
               conspiracie
               ,
               tending
               to
               their
               utter
               destruction
               )
               have
               set
               their
               industrie
               at
               work
               for
               to
               remedy
               it
               ,
               and
               having
               considered
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Bogs
               ,
               and
               how
               possible
               it
               was
               to
               reduce
               many
               of
               them
               unto
               good
               land
               ,
               did
               some
               yeares
               since
               begin
               to
               goe
               about
               it
               all
               over
               the
               land
               ,
               and
               that
               with
               very
               good
               success
               ;
               so
               as
               I
               know
               Gentlemen
               ,
               who
               turned
               into
               firm
               land
               three
               or
               four
               hundred
               acres
               of
               Bog
               ,
               and
               in
               case
               that
               this
               detestable
               rebellion
               had
               not
               come
               between
               ,
               in
               a
               few
               yeares
               there
               would
               scarce
               have
               been
               left
               one
               acre
               of
               Bog
               ,
               of
               what
               was
               in
               the
               
               lands
               and
               possessiion
               of
               the
               English
               ;
               except
               onely
               those
               places
               whose
               situation
               is
               altogether
               repugnant
               to
               draining
               ,
               because
               that
               the
               water
               either
               through
               the
               hollowness
               of
               the
               place
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               inclosed
               valleyes
               and
               deep
               dales
               between
               the
               hils
               and
               mountaines
               ,
               or
               through
               the
               too
               great
               evenness
               &
               plainness
               of
               the
               ground
               ,
               not
               inclining
               to
               any
               one
               part
               more
               than
               another
               ,
               cannot
               be
               drawn
               away
               at
               all
               ;
               and
               except
               such
               parcels
               as
               needs
               must
               have
               been
               kept
               for
               turf
               ,
               and
               Red
               bogs
               who
               are
               very
               unfit
               for
               draining
               ,
               for
               the
               trenches
               being
               made
               ,
               the
               earth
               on
               both
               sides
               will
               sink
               into
               them
               again
               ,
               and
               choak
               them
               up
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Profit
               reaped
               by
               the
               draining
               of
               Bogs
               .
            
             
               This
               draining
               of
               the
               Bogs
               as
               it
               tended
               not
               a
               little
               to
               the
               generall
               good
               of
               the
               whole
               land
               ,
               by
               amending
               of
               the
               Air
               (
               wherof
               we
               shall
               have
               occasion
               to
               say
               more
               in
               some
               other
               place
               )
               and
               otherwise
               ,
               so
               it
               brought
               great
               profit
               unto
               the
               Authors
               ,
               for
               the
               land
               or
               soil
               of
               the
               Bogs
               being
               in
               most
               places
               good
               of
               it self
               ,
               and
               there
               besides
               greatly
               enriched
               by
               the
               lying
               still
               and
               the
               soaking
               in
               of
               the
               water
               for
               the
               space
               of
               so
               many
               yeares
               ,
               the
               same
               being
               dryed
               through
               the
               draining
               of
               the
               water
               ,
               is
               found
               to
               be
               very
               sit
               either
               to
               have
               corn
               sowed
               upon
               ,
               or
               to
               be
               turned
               into
               pastures
               ;
               making
               also
               excellent
               meadowes
               :
               so
               as
               those
               ,
               who
               have
               tried
               that
               ,
               doe
               affirm
               ,
               that
               the
               meadowes
               gained
               out
               of
               the
               Bogs
               might
               be
               compared
               with
               the
               very
               best
               of
               their
               other
               meadowes
               ,
               yea
               many
               times
               surpassed
               the
               same
               in
               goodness
               :
               &
               this
               took
               place
               chiefly
               in
               the
               Grassie
               bogs
               or
               Shakking
               bogs
               ,
               whose
               fruitfulness
               in
               this
               particular
               ,
               &
               in
               the
               plentifull
               production
               of
               very
               sweet
               and
               
               deep
               grass
               ,
               after
               the
               draining
               off
               the
               water
               ,
               was
               very
               wonderfull
               ;
               and
               all
               this
               without
               any
               other
               trouble
               or
               costs
               bestowed
               upon
               these
               Meddows
               ,
               than
               that
               they
               dunged
               them
               the
               first
               year
               ,
               to
               warm
               them
               the
               better
               ,
               and
               the
               sooner
               ,
               and
               more
               thoroughly
               to
               amend
               the
               remainders
               of
               that
               coldness
               and
               rawness
               contracted
               through
               that
               long
               and
               constant
               continuance
               of
               the
               water
               upon
               them
               ;
               after
               which
               once
               dunging
               ,
               afterwards
               for
               a
               good
               many
               yeares
               nothing
               else
               needed
               to
               be
               done
               to
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               The
               manner
               of
               draining
               the
               Bogs
               .
            
             
               This
               draining
               of
               the
               Bogs
               was
               performed
               in
               the
               manner
               following
               .
               On
               that
               side
               of
               the
               Bog
               ,
               where
               the
               ground
               was
               somewhat
               sloaping
               ,
               they
               cut
               a
               broad
               deep
               Trench
               ,
               beginning
               it
               in
               the
               firm
               ground
               ,
               and
               advancing
               it
               unto
               the
               entrance
               of
               the
               Bog
               ,
               into
               which
               Trench
               the
               water
               would
               sink
               out
               of
               the
               next
               parts
               of
               the
               Bog
               in
               great
               abundance
               ,
               and
               that
               many
               times
               so
               suddenly
               ,
               as
               if
               a
               great
               sluce
               had
               been
               opened
               ,
               so
               as
               the
               labourers
               were
               constrained
               to
               run
               out
               of
               it
               with
               all
               speed
               ,
               lest
               the
               ●orce
               of
               the
               water
               should
               overwhelm
               and
               carry
               them
               away
               .
               Some
               part
               of
               the
               Bog
               being
               by
               this
               meanes
               grown
               reasonable
               dry
               within
               a
               short
               space
               of
               time
               ,
               opportunity
               thereby
               was
               ministred
               to
               advance
               the
               Trench
               further
               into
               the
               Bog
               ;
               and
               so
               by
               little
               and
               little
               they
               went
               on
               with
               it
               untill
               at
               last
               they
               carryed
               it
               quite
               across
               the
               Bog
               ,
               from
               the
               one
               side
               to
               the
               other
               :
               And
               having
               done
               this
               ,
               they
               made
               a
               great
               many
               lesser
               Trenches
               out
               of
               the
               main
               one
               ,
               on
               both
               sides
               of
               the
               same
               ;
               the
               which
               bringing
               the
               water
               from
               all
               the
               parts
               of
               the
               Bog
               unto
               the
               main
               Trench
               ,
               did
               
               in
               a
               little
               while
               empty
               the
               Bog
               of
               all
               its
               superfluous
               moysture
               ,
               and
               turn
               it
               into
               good
               and
               firm
               ground
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Observation
               about
               the
               falling
               and
               setling
               of
               the
               Bogs
               at
               their
               draining
               .
            
             
               The
               Green
               or
               Grassie-bogs
               ,
               the
               which
               having
               all
               their
               moysture
               and
               water
               inwardly
               ,
               are
               thereby
               wonderfully
               swelled
               and
               pust
               up
               ,
               use
               by
               means
               of
               this
               draining
               to
               fall
               very
               much
               ,
               and
               to
               grow
               a
               great
               deal
               lower
               ,
               and
               that
               not
               only
               apparently
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               ground
               which
               before
               the
               drayning
               was
               five
               or
               six
               feet
               high
               ,
               commeth
               at
               last
               to
               be
               not
               above
               two
               or
               three
               feet
               high
               ;
               but
               sometimes
               also
               suddenly
               ,
               and
               within
               the
               space
               of
               four
               and
               twenty
               ,
               or
               eight
               and
               forty
               houres
               ;
               whereas
               ordinarily
               that
               useth
               to
               come
               to
               pass
               in
               greater
               length
               of
               time
               ;
               and
               although
               the
               ground
               by
               falling
               in
               this
               manner
               ,
               may
               seem
               thereby
               to
               have
               been
               subject
               to
               return
               to
               its
               former
               boggy
               condition
               on
               the
               least
               occasion
               ;
               nevertheless
               there
               was
               no
               danger
               of
               that
               ,
               as
               long
               as
               the
               Trenches
               were
               kept
               open
               ,
               and
               thereby
               the
               passage
               kept
               free
               for
               the
               water
               ,
               which
               from
               time
               to
               time
               would
               from
               all
               parts
               of
               the
               drayned
               Bog
               be
               sinking
               into
               them
               .
               This
               water
               ,
               as
               at
               the
               first
               draining
               ,
               so
               ever
               after
               ,
               was
               by
               the
               main
               Trench
               carryed
               unto
               some
               Brook
               ,
               River
               ,
               or
               Lough
               ,
               according
               as
               one
               or
               other
               of
               them
               was
               next
               at
               hand
               ,
               and
               the
               situation
               of
               the
               land
               would
               give
               opportunity
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XV.
             Of
             the
             Woods
             in
             Ireland
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Woods
               in
               Ireland
               are
               reckoned
               among
               the
               barren
               lands
               ,
               and
               the
               reason
               thereof
               .
            
             
               AMongst
               the
               barren
               parts
               of
               Ireland
               the
               Woods
               must
               also
               be
               counted
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               usuall
               division
               of
               the
               lands
               of
               that
               Kingdom
               ,
               whereby
               reckoning
               for
               fruitfull
               onely
               the
               Meddows
               ,
               Arable-grounds
               ,
               and
               Pastures
               ,
               they
               count
               all
               the
               rest
               for
               barren
               ,
               comprehending
               them
               under
               these
               three
               generall
               heads
               ,
               Bogs
               ,
               Barren-Mountains
               ,
               and
               Woods
               .
               Which
               division
               as
               it
               is
               in
               the
               mouth
               of
               all
               them
               that
               have
               any
               insight
               into
               the
               matters
               of
               that
               Land
               ,
               and
               do
               ,
               or
               have
               lived
               there
               ,
               so
               it
               is
               further
               confirmed
               by
               a
               number
               of
               Writings
               and
               Monuments
               ,
               both
               of
               ancienter
               times
               ,
               and
               late
               ones
               ,
               in
               the
               which
               it
               is
               very
               common
               and
               familiar
               :
               As
               for
               instance
               may
               appear
               by
               those
               several
               Acts
               ,
               which
               since
               this
               last
               Rebellion
               of
               the
               Irish
               have
               been
               made
               by
               the
               Parliament
               of
               England
               in
               the
               behalf
               of
               the
               Adventurers
               who
               have
               layd
               out
               their
               monyes
               for
               the
               reconquering
               of
               the
               revolted
               parts
               of
               that
               Kingdom
               .
            
             
               For
               although
               the
               land
               which
               the
               Woods
               doe
               take
               up
               ,
               is
               in
               it self
               very
               good
               in
               most
               places
               ,
               and
               apt
               to
               bear
               both
               Corn
               and
               Grass
               plentifully
               (
               whereof
               more
               shall
               be
               sayd
               by
               and
               by
               )
               yet
               as
               long
               as
               the
               Woods
               remain
               standing
               ,
               it
               is
               unfit
               not
               only
               to
               be
               made
               either
               Arable
               or
               Meddow
               (
               as
               in
               it self
               is
               most
               evident
               )
               but
               even
               for
               Pasture
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               overmuch
               moysture
               ,
               the
               roots
               of
               the
               trees
               staying
               the
               rain-water
               ,
               so
               as
               it
               hath
               
               not
               the
               liberty
               to
               pass
               away
               readily
               ,
               and
               their
               stems
               and
               branches
               hindering
               the
               free
               access
               of
               the
               Wind
               and
               Sun
               ,
               whereunto
               cometh
               in
               many
               parts
               the
               grounds
               own
               wateriness
               ,
               occasioned
               by
               Springs
               there
               arising
               ,
               and
               by
               its
               situation
               apt
               for
               the
               gathering
               and
               keeping
               of
               water
               ,
               which
               maketh
               them
               for
               the
               most
               part
               so
               muddy
               and
               boggy
               ,
               that
               cattle
               cannot
               conveniently
               feed
               in
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Woods
               much
               diminished
               in
               Ireland
               since
               the
               first
               comming
               in
               of
               the
               English.
               
            
             
               In
               antient
               times
               ,
               and
               as
               long
               as
               the
               land
               was
               in
               the
               full
               possession
               of
               the
               Irish
               themselves
               ,
               all
               Ireland
               was
               very
               full
               of
               Woods
               on
               every
               side
               ,
               as
               evidently
               appeareth
               by
               the
               writings
               of
               
                 Giraldus
                 Cambrensis
              
               ,
               who
               came
               into
               Ireland
               upon
               the
               first
               Conquest
               ,
               in
               the
               company
               of
               Henry
               the
               second
               ,
               King
               of
               England
               ,
               in
               the
               year
               of
               our
               Saviour
               a
               eleven
               hundred
               seventy
               and
               one
               .
               But
               the
               English
               having
               setled
               themselves
               in
               the
               land
               ,
               did
               by
               degrees
               greatly
               diminish
               the
               Woods
               in
               all
               the
               places
               where
               they
               were
               masters
               ,
               partly
               to
               deprive
               the
               Theeves
               and
               Rogues
               ,
               who
               used
               to
               lurk
               in
               the
               Woods
               in
               great
               numbers
               ,
               of
               their
               refuge
               and
               starting-holes
               ,
               and
               partly
               to
               gain
               the
               greater
               scope
               of
               profitable
               lands
               .
               For
               the
               trees
               being
               cut
               down
               ,
               the
               roots
               stubbed
               up
               ,
               and
               the
               land
               used
               and
               tilled
               according
               to
               exigency
               ,
               the
               Woods
               in
               most
               part
               of
               Ireland
               may
               be
               reduced
               not
               only
               to
               very
               good
               Pastures
               ,
               but
               also
               to
               excellent
               Arable
               and
               Meddow
               .
            
             
               Through
               these
               two
               causes
               it
               is
               come
               to
               pass
               in
               the
               space
               of
               many
               years
               ,
               yea
               of
               some
               Ages
               ,
               that
               a
               great
               part
               of
               the
               Woods
               ,
               which
               the
               English
               
               found
               in
               Ireland
               at
               their
               first
               arrival
               there
               ,
               are
               quite
               destroyed
               ,
               so
               as
               nothing
               at
               all
               remaineth
               of
               them
               at
               this
               time
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Diminishing
               of
               the
               Woods
               during
               the
               last
               Peace
               .
            
             
               And
               even
               since
               the
               subduing
               of
               the
               last
               great
               Rebellion
               of
               the
               Irish
               before
               this
               ,
               under
               the
               conduct
               of
               the
               Earl
               of
               Tirone
               (
               overthrown
               in
               the
               last
               yeares
               of
               Queen
               Elizabeth
               by
               her
               Viceroy
               Sir
               Charles
               Blunt
               ,
               Lord
               Mountjoy
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               Earl
               of
               Devonshire
               )
               and
               during
               this
               last
               Peace
               of
               about
               forty
               years
               (
               the
               longest
               that
               Ireland
               ever
               enjoyed
               ,
               both
               before
               and
               since
               the
               comming
               in
               of
               the
               English
               )
               the
               remaining
               Woods
               have
               very
               much
               been
               diminished
               ,
               and
               in
               sundry
               places
               quite
               destroyed
               ,
               partly
               for
               the
               reason
               last
               mentioned
               ,
               and
               partly
               for
               the
               wood
               and
               timber
               it self
               ,
               not
               for
               the
               ordinary
               uses
               of
               building
               and
               firing
               (
               the
               which
               ever
               having
               been
               afoot
               ,
               are
               not
               very
               considerable
               in
               regard
               of
               what
               now
               we
               speak
               of
               )
               but
               to
               make
               merchandise
               of
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               making
               of
               Charcoal
               for
               the
               Iron-works
               .
               As
               for
               the
               first
               ,
               I
               have
               not
               heard
               that
               great
               timber
               hath
               ever
               been
               used
               to
               be
               sent
               out
               of
               Ireland
               in
               any
               great
               quantity
               ,
               nor
               in
               any
               ordinary
               way
               of
               Traffick
               ;
               but
               onely
               Pipe-staves
               ,
               and
               the
               like
               ,
               of
               which
               good
               store
               hath
               been
               used
               to
               be
               made
               ,
               and
               sent
               out
               of
               the
               Land
               ,
               even
               in
               former
               times
               ,
               but
               never
               in
               that
               vast
               quantity
               ,
               nor
               so
               constantly
               as
               of
               late
               years
               ,
               and
               during
               the
               last
               Peace
               ,
               wherein
               it
               was
               grown
               one
               of
               the
               ordinary
               merchandable
               commodities
               of
               the
               country
               ,
               so
               as
               a
               mighty
               Trade
               was
               driven
               in
               them
               ,
               and
               whole
               ship-loads
               sent
               into
               forrein
               countries
               
               yearly
               ;
               which
               as
               it
               brought
               great
               profit
               to
               the
               proprietaries
               ,
               so
               the
               felling
               of
               so
               many
               thousands
               of
               trees
               every
               year
               as
               were
               employed
               that
               way
               ,
               did
               make
               a
               great
               destruction
               of
               the
               Woods
               in
               tract
               of
               time
               .
               As
               for
               the
               Charcoal
               ,
               it
               is
               incredible
               what
               quantity
               thereof
               is
               consumed
               by
               one
               Iron-work
               in
               a
               year
               :
               and
               whereas
               there
               was
               never
               an
               Iron-work
               in
               Ireland
               before
               ,
               there
               hath
               been
               a
               very
               great
               number
               of
               them
               erected
               since
               the
               last
               Peace
               in
               sundry
               parts
               of
               every
               Province
               ;
               the
               which
               to
               furnish
               constantly
               with
               Charcoales
               ,
               it
               was
               necessary
               from
               time
               to
               time
               to
               fell
               an
               infinite
               number
               of
               trees
               ,
               all
               the
               lopings
               and
               windfals
               being
               not
               sufficient
               for
               it
               in
               the
               least
               manner
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Great
               part
               of
               Ireland
               very
               bare
               of
               Woods
               at
               this
               time
               .
            
             
               Through
               the
               aforesayd
               causes
               Ireland
               hath
               been
               made
               so
               bare
               of
               Woods
               in
               many
               parts
               ,
               that
               the
               inhabitants
               do
               not
               onely
               want
               wood
               for
               firing
               (
               being
               therefore
               constrained
               to
               make
               shift
               with
               turf
               ,
               or
               sea-coal
               ,
               where
               they
               are
               not
               too
               far
               from
               the
               sea
               )
               but
               even
               timber
               for
               building
               ,
               so
               as
               they
               are
               necessitated
               to
               fetch
               it
               a
               good
               way
               off
               ,
               to
               their
               great
               charges
               ,
               especially
               in
               places
               where
               it
               must
               be
               brought
               by
               land
               :
               And
               in
               some
               parts
               you
               many
               travell
               whole
               dayes
               long
               without
               seeing
               any
               woods
               or
               trees
               except
               a
               few
               about
               Gentlemens
               houses
               ;
               as
               namely
               from
               Dublin
               ,
               and
               from
               places
               that
               are
               some
               miles
               further
               to
               the
               South
               of
               it
               ,
               to
               Tredagh
               ,
               Dundalk
               ,
               the
               Nurie
               ,
               and
               as
               far
               as
               Dremore
               ;
               in
               which
               whole
               extent
               of
               land
               ,
               being
               above
               threescore
               miles
               ,
               one
               doth
               not
               come
               near
               any
               woods
               worth
               the
               
               speaking
               of
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               parts
               thereof
               you
               shall
               not
               see
               so
               much
               as
               one
               tree
               in
               many
               miles
               .
               For
               the
               great
               Woods
               which
               the
               Maps
               doe
               represent
               unto
               us
               upon
               the
               Mountains
               between
               Dundalk
               and
               the
               Nury
               ,
               are
               quite
               vanished
               ,
               there
               being
               nothing
               left
               of
               them
               these
               many
               years
               since
               ,
               but
               one
               only
               tree
               ,
               standing
               close
               by
               the
               highway
               ,
               at
               the
               very
               top
               of
               one
               of
               the
               Mountains
               ,
               so
               as
               it
               may
               be
               seen
               a
               great
               way
               off
               ,
               and
               therefore
               serveth
               travellers
               for
               a
               mark
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Section
                 .
                 5.
              
               
               Many
               great
               Woods
               still
               left
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               Yet
               notwithstanding
               the
               great
               destruction
               of
               the
               Woods
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               occasioned
               by
               the
               aforesayd
               causes
               ,
               there
               are
               still
               sundry
               great
               Woods
               remaining
               ,
               and
               that
               not
               onely
               in
               the
               other
               Provinces
               ,
               but
               even
               in
               Leinster
               it self
               .
               For
               the
               County
               of
               Wickloe
               ,
               Kings-county
               ,
               and
               Queens-county
               ,
               all
               three
               in
               that
               Province
               ,
               are
               throughout
               full
               of
               Woods
               ,
               some
               whereof
               are
               many
               miles
               long
               and
               broad
               .
               And
               part
               of
               the
               Counties
               of
               Wexford
               and
               Carloe
               are
               likewise
               greatly
               furnished
               with
               them
               .
            
             
               In
               Ulster
               there
               be
               great
               Forrests
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Donegall
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               North-part
               of
               Tirone
               ,
               in
               the
               Country
               called
               Glankankin
               .
               Also
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Fermanagh
               ,
               along
               Lough-Earne
               ;
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Antrim
               ;
               and
               in
               the
               North-part
               of
               the
               County
               of
               Down
               ;
               in
               the
               two
               Countries
               called
               Killulta
               and
               Kilwarlin
               ;
               besides
               severall
               other
               lesser
               Woods
               in
               sundry
               parts
               of
               that
               Province
               .
               But
               the
               County
               of
               Louth
               ,
               and
               far
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               Countys
               
               of
               Down
               ,
               Armagh
               ,
               Monaghan
               ,
               and
               Cavan
               (
               all
               in
               the
               same
               Province
               of
               Ulster
               )
               are
               almost
               every
               where
               bare
               ,
               not
               onely
               of
               Woods
               ,
               but
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               Trees
               ,
               even
               in
               places
               which
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               this
               present
               Age
               ,
               in
               the
               War
               with
               Tirone
               ,
               were
               encumbred
               with
               great
               and
               thick
               Forrests
               .
            
             
               In
               Munster
               where
               the
               English
               ,
               especially
               the
               Earl
               of
               Cork
               ,
               have
               made
               great
               havock
               of
               the
               Woods
               during
               the
               last
               Peace
               ,
               there
               be
               still
               sundry
               great
               Forests
               remaining
               in
               the
               Counties
               of
               Kerry
               ,
               and
               of
               Tipperary
               ;
               and
               even
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Cork
               ,
               where
               the
               greatest
               destruction
               therof
               hath
               bin
               made
               ,
               some
               great
               Woods
               are
               yet
               remaining
               ,
               there
               being
               also
               store
               of
               scattered
               Woods
               both
               in
               that
               County
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               Province
               over
               .
            
             
               Connaught
               is
               well
               stored
               with
               trees
               in
               most
               parts
               ,
               but
               hath
               very
               few
               Forests
               or
               great
               Woods
               ,
               except
               in
               the
               Counties
               of
               Maio
               and
               Sligo
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XVI
             .
             Of
             the
             Mines
             in
             Ireland
             ,
             and
             in
             particular
             of
             the
             Iron-mines
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               All
               the
               Mines
               in
               Ireland
               discovered
               by
               the
               New-English
               .
            
             
               THe
               Old-English
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               those
               who
               are
               come
               in
               from
               the
               time
               of
               the
               first
               Conquest
               ,
               untill
               the
               beginning
               of
               Queen
               Elizabeths
               Reign
               ,
               have
               been
               so
               plagued
               with
               
               Wars
               from
               time
               to
               time
               ,
               one
               while
               intestine
               among
               themselves
               ,
               and
               another
               while
               with
               the
               Irish
               ,
               that
               they
               could
               scarce
               ever
               find
               the
               opportunity
               of
               seeking
               for
               Mines
               ,
               and
               searching
               out
               the
               Metals
               hidden
               in
               the
               bowels
               of
               the
               Earth
               .
               And
               the
               Irish
               themselves
               ,
               as
               being
               one
               of
               the
               most
               barbarous
               Nations
               of
               the
               whole
               earth
               ,
               have
               at
               all
               times
               been
               so
               far
               from
               seeking
               out
               any
               ,
               that
               even
               in
               these
               last
               years
               ,
               and
               since
               the
               English
               have
               begun
               to
               discover
               some
               ,
               none
               of
               them
               all
               ,
               great
               nor
               small
               ,
               at
               any
               time
               hath
               applyed
               himself
               to
               that
               business
               ,
               or
               in
               the
               least
               manner
               furthered
               it
               .
            
             
               So
               that
               all
               the
               Mines
               which
               to
               this
               day
               are
               found
               out
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               have
               been
               discovered
               (
               at
               least
               as
               for
               to
               make
               any
               use
               of
               them
               )
               by
               the
               New-English
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               such
               as
               are
               come
               in
               during
               ,
               and
               since
               the
               reign
               of
               Queen
               Elizabeth
               .
               Severall
               whereof
               having
               begun
               to
               give
               their
               minds
               to
               it
               during
               the
               last
               Peace
               ,
               have
               in
               a
               few
               years
               found
               out
               a
               great
               many
               Iron-Mines
               in
               sundry
               parts
               of
               the
               Kingdom
               ,
               and
               also
               some
               of
               Lead
               and
               Silver
               ;
               which
               greatly
               confirmeth
               the
               opinion
               of
               many
               knowing
               persons
               ,
               who
               hold
               that
               the
               Mountains
               of
               Ireland
               are
               full
               of
               Metals
               ,
               and
               that
               if
               the
               same
               industry
               and
               diligence
               had
               been
               used
               by
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               that
               Country
               in
               former
               Ages
               ,
               as
               there
               hath
               been
               since
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               present
               ,
               many
               more
               Mines
               might
               have
               been
               discovered
               ,
               not
               only
               of
               the
               same
               Minerals
               as
               have
               been
               found
               out
               hitherto
               ,
               but
               of
               others
               also
               ,
               and
               perhaps
               even
               of
               Gold
               it self
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Grounds
               to
               beleeve
               that
               there
               are
               Gold-mines
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               I
               beleeve
               many
               will
               think
               it
               very
               unlikely
               ,
               that
               there
               should
               be
               any
               Gold-mines
               in
               Ireland
               ;
               but
               a
               credible
               person
               hath
               given
               me
               to
               understand
               ,
               that
               one
               of
               his
               acquaintance
               had
               severall
               times
               assured
               him
               ,
               that
               out
               of
               a
               certain
               rivelet
               in
               the
               County
               of
               nether-Tirone
               ,
               called
               Miola
               (
               the
               which
               rising
               in
               the
               Mountains
               Slew-galen
               ,
               and
               passing
               by
               the
               village
               Maharry
               ,
               falleth
               into
               the
               North-west
               corner
               of
               Lough-Neaugh
               ,
               close
               by
               the
               place
               where
               the
               River
               Band
               commeth
               out
               of
               it
               )
               hee
               had
               gathered
               about
               one
               dram
               of
               pure
               gold
               ;
               concluding
               thereby
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               aforesaid
               Mountains
               rich
               Gold-mines
               doe
               lye
               hidden
               .
            
             
               For
               it
               is
               an
               ordinary
               thing
               for
               rivers
               ,
               which
               take
               their
               originall
               in
               gold-bearing
               mountains
               ,
               to
               carry
               Gold
               mixt
               with
               their
               sand
               ;
               the
               which
               may
               bee
               confirmed
               by
               many
               instances
               ,
               and
               to
               say
               nothing
               of
               severall
               Rivers
               of
               that
               kind
               ,
               mentioned
               by
               
                 Staabo
                 ,
                 Pliny
              
               ,
               &
               other
               old
               Geographers
               and
               Historians
               ,
               nor
               of
               Pactolus
               and
               Hermus
               in
               Lydia
               ,
               and
               Tagus
               in
               Spain
               ,
               whereof
               all
               the
               old
               Poets
               are
               full
               ;
               it
               is
               certain
               ,
               that
               in
               our
               very
               times
               severall
               rivers
               in
               Germanie
               ,
               as
               the
               Elbe
               ,
               Schwarts
               ,
               Sala
               ,
               and
               others
               ,
               doe
               carrie
               gold
               ,
               and
               have
               it
               mixed
               with
               their
               sands
               ;
               out
               of
               the
               which
               by
               the
               industry
               of
               man
               it
               is
               collected
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Three
               sorts
               of
               Iron-mines
               in
               Ireland
               :
               and
               first
               of
               the
               first
               sort
               ,
               Bog-mine
               .
            
             
               But
               to
               let
               alone
               uncertain
               conjectures
               ,
               and
               to
               content
               our selves
               with
               the
               Mines
               that
               are
               already
               discovered
               ,
               we
               will
               in
               order
               speak
               of
               
               them
               ,
               and
               begin
               with
               the
               Iron-mines
               .
               Of
               them
               there
               are
               three
               sorts
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               for
               in
               some
               places
               the
               Oar
               of
               the
               Iron
               is
               drawn
               out
               of
               Moores
               and
               Bogs
               ,
               in
               others
               it
               is
               hewen
               out
               of
               Rocks
               ,
               and
               in
               others
               it
               is
               digged
               out
               of
               Mountains
               :
               of
               which
               three
               sorts
               the
               first
               is
               called
               Bog-mine
               ,
               the
               other
               Rock-mine
               ,
               and
               the
               third
               with
               severall
               names
               White-mine
               ,
               Pin-mine
               ,
               and
               Shel-mine
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               sort
               ,
               as
               wee
               have
               said
               ,
               and
               as
               the
               name
               it self
               doth
               shew
               ,
               is
               found
               in
               low
               and
               boggie
               places
               ,
               out
               of
               the
               which
               it
               is
               raised
               with
               very
               little
               charge
               ,
               as
               lying
               not
               deep
               at
               all
               ,
               commonly
               on
               the
               superficies
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               and
               about
               a
               foot
               in
               thickness
               .
               This
               Oar
               is
               very
               rich
               of
               metall
               ,
               and
               that
               very
               good
               and
               tough
               ,
               nevertheless
               in
               the
               melting
               it
               must
               be
               mingled
               with
               some
               of
               the
               Mine
               or
               Oar
               of
               some
               of
               the
               other
               sorts
               :
               for
               else
               it
               is
               too
               harsh
               ,
               and
               keeping
               the
               furnace
               too
               hot
               ,
               it
               melteth
               too
               suddenly
               ,
               and
               stoppeth
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               furnace
               ,
               or
               ,
               to
               use
               the
               workmens
               own
               expression
               choaketh
               the
               furnace
               .
               Whilest
               this
               Oar
               is
               new
               ,
               it
               is
               of
               a
               yellowish
               colour
               ,
               and
               the
               substance
               of
               it
               somewhat
               like
               unto
               clay
               ,
               but
               if
               you
               let
               it
               lye
               any
               long
               time
               in
               the
               open
               air
               ,
               it
               groweth
               not
               only
               very
               dry
               ,
               as
               the
               clay
               useth
               to
               doe
               ,
               but
               moldereth
               and
               dissolveth
               of
               it self
               ,
               and
               falleth
               quite
               to
               dust
               or
               sand
               ,
               and
               that
               of
               a
               blackish
               or
               black-brown
               colour
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               second
               sort
               of
               Iron-mine
               ,
               called
               Rock-mine
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               sort
               ,
               that
               which
               is
               taken
               out
               of
               Rocks
               ,
               being
               a
               hard
               and
               meer
               stony
               substance
               ,
               of
               a
               dark
               and
               rustie
               colour
               ,
               doth
               not
               lye
               scattered
               in
               severall
               places
               ,
               but
               is
               a
               piece
               of
               the
               very
               rock
               ,
               of
               the
               which
               it
               is
               hewen
               :
               which
               Rock
               being
               
               covered
               over
               with
               earth
               ,
               is
               within
               equallie
               every
               where
               of
               the
               same
               substance
               ;
               so
               as
               the
               whole
               Rock
               ,
               and
               every
               parcell
               thereof
               ,
               is
               Oar
               of
               Iron
               .
               This
               Mine
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               the
               former
               ,
               is
               raised
               with
               little
               trouble
               ,
               for
               the
               Iron-rock
               being
               full
               of
               joints
               ,
               is
               with
               pick-axes
               easily
               divided
               and
               broken
               into
               pieces
               of
               what
               bigness
               one
               will
               :
               which
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               same
               joints
               ,
               whereof
               they
               are
               full
               every
               where
               ,
               may
               easily
               be
               broke
               into
               other
               lesser
               pieces
               ;
               as
               that
               is
               necessary
               ,
               before
               they
               be
               put
               into
               the
               furnace
               .
            
             
               This
               Mine
               or
               Oar
               is
               not
               altogether
               so
               rich
               as
               the
               Bog-mine
               ,
               and
               yeeldeth
               very
               brittle
               Iron
               ,
               hardly
               fit
               for
               any
               thing
               else
               ,
               but
               to
               make
               plow-shares
               of
               it
               (
               from
               whence
               the
               name
               of
               colt-share
               Iron
               is
               given
               unto
               it
               )
               and
               therefore
               is
               seldom
               melted
               alone
               ,
               but
               mixed
               with
               the
               first
               or
               the
               third
               sort
               .
            
             
               Of
               this
               kind
               hitherto
               there
               hath
               but
               two
               Mines
               been
               discovered
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               the
               one
               in
               Munster
               ,
               neer
               the
               town
               of
               Tallo
               ,
               by
               the
               Earl
               of
               Cork
               his
               Iron
               works
               ;
               the
               other
               in
               Leinster
               ,
               in
               Kings
               county
               ,
               in
               a
               place
               called
               Desert
               land
               ,
               belonging
               to
               one
               Serjeant
               Major
               Piggot
               ,
               which
               rock
               is
               of
               so
               great
               a
               compass
               ,
               that
               before
               this
               rebellion
               it
               furnished
               divers
               great
               Iron-works
               ,
               and
               could
               have
               furnished
               many
               more
               ,
               without
               any
               notable
               diminution
               ;
               seeing
               the
               deepest
               pits
               that
               had
               been
               yet
               made
               in
               it
               ,
               were
               not
               above
               two
               yards
               deep
               .
               The
               land
               ,
               under
               which
               this
               rock
               lyeth
               ,
               is
               very
               good
               and
               fruitfull
               ,
               as
               much
               as
               any
               other
               land
               thereabouts
               ,
               the
               mold
               being
               generallie
               two
               feet
               and
               two
               and
               a
               half
               ,
               and
               in
               many
               places
               three
               feet
               deep
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               the
               third
               sort
               of
               Iron-mine
               .
            
             
               The
               third
               sort
               of
               Iron-mine
               is
               digged
               out
               of
               the
               mountains
               ,
               in
               severall
               parts
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ;
               in
               Vlster
               ,
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Fermanagh
               ,
               upon
               Lough
               Earne
               ;
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Cavan
               ,
               in
               a
               place
               called
               Douballie
               ,
               in
               a
               drie
               mountain
               ;
               and
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Nether-Tirone
               ,
               by
               the
               side
               of
               the
               rivelet
               Lishan
               ,
               not
               farre
               from
               Lough
               Neaugh
               ;
               at
               the
               foot
               of
               the
               mountains
               Slew-galen
               mentioned
               by
               us
               upon
               an
               other
               occasion
               ,
               in
               the
               beginning
               at
               this
               Chapter
               :
               in
               Leinster
               ▪
               in
               Kings-countie
               ,
               hard
               by
               Mountmelick
               ;
               and
               in
               Queens-countie
               ,
               two
               miles
               from
               Mountrath
               :
               in
               Connaught
               ;
               in
               Tomound
               or
               the
               County
               of
               Clare
               ,
               six
               miles
               from
               Limmerick
               ;
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Roscomen
               ,
               by
               the
               side
               of
               Lough
               Allen
               ;
               and
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Letrim
               ,
               on
               the
               East-side
               of
               the
               said
               Lough
               ,
               where
               the
               mountains
               are
               so
               full
               of
               this
               metall
               ,
               that
               thereof
               it
               hath
               got
               in
               Irish
               the
               name
               of
               
                 Slew
                 Neren
              
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               Mountains
               of
               Iron
               :
               and
               in
               the
               Province
               of
               Munster
               also
               in
               sundry
               places
               .
            
             
               This
               sort
               is
               of
               a
               whitish
               or
               gray
               colour
               ,
               like
               that
               of
               ashes
               ;
               and
               one
               needs
               not
               take
               much
               pains
               for
               to
               find
               it
               out
               ,
               for
               the
               mountaines
               which
               doe
               contain
               it
               within
               themselves
               ,
               doe
               commonly
               shew
               it
               of
               their
               own
               accord
               ,
               so
               as
               one
               may
               see
               the
               veins
               thereof
               at
               the
               very
               outside
               in
               the
               sides
               of
               the
               mohntains
               ,
               beeing
               not
               very
               broad
               ,
               but
               of
               great
               length
               ,
               and
               commonly
               divers
               in
               one
               place
               ,
               five
               or
               six
               ridges
               the
               one
               above
               the
               other
               ,
               with
               ridges
               of
               earth
               between
               them
               .
            
             
             
               These
               Veins
               or
               Ridges
               are
               vulgarly
               called
               Pins
               ,
               from
               whence
               the
               Mine
               hath
               the
               name
               of
               Pin-mine
               ;
               being
               also
               called
               White-mine
               ,
               because
               of
               its
               whitish
               colour
               ;
               and
               Shel-mine
               ,
               for
               the
               following
               reason
               :
               for
               this
               stuff
               or
               Oar
               being
               neither
               loose
               or
               soft
               as
               earth
               or
               clay
               ,
               neither
               firm
               and
               hard
               as
               stone
               ,
               is
               of
               a
               middle
               substance
               between
               both
               ,
               somewhat
               like
               unto
               Slate
               ,
               composed
               of
               shels
               or
               scales
               ,
               the
               which
               do
               lye
               one
               upon
               another
               ,
               and
               may
               be
               separated
               and
               taken
               asunder
               very
               easily
               ,
               without
               any
               great
               force
               or
               trouble
               .
               This
               stuff
               is
               digged
               out
               of
               the
               ground
               in
               lumps
               of
               the
               bigness
               of
               a
               mans
               head
               ,
               bigger
               ,
               or
               less
               ,
               according
               as
               the
               Vein
               assordeth
               opportunitie
               .
               Within
               every
               one
               of
               these
               lumps
               ,
               when
               the
               Mine
               is
               very
               rich
               and
               of
               the
               best
               sort
               (
               for
               all
               the
               Oar
               of
               this
               kind
               is
               not
               of
               equall
               goodness
               ,
               some
               yeelding
               more
               and
               better
               Iron
               than
               other
               )
               lyeth
               a
               small
               Kernell
               ,
               which
               hath
               the
               name
               of
               Hony-comb
               given
               to
               it
               ,
               because
               it
               is
               full
               of
               little
               holes
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               that
               substance
               whereof
               it
               borroweth
               its
               appellation
               .
            
             
               The
               Iron
               comming
               of
               this
               Oar
               is
               not
               brittle
               ,
               as
               that
               of
               the
               Rock-mine
               ,
               but
               tough
               ,
               and
               in
               many
               places
               as
               good
               as
               any
               Spanish
               Iron
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Iron-works
               erected
               by
               the
               English.
               
            
             
               The
               English
               having
               discovered
               these
               Mines
               ,
               endeavoured
               to
               improve
               the
               same
               ,
               &
               to
               make
               profit
               of
               them
               ,
               and
               consequently
               severall
               Iron-works
               were
               erected
               by
               them
               in
               sundry
               pats
               of
               the
               Land
               ,
               ●s
               namely
               by
               the
               Earl
               of
               Cork
               in
               divers
               places
               in
               Munster
               ;
               by
               Sr
               
                 Coarles
                 Coot
              
               in
               the
               Counties
               of
               Roscomen
               and
               Letrim
               ,
               in
               Connaught
               ,
               and
               in
               Leinster
               by
               Mountrath
               ,
               in
               Queens-county
               ;
               by
               
               the
               Earl
               of
               London-derry
               at
               Ballonakill
               ,
               in
               the
               sayd
               County
               ;
               by
               the
               Lord
               Chancelour
               Sir
               
                 Adam
                 Loftus
              
               ,
               Vicount
               of
               Ely
               ,
               at
               Mount-melik
               ,
               in
               Kings-county
               ;
               by
               Sir
               
                 Iohn
                 Dunbar
              
               in
               Fermanagh
               ,
               in
               Ulster
               ;
               and
               another
               in
               the
               same
               County
               ,
               by
               the
               side
               of
               Lough-Earne
               ,
               by
               Sir
               
                 Leonard
                 Bleverhasset
              
               ;
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Tomond
               ,
               in
               Connaught
               ,
               by
               some
               London-Merchants
               ;
               besides
               some
               other
               Works
               in
               other
               places
               ,
               whose
               first
               Erectors
               have
               not
               come
               to
               my
               knowledge
               .
            
             
               In
               imitation
               of
               these
               have
               also
               been
               erected
               divers
               Iron-works
               in
               sundry
               parts
               of
               the
               sea-coast
               of
               Ulster
               and
               Munster
               ,
               by
               persons
               ,
               who
               having
               no
               Mines
               upon
               or
               near
               their
               own
               Lands
               ,
               had
               the
               Oare
               brought
               unto
               them
               by
               sea
               out
               of
               England
               ;
               the
               which
               they
               found
               better
               cheap
               than
               if
               they
               had
               caused
               it
               to
               be
               fetched
               by
               land
               from
               some
               of
               the
               Mines
               within
               the
               land
               .
               And
               all
               this
               by
               English
               ,
               whose
               industry
               herein
               the
               Irish
               have
               been
               so
               far
               from
               imitating
               ,
               as
               since
               the
               beginning
               of
               this
               Rebellion
               they
               have
               broke
               down
               and
               quite
               demolished
               almost
               all
               the
               fore-mentioned
               Iron-works
               ,
               as
               well
               those
               of
               the
               one
               as
               of
               the
               other
               sort
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVII
             .
             Of
             the
             Iron-works
             ▪
             their
             fashion
             ,
             charges
             of
             erecting
             and
             maintaining
             th●m
             ,
             and
             profit
             comming
             of
             them
             :
             With
             an
             exact
             description
             of
             the
             manner
             of
             melting
             the
             Iron
             in
             them
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               The
               fashion
               of
               the
               Iron-works
               .
            
             
               THe
               fashion
               of
               the
               Iron-works
               ,
               of
               whose
               erection
               we
               have
               spoke
               in
               the
               end
               of
               the
               foregoing
               Chapter
               ,
               is
               such
               as
               followeth
               .
               At
               the
               end
               of
               a
               great
               Barn
               standeth
               a
               huge
               Furnace
               ,
               being
               of
               the
               height
               of
               a
               pike
               and
               a
               half
               ,
               or
               more
               ,
               and
               four-square
               in
               figure
               ,
               but
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               a
               Mault-kiln
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               narrow
               below
               ,
               and
               by
               degrees
               growing
               wider
               towards
               the
               top
               ,
               so
               as
               the
               compass
               of
               the
               mouth
               or
               the
               top
               is
               of
               many
               fathoms
               .
               This
               mouth
               is
               not
               covered
               ,
               but
               open
               all
               over
               ;
               so
               that
               the
               flame
               ,
               when
               the
               furnace
               is
               kindled
               ,
               rising
               through
               the
               same
               without
               any
               hindrance
               ,
               may
               be
               seen
               a
               great
               way
               off
               in
               the
               night
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               darkness
               maketh
               a
               terrible
               shew
               to
               travellers
               ,
               who
               do
               not
               know
               what
               it
               is
               .
            
             
               These
               Ovens
               are
               not
               kindled
               with
               wood
               ,
               nor
               with
               sea-coal
               ,
               but
               meerly
               vvith
               char-coal
               ,
               whereof
               therefore
               they
               consume
               a
               huge
               quantity
               :
               For
               the
               Furnace
               being
               once
               kindled
               ,
               is
               never
               suffered
               to
               go
               out
               ,
               but
               is
               continually
               kept
               a
               burning
               from
               the
               one
               end
               of
               the
               year
               to
               the
               other
               :
               And
               the
               proportion
               of
               the
               coals
               
               to
               the
               Oare
               is
               very
               great
               :
               For
               the
               Mine
               would
               not
               melt
               without
               an
               exceeding
               hot
               fire
               ;
               the
               which
               that
               it
               may
               be
               the
               more
               quick
               and
               violent
               ,
               it
               is
               continually
               blown
               day
               and
               night
               without
               ceasing
               by
               two
               vast
               pair
               of
               bellow●
               ,
               the
               which
               resting
               upon
               main
               peeces
               of
               timber
               ,
               and
               with
               their
               pipes
               placed
               into
               one
               of
               the
               sides
               of
               the
               Furnace
               ,
               are
               perpetually
               kept
               in
               action
               by
               the
               meanes
               of
               a
               great
               wheel
               ,
               which
               being
               driven
               about
               by
               a
               little
               brook
               or
               water-course
               ,
               maketh
               them
               rise
               and
               fall
               by
               turns
               ,
               so
               that
               whilst
               the
               one
               pair
               of
               bellows
               doth
               swell
               and
               fill
               it self
               with
               wind
               ,
               the
               other
               doth
               blow
               the
               same
               forth
               into
               the
               Furnace
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Of
               the
               lesser
               Iron-works
               ,
               called
               Bloomeries
               :
               Of
               the
               Hammer-works
               :
               And
               of
               the
               Casting
               works
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               another
               and
               lesser
               sort
               of
               Iron-works
               ,
               much
               different
               from
               the
               former
               :
               For
               instead
               of
               a
               Furnace
               they
               use
               a
               Hearth
               therein
               ,
               altogether
               of
               the
               fashion
               of
               a
               Smiths
               Hearth
               ,
               whereon
               the
               Oare
               being
               layd
               in
               a
               great
               heap
               ,
               it
               is
               covered
               over
               with
               abundance
               of
               Charcoal
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               kindled
               ,
               is
               continually
               blown
               by
               Bellows
               that
               are
               moved
               by
               Wheeles
               and
               Water-courses
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               in
               the
               other
               Works
               .
            
             
               These
               Works
               ,
               commonly
               called
               Bloomeries
               ,
               are
               in
               use
               ,
               or
               were
               so
               before
               this
               Rebellion
               in
               sundry
               places
               of
               the
               North-parts
               of
               Ulster
               .
            
             
               Besides
               these
               two
               sorts
               of
               Works
               ,
               where
               the
               Iron-mine
               is
               melted
               ,
               there
               is
               a
               third
               sort
               ,
               
               where
               the
               Iron
               after
               the
               first
               melting
               is
               hammered
               out
               into
               Bars
               ,
               of
               which
               we
               shall
               have
               occasion
               to
               speak
               more
               in
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               this
               present
               Chapter
               .
            
             
               There
               were
               also
               in
               some
               parts
               of
               Ireland
               yet
               another
               kind
               of
               Iron-works
               ,
               differing
               from
               all
               the
               former
               ,
               where
               the
               Iron
               was
               cast
               into
               Ordnance
               ,
               Pots
               ,
               small
               round
               Furnaces
               ,
               and
               other
               things
               ;
               of
               which
               Works
               Mr
               
                 Christopher
                 Wandsworth
              
               ,
               Master
               of
               the
               Rolls
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               in
               his
               latter
               dayes
               Lord
               Deputy
               of
               the
               same
               Kingdom
               under
               the
               Earl
               of
               Strafford
               ,
               then
               Lord
               Lieutenant
               thereof
               ,
               had
               one
               upon
               his
               lands
               by
               Idough
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Carloe
               ;
               whereof
               we
               cannot
               give
               the
               Reader
               any
               particulars
               ,
               because
               we
               have
               not
               yet
               been
               informed
               thereof
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Conveniencies
               requisite
               to
               the
               erecting
               of
               an
               Iron-work
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               erecting
               of
               these
               Works
               men
               seek
               to
               make
               them
               as
               near
               to
               the
               Mine
               as
               may
               be
               ,
               to
               get
               the
               more
               profit
               by
               them
               :
               for
               the
               greater
               the
               distance
               is
               ,
               the
               greater
               are
               the
               charges
               in
               having
               the
               Oare
               brought
               from
               the
               Mine
               to
               the
               Furnace
               ,
               especially
               where
               all
               must
               be
               carried
               by
               land
               ,
               the
               which
               doth
               fall
               out
               so
               in
               far
               the
               most
               places
               .
            
             
               But
               many
               times
               one
               is
               necessitated
               to
               make
               the
               Works
               a
               good
               way
               further
               from
               the
               Mine
               ,
               than
               otherwise
               one
               would
               ,
               because
               of
               the
               Water-courses
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               of
               very
               great
               consequence
               in
               the
               well-settling
               of
               a
               Work
               ,
               and
               absolutely
               necessary
               (
               the
               wheels
               being
               all
               moved
               by
               water
               )
               those
               places
               must
               be
               made
               choice
               
               of
               ,
               where
               one
               may
               have
               the
               conveniency
               of
               Water-courses
               .
               And
               besides
               all
               this
               ,
               regard
               must
               be
               had
               to
               the
               nearness
               of
               the
               Woods
               ,
               partly
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               Timber
               ,
               a
               great
               deal
               whereof
               is
               necessary
               for
               the
               erecting
               of
               one
               of
               these
               Workes
               ,
               and
               chiefly
               for
               the
               Charcoales
               sake
               ,
               of
               which
               a
               vast
               quantity
               continually
               is
               requisite
               ,
               as
               before
               we
               have
               shewed
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               The
               charges
               of
               erecting
               and
               maintaining
               an
               Iron-work
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               to
               be
               observed
               ,
               that
               although
               there
               be
               Wood
               enough
               upon
               ones
               land
               ,
               and
               that
               not
               very
               far
               from
               the
               Mine
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               conveniences
               of
               Water-courses
               ,
               so
               as
               the
               water
               needeth
               not
               to
               be
               brought
               from
               very
               far
               off
               ,
               nevertheless
               the
               charge
               is
               very
               great
               ,
               both
               of
               erecting
               and
               stocking
               one
               of
               the
               Iron-works
               ,
               and
               of
               maintaining
               it
               and
               keeping
               it
               afoot
               ,
               and
               that
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               great
               number
               of
               Workmen
               ▪
               and
               Labourers
               of
               severall
               sorts
               ,
               which
               thereunto
               is
               requisite
               ;
               a
               list
               of
               whose
               names
               and
               offices
               here
               followeth
               :
               Wood-cutters
               ,
               who
               fell
               the
               timber
               ;
               Sawyers
               ,
               to
               saw
               the
               timber
               ;
               Carpenters
               ,
               Smiths
               ,
               Masons
               ,
               and
               Bellow-makers
               ,
               to
               erect
               the
               Iron-works
               ,
               with
               all
               the
               appurtenances
               thereof
               ,
               and
               to
               repair
               them
               from
               time
               to
               time
               ;
               Water-leaders
               ,
               or
               Water-course-keepers
               ,
               to
               steer
               the
               Water-courses
               ,
               and
               to
               look
               to
               them
               constantly
               ;
               Basket-makers
               ,
               to
               make
               baskets
               for
               to
               carry
               the
               Oare
               and
               other
               materials
               ;
               Boat-men
               ,
               and
               Boat-wrights
               to
               make
               the
               Boats
               ,
               and
               to
               go
               in
               them
               ;
               Diggers
               ,
               who
               work
               in
               the
               Mine
               ,
               and
               dig
               the
               same
               ;
               Carriers
               ,
               who
               carry
               the
               Oare
               from
               the
               Mine
               ;
               Colliers
               ,
               
               who
               make
               the
               Char-coal
               ;
               corders
               ,
               who
               bring
               the
               Char-coal
               to
               the
               work
               ;
               fillers
               ,
               whose
               work
               it
               is
               from
               time
               to
               time
               to
               put
               the
               Mine
               and
               the
               coales
               into
               the
               furnace
               ;
               keepers
               of
               the
               furnace
               ,
               who
               look
               to
               the
               main
               work
               ,
               rake
               out
               the
               ashes
               and
               cinders
               ,
               and
               let
               out
               the
               molten
               metall
               at
               convenient
               times
               ;
               finers
               ,
               who
               look
               to
               the
               works
               where
               the
               Iron
               is
               hammered
               ;
               hammerers
               ,
               whose
               work
               it
               is
               to
               see
               the
               Iron
               hammered
               out
               :
               besides
               severall
               other
               labourers
               ,
               who
               having
               no
               particular
               task
               ,
               must
               help
               to
               put
               their
               hand
               to
               every
               thing
               :
               of
               all
               which
               sorts
               of
               men
               Sir
               
                 Charles
                 Coot
              
               the
               elder
               ,
               that
               zealous
               and
               famous
               Warriour
               in
               this
               present
               warre
               against
               the
               Irish
               Rebells
               (
               wherein
               having
               done
               many
               memorable
               exploits
               ,
               he
               lost
               his
               life
               in
               the
               first
               year
               thereof
               )
               did
               continually
               keep
               at
               work
               some
               five-and-twenty
               or
               six-and-twenty
               hundred
               ,
               at
               his
               Iron-works
               ,
               being
               three
               in
               number
               .
               Wherby
               may
               easily
               be
               gathered
               the
               greatness
               of
               the
               expences
               in
               erecting
               &
               maintaining
               of
               Iron-works
               :
               and
               for
               all
               this
               the
               owners
               thereof
               did
               greatly
               gain
               thereby
               ,
               ordinarily
               no
               less
               than
               forty
               in
               the
               hundred
               
                 per
                 annum
              
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               the
               profit
               of
               the
               Iron-works
               instanced
               in
               those
               of
               Sir
               
                 Charles
                 Coot
              
               by
               Mountrath
            
             
               To
               speak
               somewhat
               more
               particularlie
               both
               of
               the
               charges
               and
               the
               profits
               of
               these
               Iron-works
               ,
               we
               shal
               instance
               the
               matter
               in
               one
               of
               the
               works
               of
               the
               said
               Sr
               
                 Charles
                 Coot
              
               ,
               namely
               that
               which
               he
               had
               in
               the
               Lordship
               of
               Mountrath
               ,
               in
               Queens-county
               .
               At
               that
               work
               the
               Tun
               (
               that
               is
               twenty
               hundred
               weight
               )
               of
               Rock-mine
               at
               the
               furnace
               head
               came
               
               in
               all
               to
               stand
               in
               five
               shillings
               six
               pence
               sterling
               ,
               and
               the
               Tun
               of
               White-mine
               ,
               which
               hee
               had
               brought
               him
               from
               a
               place
               two
               miles
               further
               off
               in
               seven
               shillings
               .
               These
               two
               were
               mixed
               in
               that
               proportion
               ,
               that
               to
               one
               part
               of
               Rock-mine
               were
               taken
               two
               parts
               of
               White-mine
               :
               for
               if
               more
               of
               the
               Rock-mine
               had
               bin
               taken
               ,
               the
               Iron
               would
               not
               have
               bin
               so
               good
               ,
               and
               too
               brittle
               ;
               and
               being
               thus
               mixed
               ,
               they
               yeelded
               one
               third
               part
               of
               Iron
               :
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               of
               two
               Tuns
               of
               White-mine
               ,
               and
               one
               of
               Rock-mine
               ,
               being
               mingled
               and
               melted
               together
               ,
               they
               had
               one
               Tun
               of
               good
               Iron
               ,
               such
               as
               is
               called
               Merchants-Iron
               ,
               being
               not
               of
               the
               first
               ,
               but
               second
               melting
               ,
               and
               hammered
               out
               into
               barres
               ,
               and
               consequently
               fit
               for
               all
               kinds
               of
               use
            
             
               This
               Iron
               he
               sent
               down
               the
               river
               Oure
               (
               by
               others
               called
               the
               Nure
               )
               to
               Rosse
               and
               Waterford
               in
               that
               kind
               of
               Irish
               boates
               which
               are
               called
               Cots
               in
               that
               countrie
               ,
               being
               made
               of
               one
               piece
               of
               timber
               :
               which
               kind
               of
               ill-favoured
               boats
               (
               mentioned
               also
               by
               us
               above
               )
               are
               very
               common
               throughout
               all
               Ireland
               ,
               both
               for
               to
               pass
               rivers
               in
               ,
               and
               to
               carry
               goods
               from
               one
               place
               to
               another
               ;
               and
               not
               only
               upon
               shallow
               waters
               ,
               such
               as
               the
               aforenamed
               River
               is
               in
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               its
               course
               ,
               but
               even
               upon
               the
               great
               Rivers
               and
               Loughs
               .
            
             
               At
               Waterford
               the
               Iron
               was
               put
               aboard
               of
               ships
               going
               for
               London
               ,
               where
               it
               was
               sold
               for
               sixteen
               ,
               otherwhiles
               for
               seventeen
               pounds
               stering
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               for
               seventeen
               and
               a
               half
               ;
               whereas
               it
               did
               not
               stand
               Sir
               
                 Charles
                 Coot
              
               in
               more
               than
               betwixt
               tenne
               and
               eleven
               pounds
               sterling
               ,
               all
               charges
               reckoned
               ,
               as
               well
               of
               digging
               ,
               melting
               ,
               fining
               ,
               as
               of
               carrying
               ,
               boat-hire
               ,
               and
               freight
               ,
               even
               
               the
               Custome
               also
               comprehended
               in
               it
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Some
               other
               particulars
               about
               the
               same
               subiect
               ,
               of
               the
               prosit
               of
               the
               Iron-workes
               .
            
             
               In
               most
               of
               the
               other
               places
               did
               a
               Tun
               of
               the
               Iron-mine
               or
               Oar
               come
               to
               stand
               in
               five
               ,
               five
               and
               a
               half
               ,
               and
               six
               shillings
               sterling
               at
               the
               furnace
               head
               ;
               and
               it
               was
               an
               ordinary
               thing
               ,
               as
               well
               where
               they
               used
               White-wine
               ,
               as
               where
               they
               mixed
               Rock-mine
               with
               it
               ,
               to
               have
               a
               Tun
               of
               good
               Iron
               out
               of
               three
               tuns
               of
               Oar
               :
               in
               some
               places
               ,
               where
               the
               Mine
               was
               richer
               ,
               they
               would
               have
               a
               Tun
               of
               Iron
               out
               of
               only
               two
               Tuns
               and
               a
               half
               of
               Oar.
               Nevertheless
               few
               of
               them
               gained
               more
               or
               as
               much
               as
               Sir
               
                 Charles
                 Coot
              
               ,
               because
               they
               had
               not
               the
               same
               conveniencie
               of
               transportation
               :
               And
               he
               himselfe
               did
               not
               gain
               so
               much
               by
               his
               Iron
               works
               in
               Connaught
               ,
               as
               by
               that
               neer
               Mountrath
               ,
               although
               the
               Mines
               there
               afforded
               a
               richer
               Oar
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               Tun
               thereof
               did
               cost
               him
               but
               three
               shillings
               at
               the
               furnace
               ,
               because
               that
               Lough-Allen
               ,
               whereunto
               the
               same
               Mines
               and
               Works
               are
               contiguons
               ,
               gave
               him
               the
               opportunitie
               of
               carrying
               the
               Oar
               by
               water
               from
               the
               Mine
               unto
               the
               Work
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               boates
               of
               forty
               tuns
               .
            
             
               The
               Earl
               of
               Cork
               whose
               Iron-works
               being
               seated
               in
               Munster
               ,
               afforded
               unto
               him
               very
               good
               opportunitie
               of
               sending
               his
               Iron
               out
               of
               the
               land
               by
               shipping
               ,
               did
               in
               this
               particular
               surpass
               all
               others
               ,
               so
               as
               he
               hath
               gained
               great
               treasures
               thereby
               :
               and
               knowing
               persons
               ,
               who
               have
               had
               a
               particular
               insight
               into
               his
               affaires
               ,
               doe
               assure
               me
               ,
               that
               he
               hath
               profited
               above
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               pounds
               clear
               gain
               by
               his
               said
               Iron-works
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 7.
              
               
               The
               manner
               of
               melting
               the
               Iron-oar
               .
            
             
               The
               manner
               of
               melting
               the
               Iron
               ,
               usuall
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               is
               thus
               .
               The
               furnace
               is
               not
               filled
               to
               the
               top
               ,
               but
               some
               space
               is
               left
               emptie
               ;
               and
               to
               put
               new
               stuff
               into
               it
               they
               doe
               not
               stay
               untill
               the
               former
               be
               quite
               consumed
               ,
               but
               only
               untill
               it
               be
               somewhat
               descended
               ,
               and
               then
               they
               cast
               into
               it
               some
               charges
               or
               basketfuls
               of
               Coales
               ,
               and
               at
               the
               top
               of
               them
               the
               same
               quantity
               of
               Mine
               :
               and
               thus
               they
               doe
               from
               time
               to
               time
               ,
               so
               as
               the
               furnace
               is
               in
               ●
               manner
               alwaie●
               in
               one
               and
               the
               same
               estate
               ;
               where
               is
               to
               be
               observed
               ,
               that
               in
               most
               furnaces
               they
               adde
               unto
               the
               Oar
               and
               Coales
               some
               quantity
               of
               Iron-cinders
               ,
               and
               in
               others
               of
               Lime-stone
               ,
               whereby
               the
               melting
               of
               the
               Iron
               is
               greatly
               furthered
               ,
               and
               the
               furnace
               made
               to
               work
               more
               mildly
               .
            
             
               Within
               the
               barn
               ,
               at
               the
               bottome
               of
               the
               furnace
               ,
               stand
               constantly
               two
               men
               ,
               one
               of
               each
               side
               ,
               the
               which
               with
               long
               iron
               hooks
               ,
               through
               holes
               left
               for
               the
               purpose
               ,
               doe
               every
               quarter
               of
               an
               hour
               draw
               out
               the
               unburnt
               coales
               ,
               ashes
               ,
               and
               cinders
               ;
               which
               cinders
               are
               great
               lumps
               of
               a
               firm
               substance
               ,
               but
               brittle
               ,
               of
               a
               blackish
               colour
               ,
               shining
               ,
               but
               not
               transparent
               ;
               being
               nothing
               else
               but
               the
               remainder
               of
               the
               Iron-oar
               ,
               after
               that
               the
               Iron
               which
               was
               contained
               in
               it
               ,
               is
               melted
               out
               on
               't
            
             
               The
               Iron
               it self
               descendeth
               to
               the
               lowest
               part
               of
               the
               furnace
               ,
               called
               the
               Hearth
               ;
               the
               which
               being
               filled
               ,
               (
               so
               that
               ,
               if
               one
               stayed
               longer
               ,
               the
               Iron
               would
               begin
               to
               swim
               over
               through
               the
               aforesaid
               holes
               )
               they
               unstop
               the
               Hearth
               ,
               and
               open
               the
               mouth
               thereof
               (
               or
               the
               Timpas
               the
               Arts-men
               call
               it
               )
               taking
               away
               a
               little
               door
               ,
               of
               fashion
               like
               unto
               that
               of
               a
               bakers
               oven
               ,
               wherewith
               the
               same
               
               was
               shut
               up
               very
               close
               .
               The
               floor
               of
               the
               barn
               hath
               a
               mold
               of
               sand
               upon
               it
               ,
               where-in
               ,
               before
               they
               open
               the
               furnace
               ,
               a
               furrow
               is
               made
               ,
               of
               sufficient
               breadth
               and
               depth
               ,
               through
               the
               whole
               length
               of
               the
               barn
               ,
               from
               the
               bottom
               of
               the
               furnace
               until
               the
               barns
               door
               :
               into
               which
               furrow
               ,
               as
               soon
               as
               the
               furnace
               is
               opened
               ,
               the
               molten
               Iron
               runneth
               very
               suddenly
               and
               forcibly
               ,
               being
               to
               look
               on
               like
               unto
               a
               stream
               or
               current
               of
               fire
               .
               It
               remaineth
               a
               long
               time
               hot
               ,
               but
               doth
               presently
               loose
               its
               liquidness
               and
               redness
               ,
               turning
               into
               a
               hard
               and
               stiff
               mass
               ,
               which
               mas●es
               are
               called
               Sowes
               by
               the
               workmen
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 8.
              
               
               Of
               the
               different
               Bigness
               of
               the
               Iron
               Sowes
            
             
               These
               Masses
               or
               Sowes
               of
               Iron
               are
               not
               alwaies
               of
               one
               and
               the
               same
               weight
               and
               bigness
               ,
               but
               there
               is
               them
               of
               all
               sizes
               ,
               from
               one
               hundred
               weight
               untill
               thirtie
               hundred
               :
               which
               difference
               doth
               chiefly
               depend
               on
               the
               different
               bigness
               of
               the
               furnace
               and
               hearth
               ,
               and
               partly
               on
               the
               will
               and
               discretion
               of
               the
               workmaster
               or
               founder
               ,
               and
               according
               as
               he
               either
               stayeth
               untill
               the
               hearth
               be
               full
               ,
               or
               letteth
               out
               the
               Iron
               sooner
               ;
               but
               ordinarily
               they
               doe
               not
               use
               to
               cast
               ,
               or
               to
               open
               the
               hearth
               ,
               under
               less
               than
               twelve
               houres
               ,
               nor
               to
               stay
               much
               longer
               than
               four-and-twenty
               .
            
             
               And
               here
               is
               to
               be
               observed
               ,
               that
               even
               in
               furnaces
               of
               the
               same
               biguess
               ,
               yea
               in
               the
               self-same
               furnaces
               ,
               the
               same
               quantity
               of
               Iron
               is
               not
               alwaies
               cast
               in
               the
               same
               space
               of
               time
               :
               but
               that
               varieth
               both
               according
               to
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Oar
               ,
               and
               according
               to
               the
               different
               seasons
               of
               the
               year
               .
               For
               within
               the
               same
               compasse
               of
               time
               you
               shall
               cast
               a
               greater
               quantitie
               of
               Iron
               out
               of
               
               a
               rich
               Mine
               or
               Oar
               ,
               than
               out
               of
               a
               lean
               one
               ;
               and
               in
               the
               summer
               time
               ,
               when
               the
               Coales
               come
               in
               dry
               and
               fresh
               ,
               than
               in
               the
               winter
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 9.
              
               
               Of
               the
               refining
               of
               the
               Sow-Iron
               ,
               and
               the
               hammering
               it
               into
               Barres
               .
            
             
               The
               Sowe●
               are
               with
               teams
               of
               Oxen
               drawn
               to
               the
               Hammer-works
               ,
               where
               being
               put
               into
               the
               fire
               again
               ,
               they
               melt
               them
               into
               the
               finerie
               ,
               the
               Finer
               turning
               the
               melted
               stuff
               to
               and
               fro
               ,
               till
               it
               come
               to
               be
               a
               solid
               body
               ,
               then
               he
               carrieth
               it
               under
               the
               hammer
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               hammered
               out
               into
               such
               flat
               narrow
               and
               thin
               bars
               ,
               as
               are
               to
               be
               seen
               every
               where
               :
               the
               hammers
               being
               huge
               big
               ones
               ,
               and
               never
               ceasing
               from
               knocking
               day
               nor
               night
               ,
               as
               being
               kept
               at
               work
               by
               the
               means
               of
               certain
               wheels
               ,
               turned
               about
               by
               Water-courses
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               the
               wheels
               of
               the
               Bellows
               .
            
             
               By
               means
               of
               this
               second
               melting
               ,
               and
               of
               that
               mighty
               hammering
               ,
               the
               Iron
               is
               freed
               from
               a
               mighty
               deal
               of
               dross
               and
               dregs
               which
               it
               kept
               sticking
               to
               it
               ,
               thorough
               its
               whole
               substance
               ,
               in
               the
               first
               melting
               ;
               and
               so
               of
               impure
               called
               Sow-Iron
               ,
               becometh
               to
               be
               usefull
               ,
               such
               as
               is
               accustomed
               to
               be
               delivered
               unto
               Merchants
               ,
               being
               therefore
               called
               Merchants-Iron
               ;
               one
               Tun
               whereof
               is
               usually
               had
               out
               of
               a
               Tun
               and
               a
               half
               of
               Sow-Iron
               ;
               but
               if
               that
               be
               of
               the
               best
               sort
               ,
               and
               cast
               of
               the
               best
               Oare
               ,
               two
               hundred
               pounds
               ,
               less
               of
               it
               will
               yeeld
               the
               aforesayd
               quantity
               of
               a
               Tun
               of
               Merchants-Iron
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVIII
             .
             Of
             the
             Mines
             of
             Silver
             and
             Lead
             in
             Ireland
             :
             and
             occasionally
             of
             the
             pestiferous
             Damps
             and
             Vapours
             within
             the
             Earth
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               severall
               Mines
               of
               Silver
               and
               Lead
               ,
               and
               in
               particular
               that
               of
               Tipperary
               ▪
            
             
               MInes
               of
               Lead
               and
               S●lver
               in
               Ireland
               have
               to
               this
               day
               been
               found
               out
               ,
               three
               in
               number
               ;
               one
               in
               Ulster
               ,
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Antrim
               ,
               very
               rich
               ,
               forasmuch
               as
               with
               every
               thirty
               pounds
               of
               Lead
               it
               yeeldeth
               a
               pound
               of
               pure
               Silver
               ;
               another
               in
               Connaught
               ,
               upon
               the
               very
               Harbour-mouth
               of
               Sligo
               ,
               in
               a
               little
               Demy-Iland
               commonly
               called
               Conny-Iland
               ;
               and
               a
               third
               in
               Munster
               .
               The
               first
               two
               having
               been
               discovered
               but
               a
               few
               years
               before
               this
               present
               Rebellion
               ,
               were
               through
               several
               impediments
               never
               taken
               in
               hand
               yet
               ;
               wherefore
               we
               shall
               speak
               only
               of
               the
               third
               .
            
             
               This
               Mine
               standeth
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Tipperary
               ,
               in
               the
               Barony
               of
               Upper-Ormond
               ,
               in
               the
               Parish
               of
               Kilmore
               ,
               upon
               the
               Lands
               of
               one
               
                 Iohn
                 Mac-Dermot
                 O-kennedy
              
               ,
               not
               far
               from
               the
               Castle
               of
               Downallie
               ,
               twelve
               miles
               from
               Limmerick
               ,
               and
               threescore
               from
               Dublin
               .
               The
               land
               where
               the
               Mine
               is
               ,
               is
               mountainous
               and
               barren
               ;
               but
               the
               bottoms
               ,
               and
               the
               lands
               adjoyning
               ,
               are
               very
               good
               for
               Pasture
               ,
               and
               partly
               Arable
               ;
               of
               each
               whereof
               the
               Miners
               had
               part
               ,
               to
               the
               value
               of
               twenty
               pounds
               sterling
               
                 per
                 annum
              
               
               every
               one
               .
               It
               was
               found
               out
               not
               above
               forty
               years
               agoe
               ,
               but
               understood
               at
               the
               first
               onely
               as
               a
               Lead-mine
               ,
               and
               accordingly
               given
               notice
               of
               to
               Donogh
               Earl
               of
               Thomond
               ,
               then
               Lord
               President
               of
               Munster
               ,
               who
               made
               use
               of
               some
               of
               the
               Lead
               for
               to
               cover
               the
               house
               which
               he
               then
               was
               building
               at
               Bunrattie
               :
               But
               afterwards
               it
               hath
               been
               found
               ,
               that
               with
               the
               Lead
               of
               this
               Mine
               there
               was
               mixed
               some
               Silver
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               The
               manner
               of
               digging
               this
               Mine
               :
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Oare
               ,
               and
               what
               proportions
               of
               Silver
               and
               Lead
               it
               yeelds
               .
            
             
               The
               Veins
               of
               this
               Mine
               did
               commonly
               rise
               within
               three
               or
               four
               spits
               of
               the
               superficies
               ,
               and
               they
               digged
               deeper
               as
               those
               Veines
               went
               ,
               digging
               open
               pits
               very
               far
               into
               the
               ground
               ,
               many
               fathoms
               deep
               ,
               yea
               Castle-deep
               ;
               the
               pits
               not
               being
               steep
               ,
               but
               of
               that
               fashion
               as
               people
               might
               go
               in
               and
               out
               with
               Wheel-barrows
               ,
               being
               the
               onely
               way
               used
               by
               them
               for
               to
               carry
               out
               the
               Mine
               or
               Oare
               .
               The
               water
               did
               seldom
               much
               offend
               them
               ;
               for
               when
               either
               by
               the
               falling
               of
               much
               rain
               ,
               or
               by
               the
               discovering
               of
               some
               Spring
               or
               Water-source
               ,
               they
               found
               themselves
               annoyed
               by
               it
               ,
               they
               did
               by
               Conduits
               carry
               it
               away
               to
               a
               brook
               adjoyning
               ,
               the
               Mountain
               being
               so
               situate
               ,
               as
               that
               might
               be
               done
               easily
               .
            
             
               This
               Mine
               yeelds
               two
               different
               sorts
               of
               Oare
               ;
               of
               which
               the
               one
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               most
               in
               quantitie
               ,
               is
               of
               a
               reddish
               colour
               ,
               hard
               ,
               and
               glistering
               ;
               the
               other
               is
               like
               a
               Marle
               ,
               somthing
               
               bl●wish
               ,
               and
               more
               soft
               than
               the
               red
               ;
               and
               this
               was
               counted
               the
               best
               ,
               producing
               most
               Silver
               ,
               whereas
               the
               other
               ,
               or
               glistering
               sort
               ,
               was
               very
               barren
               ,
               and
               went
               most
               away
               into
               litteridge
               or
               dross
               .
            
             
               The
               Oar
               yeelded
               one
               with
               another
               three
               pound
               weight
               of
               Silver
               out
               of
               each
               Tun
               ,
               but
               a
               great
               quantity
               of
               Lead
               ,
               so
               as
               that
               was
               counted
               the
               best
               profit
               to
               the
               Farmer
               .
            
             
               Besides
               the
               Lead
               and
               Silver
               the
               Mine
               produced
               also
               some
               Quicksilver
               ,
               but
               not
               any
               Alome
               ,
               Vitriol
               ,
               or
               Antimony
               ,
               that
               I
               could
               hear
               of
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Profits
               of
               this
               Mine
               .
               It
               hach
               been
               destroyed
               by
               the
               Irish
               Rebels
               .
            
             
               The
               silver
               of
               this
               Mine
               was
               very
               fine
               ,
               so
               as
               the
               Farmers
               sold
               it
               at
               Dublin
               for
               five
               shillings
               two
               pence
               sterling
               the
               ounce
               ;
               as
               for
               the
               Lead
               ,
               that
               they
               sold
               on
               the
               place
               for
               eleven
               pounds
               sterling
               the
               Tun
               ,
               and
               for
               twelve
               pounds
               at
               the
               city
               of
               Limmerick
               .
               The
               King
               had
               the
               sixt
               part
               of
               the
               silver
               for
               his
               share
               ,
               and
               the
               tenth
               part
               of
               the
               Lead
               ,
               the
               rest
               remaining
               to
               the
               farmers
               ,
               whose
               clear
               profit
               was
               estimated
               to
               be
               worth
               two
               thousand
               pounds
               sterling
               yearly
               .
            
             
               All
               the
               Mil●
               ,
               Melting-houses
               ,
               Refining-houses
               ,
               and
               other
               necessary
               work-houses
               ,
               stood
               within
               one
               quarter
               of
               a
               mile
               at
               the
               furthest
               from
               the
               place
               where
               the
               Mine
               was
               digged
               ,
               every
               one
               of
               them
               having
               been
               very
               conveniently
               and
               sufficiently
               built
               and
               accommodated
               by
               the
               Officers
               and
               substitutes
               of
               Sir
               
                 William
                 Russell
              
               ,
               Sir
               
                 Basill
                 Brook
              
               ,
               and
               Sir
               
                 George
                 Hamilton
              
               ,
               which
               three
               persons
               successively
               had
               this
               Mine
               in
               farm
               from
               the
               King
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               this
               present
               
               Rebellion
               all
               this
               hath
               been
               destroyed
               by
               the
               Irish
               under
               the
               conduct
               of
               Hugh
               O-kennedy
               ,
               brother
               of
               Iohn
               Mac-Dermot
               O-kennedy
               ,
               on
               whose
               lands
               the
               Mine
               was
               situated
               :
               which
               Rebels
               not
               content
               to
               lay
               wast
               the
               Mine
               ,
               and
               to
               demolish
               all
               the
               works
               thereunto
               belonging
               ,
               did
               accompany
               this
               their
               barbarousness
               with
               bloody
               cruelty
               against
               the
               poor
               workmen
               ,
               such
               as
               were
               imployed
               about
               the
               melting
               and
               refining
               of
               the
               Oar
               ,
               and
               in
               all
               offices
               thereunto
               belonging
               ▪
               the
               which
               some
               of
               them
               being
               English
               ,
               and
               the
               rest
               Dutch
               (
               because
               the
               Irish
               having
               no
               skill
               at
               all
               in
               any
               of
               those
               things
               ,
               had
               never
               been
               imployed
               in
               this
               Mine
               otherwise
               than
               to
               digg
               it
               ,
               and
               to
               doe
               other
               labours
               )
               were
               all
               put
               to
               the
               sword
               by
               them
               ,
               except
               a
               very
               few
               ,
               who
               by
               flight
               escaped
               their
               hands
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               This
               Mine
               free
               from
               deadly
               vapours
               ,
               the
               which
               otherwise
               in
               Ireland
               are
               bred
               within
               the
               Earth
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               in
               other
               C●untries
               ,
               as
               is
               instanced
               in
               a
               very
               remarkable
               History
               .
            
             
               I
               have
               not
               heard
               that
               any
               of
               the
               Miners
               hath
               been
               stifled
               in
               this
               Mine
               ,
               a
               thing
               ordinary
               enough
               in
               other
               countries
               :
               the
               reason
               whereof
               I
               conceive
               to
               be
               ,
               because
               the
               work
               was
               done
               in
               wide
               and
               open
               pits
               ,
               wherein
               the
               like
               noxious
               vapours
               can
               neither
               be
               so
               easily
               engendred
               ,
               and
               when
               they
               arise
               find
               a
               free
               passage
               into
               the
               open
               air
               ,
               to
               the
               contrary
               of
               those
               close
               and
               narrow
               vaults
               usuall
               in
               the
               most
               part
               of
               other
               Mines
               .
            
             
               For
               else
               that
               the
               Earth
               of
               Ireland
               is
               subject
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               that
               of
               other
               countries
               ,
               to
               breed
               dangerous
               damps
               within
               her self
               ,
               is
               undoubted
               ,
               as
               evidently
               it
               appeared
               in
               the
               year
               sixteen
               hundred
               
               thirty
               seven
               ,
               by
               this
               following
               accident
               .
            
             
               A
               Maulter
               living
               in
               the
               suburbs
               of
               Dublin
               in
               St
               Francis-street
               caused
               a
               Well
               to
               be
               digged
               three
               yards
               deep
               ,
               which
               yeelding
               but
               little
               water
               ,
               and
               that
               not
               very
               sweet
               nor
               clear
               ,
               resolved
               to
               have
               it
               made
               deeper
               ;
               and
               injoyned
               a
               servant
               of
               his
               ,
               to
               work
               at
               it
               at
               spare
               times
               ,
               which
               he
               doing
               ,
               and
               having
               digged
               a
               yard
               and
               half
               lower
               ,
               the
               water
               of
               it
               begun
               the
               24
               of
               August
               to
               bubble
               up
               in
               a
               strange
               manner
               ,
               making
               great
               noise
               ;
               which
               having
               continued
               two
               dayes
               ,
               without
               any
               notable
               increase
               ,
               hardly
               comming
               half-way
               the
               knees
               ;
               he
               went
               down
               again
               into
               the
               Well
               ,
               to
               digge
               there
               according
               to
               his
               custome
               .
               But
               having
               wrought
               but
               a
               little
               while
               ,
               and
               being
               taken
               with
               a
               sudden
               giddiness
               in
               his
               head
               ,
               and
               faintness
               at
               his
               heart
               ,
               made
               hast
               to
               get
               out
               ,
               and
               being
               revived
               ,
               returned
               to
               fetch
               away
               his
               spade
               and
               other
               instruments
               ;
               but
               comming
               to
               the
               bottom
               he
               fell
               into
               a
               deadly
               sown
               ,
               which
               being
               s●en
               by
               those
               that
               were
               present
               ,
               one
               of
               them
               went
               down
               to
               help
               him
               up
               ;
               unto
               whom
               the
               same
               accident
               happened
               .
               All
               the
               spectators
               being
               greatly
               astonished
               ,
               and
               their
               tumult
               having
               drawn-on
               a
               great
               concourse
               of
               people
               ,
               the
               place
               were
               the
               Well
               was
               being
               an
               open
               yard
               ,
               looking
               into
               the
               main
               street
               ;
               a
               certaine
               man
               ,
               newly
               come
               to
               town
               ,
               and
               casually
               passing
               by
               that
               way
               ,
               not
               affrighted
               by
               the
               example
               of
               those
               two
               ,
               had
               the
               courage
               to
               goe
               down
               to
               fetch
               the
               former
               out
               ,
               but
               with
               as
               ill
               success
               as
               they
               themselves
               .
               The
               wonder
               and
               amazement
               being
               hereby
               increased
               among
               the
               people
               ,
               there
               was
               nevertheless
               a
               Butcher
               (
               a
               bold
               robustuous
               man
               )
               who
               having
               drunk
               somewhat
               liberally
               ,
               would
               notwithstanding
               these
               sad
               accidents
               goe
               in
               ,
               which
               at
               the
               first
               not
               being
               
               suffered
               ,
               and
               he
               continuing
               in
               his
               resolution
               ,
               was
               at
               last
               permitted
               on
               condition
               that
               he
               let
               a
               strong
               cord
               be
               tyed
               about
               his
               wast
               to
               pull
               him
               out
               ,
               if
               he
               found
               himself
               ill
               ;
               the
               which
               to
               signifie
               he
               was
               to
               hold
               up
               his
               right
               hand
               .
               But
               being
               come
               to
               the
               bottome
               ,
               and
               suddenly
               taken
               with
               a
               deadly
               faintness
               ,
               that
               he
               had
               neither
               time
               nor
               power
               to
               give
               the
               appointed
               sign
               ,
               falling
               from
               the
               ladder
               ;
               and
               being
               haled
               out
               with
               all
               possible
               speed
               ,
               found
               to
               be
               in
               a
               deep
               trance
               ,
               but
               with
               perfect
               signes
               of
               life
               :
               wherefore
               being
               carried
               to
               his
               own
               house
               ,
               put
               into
               his
               bed
               ,
               and
               care
               taken
               of
               him
               ,
               it
               was
               nevertheless
               24
               houres
               before
               he
               came
               to
               himself
               .
            
             
               The
               dead
               bodies
               being
               drawn
               out
               of
               the
               Well
               it
               was
               filled
               with
               earth
               by
               order
               of
               the
               Magistrat
               of
               the
               said
               City
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Relation
               of
               an
               accident
               like
               the
               former
               happened
               at
               London
               .
            
             
               The
               like
               accidents
               have
               at
               severall
               times
               been
               seen
               in
               other
               Countries
               ,
               whereof
               wee
               could
               allege
               many
               instances
               ,
               but
               passing
               by
               all
               other
               we
               shall
               make
               mention
               of
               one
               lately
               befaln
               here
               at
               London
               .
               Without
               Aldesgate
               ,
               there
               is
               a
               little
               court
               called
               Carpenters-yard
               ,
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               which
               there
               stood
               a
               Pump
               ;
               the
               water
               whereof
               not
               being
               good
               for
               to
               dress
               meat
               ,
               was
               used
               by
               the
               neighbours
               only
               for
               the
               washing
               and
               cleaning
               of
               their
               houses
               ,
               and
               the
               like
               .
               But
               in
               length
               of
               time
               being
               grown
               so
               thick
               and
               muddy
               that
               no
               use
               could
               be
               made
               out
               ,
               it
               was
               resolved
               that
               the
               Well
               ,
               whereout
               the
               Pump
               drew
               its
               water
               ,
               should
               be
               made
               clean
               ,
               to
               which
               purpose
               the
               Pump
               being
               taken
               down
               ,
               in
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               Iuly
               anno
               sixteen
               hundred
               fourtie
               four
               ,
               a
               laborer
               was
               let
               down
               
               with
               a
               cord
               into
               the
               Well
               ,
               being
               little
               and
               narrow
               ,
               to
               take
               out
               the
               mud
               by
               pailes
               full
               ,
               which
               assoon
               as
               he
               came
               to
               the
               bottome
               presently
               fell
               stark
               dead
               .
               Those
               that
               had
               let
               him
               down
               ,
               seeing
               this
               ,
               and
               suspecting
               nothing
               else
               ,
               but
               that
               a
               suddain
               faintness
               had
               overcome
               him
               ,
               let
               down
               another
               to
               see
               what
               he
               ayled
               ,
               and
               to
               bring
               him
               out
               .
               But
               he
               sped
               no
               better
               than
               the
               first
               ,
               which
               when
               the
               people
               perceived
               ,
               no
               more
               went
               into
               the
               Well
               ▪
               untill
               three
               or
               four
               houres
               after
               ,
               in
               which
               middle-space
               of
               time
               a
               great
               Iron
               pan
               or
               plate
               ,
               heaped
               up
               with
               burning
               charcoal
               ,
               had
               been
               let
               down
               into
               the
               Well
               ,
               and
               severall
               times
               as
               the
               fire
               did
               slaken
               ,
               renewed
               ,
               that
               through
               the
               heat
               thereof
               that
               mortiferous
               vapour
               might
               bee
               overcome
               and
               dispersed
               ,
               the
               which
               accordingly
               fell
               out
               ;
               so
               that
               the
               person
               aferwards
               went
               down
               to
               fetch
               away
               the
               dead
               bodies
               ,
               got
               no
               hurt
               at
               all
               .
               A
               great
               covered
               or
               vaulted
               gutter
               ,
               whereby
               the
               ordures
               of
               the
               streets
               are
               under
               ground
               conveyed
               into
               the
               City
               ditch
               ,
               passeth
               under
               the
               yard
               where-in
               the
               said
               Well
               ,
               (
               dammed
               up
               since
               this
               sad
               accident
               )
               did
               stand
               ;
               so
               as
               it
               may
               bee
               probably
               beleeved
               that
               that
               deadly
               infection
               of
               the
               air
               within
               the
               same
               Well
               had
               partly
               been
               caused
               through
               the
               neerness
               of
               the
               same
               sewer
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XIX
             .
             Of
             the
             Free-stone
             ,
             Marble
             ,
             Flints
             ,
             Slate
             ,
             and
             Seacoles
             which
             are
             found
             in
             Ireland
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Free-stone
               ,
            
             
               HAving
               in
               the
               precedent
               Chapters
               treated
               of
               the
               Metals
               and
               Minerals
               ,
               which
               are
               found
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               we
               shall
               now
               go
               on
               to
               speak
               of
               severall
               other
               substances
               ,
               raised
               out
               of
               the
               ground
               there
               ,
               of
               a
               less
               noble
               nature
               ,
               but
               nevertheless
               profitable
               and
               serving
               for
               severall
               good
               uses
               .
            
             
               To
               begin
               with
               Free-stone
               ,
               there
               is
               two
               sorts
               of
               it
               ,
               the
               one
               being
               gray
               or
               ash-coloured
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               blew
               ;
               which
               both
               for
               the
               most
               part
               lying
               in
               the
               uppermost
               parts
               of
               the
               ground
               ,
               covered
               over
               with
               very
               little
               earth
               ,
               are
               raised
               with
               small
               labour
               and
               charge
               ,
               whereas
               in
               most
               other
               countries
               it
               is
               as
               much
               labour
               to
               digge
               Free-stone
               as
               the
               metalls
               themselves
               ,
               The
               blew
               Free-stone
               is
               not
               very
               abundant
               ,
               and
               as
               little
               in
               request
               ,
               as
               unfit
               for
               great
               buildings
               ;
               it
               lying
               for
               the
               most
               part
               in
               small
               unshapely
               peeces
               ;
               and
               when
               they
               are
               bigger
               commonly
               broke
               in
               the
               raising
               and
               hewing
               ,
               partly
               through
               the
               unskilfullness
               of
               the
               workmen
               there
               ,
               and
               chiefly
               because
               they
               are
               exceeding
               hard
               ,
               and
               cannot
               well
               endure
               the
               Iron
               .
               The
               gray
               free-stone
               which
               is
               found
               very
               abundantly
               in
               most
               parts
               of
               the
               land
               is
               of
               a
               contrary
               nature
               ;
               and
               may
               easily
               be
               cut
               out
               into
               stones
               of
               all
               bigness
               or
               fashion
               ,
               wherefore
               also
               this
               sort
               hath
               been
               used
               by
               the
               English
               ,
               to
               all
               the
               Churches
               ,
               Castles
               ,
               and
               Edifices
               ,
               which
               since
               the
               Conquest
               have
               been
               builded
               by
               them
               ;
               For
               the
               
               Irish
               themselves
               ,
               never
               had
               the
               skill
               nor
               industry
               to
               erect
               any
               considerable
               buildings
               of
               Free-stone
               ,
               Brick
               ,
               or
               other
               the
               like
               materials
               ,
               their
               dwellings
               being
               very
               poor
               and
               contemptible
               cottages
               .
               True
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               English
               at
               their
               first
               comming
               found
               several
               Maritine-townes
               in
               Ireland
               with
               stone-walls
               and
               houses
               ,
               the
               Churches
               also
               ,
               not
               onely
               in
               those
               ,
               but
               in
               many
               other
               Towns
               being
               of
               the
               same
               .
               But
               built
               by
               strangers
               ,
               who
               being
               come
               out
               of
               the
               Northern
               parts
               of
               Germany
               ,
               and
               other
               neighbouring
               Countries
               ,
               had
               setled
               themselves
               there
               ,
               inhabiting
               severall
               parts
               of
               the
               Sea-coasts
               ,
               some
               Ages
               before
               the
               English-Conquest
               ;
               which
               people
               called
               themselves
               Oastmans
               ,
               or
               Easterlings
               ;
               all
               those
               Countries
               of
               the
               which
               they
               were
               come
               being
               situated
               to
               the
               East
               of
               Ireland
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Certain
               evill
               properties
               of
               the
               Irish
               Free-stone
               .
            
             
               This
               sort
               of
               Gray
               Fre●-stone
               in
               Ireland
               hath
               a
               bad
               qualitie
               ,
               that
               it
               draweth
               the
               moysture
               of
               the
               air
               continually
               to
               it
               ,
               and
               so
               becommeth
               dank
               and
               wet
               both
               in
               and
               out-side
               ,
               especially
               in
               times
               of
               much
               rain
               .
               To
               mend
               this
               inconvenience
               the
               English
               did
               wainscot
               those
               walls
               with
               oak
               or
               other
               boards
               ,
               or
               line
               them
               with
               a
               thin
               crust
               of
               brick
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect
                 ▪
                 3.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Marble
               .
            
             
               Besides
               the
               Free-stone
               ,
               which
               is
               almost
               in
               every
               part
               of
               the
               land
               ,
               there
               is
               Marble
               found
               in
               many
               places
               of
               severall
               sorts
               ;
               one
               is
               red
               ,
               straked
               with
               white
               and
               other
               colours
               ,
               such
               as
               with
               a
               peculiar
               name
               is
               called
               Porphyre
               ;
               other
               black
               ,
               very
               curiously
               straked
               with
               white
               ,
               and
               some
               all
               of
               one
               colour
               .
            
             
             
               The
               first
               two
               sorts
               are
               found
               but
               in
               smal
               quantity
               ,
               especially
               the
               second
               .
               But
               the
               last
               is
               very
               abundant
               in
               some
               places
               ,
               but
               most
               about
               Kilkenny
               ,
               where
               not
               onely
               many
               houses
               are
               built
               of
               the
               same
               ,
               but
               whole
               streets
               are
               paved
               with
               it
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Description
               of
               the
               Marble-quarrie
               at
               Kilkenny
               .
            
             
               The
               Quarrie
               out
               of
               which
               they
               have
               their
               Marble
               at
               Kilkenney
               ,
               is
               not
               above
               a
               quarter
               of
               a
               mile
               distant
               from
               the
               Town
               ,
               and
               belongeth
               to
               no
               body
               in
               particular
               ,
               lying
               in
               common
               for
               all
               the
               Townsmen
               ,
               who
               at
               any
               time
               may
               fetch
               as
               much
               out
               of
               it
               ,
               as
               seemeth
               good
               unto
               them
               ,
               without
               paying
               any
               thing
               for
               it
               :
               It
               is
               in
               fashion
               like
               unto
               Quarries
               of
               Free-stone
               ,
               to
               wit
               ,
               a
               wide
               open
               pit
               ,
               whereout
               stones
               and
               pillars
               of
               great
               thickness
               and
               height
               may
               be
               digged
               .
               This
               Marble
               ,
               whilst
               it
               is
               rude
               ,
               and
               as
               it
               cometh
               out
               of
               the
               ground
               ,
               looketh
               grayish
               ,
               but
               being
               polished
               it
               getteth
               a
               fine
               blewish
               colour
               ,
               drawing
               somwhat
               towards
               the
               black
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Flint
               .
            
             
               Although
               Flints
               are
               not
               digged
               from
               under
               the
               ground
               ,
               yet
               shall
               we
               give
               them
               a
               place
               next
               to
               the
               Free-stone
               and
               Marble
               ,
               because
               of
               the
               affinity
               which
               they
               have
               with
               them
               .
               They
               are
               found
               in
               every
               part
               of
               Ireland
               in
               great
               abundance
               near
               the
               sea-side
               ,
               within
               the
               land
               ,
               upon
               the
               hils
               and
               mountains
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               rivers
               ,
               many
               of
               which
               have
               not
               onely
               their
               banks
               covered
               with
               them
               ,
               but
               also
               the
               bottom
               of
               their
               chanels
               ,
               and
               that
               for
               great
               spaces
               togeth●r
               ,
               which
               as
               they
               are
               o●
               
               all
               sizes
               and
               fashions
               ,
               so
               of
               very
               different
               colours
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Slate
               .
            
             
               In
               sundry
               parts
               of
               Ireland
               Slate
               is
               found
               in
               great
               abundance
               ,
               and
               that
               nothing
               deep
               within
               the
               ground
               ,
               just
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               the
               Free-stone
               ,
               so
               as
               it
               may
               be
               raised
               with
               little
               charge
               and
               labour
               ;
               wherefore
               at
               all
               times
               it
               hath
               been
               much
               used
               by
               the
               English
               inhabitants
               for
               the
               covering
               of
               their
               houses
               and
               other
               buildings
               .
               Nevertheless
               some
               years
               since
               in
               places
               near
               the
               sea
               ,
               especially
               at
               Dublin
               ,
               that
               kind
               of
               Holland
               Tiles
               ,
               which
               by
               them
               are
               called
               Pannen
               begun
               to
               be
               used
               generally
               ,
               the
               Merchants
               causing
               them
               to
               be
               brought
               in
               from
               thence
               in
               great
               abundance
               ,
               because
               in
               Ireland
               they
               had
               neither
               convenient
               stuff
               to
               make
               them
               of
               ,
               nor
               work-men
               skilfull
               in
               that
               business
               :
               although
               the
               common
               Tiles
               usual
               in
               many
               parts
               of
               England
               and
               other
               Countries
               ,
               were
               made
               and
               used
               in
               several
               places
               within
               the
               land
               .
            
             
               Besides
               these
               there
               was
               another
               kind
               of
               covering
               in
               use
               ,
               both
               for
               Churches
               and
               houses
               ,
               to
               wit
               ,
               a
               certain
               sort
               of
               woodden
               Tiles
               ,
               vulgarly
               called
               Shingles
               ;
               the
               which
               are
               thight
               enough
               at
               the
               first
               ,
               but
               do
               not
               many
               yeares
               continue
               so
               ,
               it
               being
               necessary
               to
               change
               them
               often
               :
               which
               thing
               properly
               not
               appertaining
               to
               this
               Chapter
               ,
               we
               nevertheless
               for
               affinities
               sake
               have
               thought
               not
               amiss
               here
               to
               mention
               .
            
             
               Some
               yeares
               ago
               another
               kind
               of
               Slate
               hath
               been
               discovered
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               which
               for
               the
               colours-sake
               is
               called
               Black-slate
               ,
               being
               of
               a
               blackish
               colour
               ,
               which
               is
               come
               into
               great
               esteem
               ,
               not
               so
               
               much
               for
               the
               ordinary
               use
               of
               covering
               houses
               ,
               for
               which
               they
               are
               no
               better
               than
               common
               Slate
               ,
               but
               because
               it
               hath
               been
               found
               by
               experience
               ,
               very
               good
               and
               medicinall
               against
               severall
               diseases
               ,
               especially
               to
               stay
               all
               kind
               of
               bleeding
               ,
               and
               to
               hinder
               that
               after
               falls
               and
               bruises
               the
               blood
               do
               not
               congeal
               within
               the
               body
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 7.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Sea-coal
               .
            
             
               The
               Trees
               and
               Woods
               having
               been
               so
               much
               destroyed
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               as
               heretofore
               we
               have
               shewed
               ,
               and
               consequently
               wood
               for
               firing
               being
               very
               dear
               in
               great
               part
               of
               the
               land
               ,
               the
               inhabitants
               are
               necessitated
               to
               make
               use
               of
               other
               fuel
               ,
               viz.
               of
               Turf
               ,
               and
               of
               Sea-coals
               .
               Of
               the
               Turf
               we
               shall
               speak
               in
               the
               next
               Chapter
               .
               As
               for
               Sea-coals
               ,
               they
               are
               the
               ordinary
               firing
               in
               Dublin
               &
               in
               other
               places
               lying
               near
               the
               sea
               ,
               where
               the
               same
               in
               time
               of
               peace
               are
               brought
               in
               out
               of
               England
               ,
               Wales
               ,
               and
               Scotland
               ,
               in
               great
               abundance
               ,
               and
               therefore
               reasonable
               cheap
               ;
               which
               is
               the
               reason
               ,
               that
               the
               less
               care
               hath
               been
               taken
               to
               find
               out
               Coal-mines
               in
               Ireland
               it self
               ,
               whereas
               otherwise
               it
               is
               the
               opinion
               of
               persons
               knowing
               in
               these
               matters
               ,
               that
               if
               diligent
               search
               were
               made
               for
               them
               ,
               in
               sundry
               parts
               of
               the
               land
               good
               Coal-mines
               would
               be
               discovered
               .
               This
               opinion
               is
               the
               more
               probable
               ,
               because
               that
               already
               one
               Coal
               ▪
               mine
               hath
               bin
               found
               out
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               a
               few
               yeares
               since
               ,
               by
               meer
               hazard
               ,
               and
               without
               having
               been
               sought
               for
               .
               The
               Mine
               is
               in
               the
               Province
               of
               Leinster
               ,
               in
               the
               County
               of
               Carlo
               ,
               seven
               miles
               from
               Idof
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               hill
               where
               the
               Iron-mine
               was
               of
               Mr.
               
                 Christopher
                 Wandsworth
              
               ,
               of
               whom
               hath
               been
               spoken
               above
               .
               In
               that
               Iron-mine
               ,
               after
               that
               for
               a
               great
               while
               
               they
               had
               drawn
               Iron-oar
               out
               of
               it
               ,
               and
               that
               by
               degrees
               they
               were
               gone
               deeper
               ,
               at
               last
               in
               lieu
               of
               Oar
               they
               met
               with
               Sea-coal
               ,
               so
               as
               ever
               since
               all
               the
               people
               dwelling
               in
               those
               parts
               have
               used
               it
               for
               their
               firing
               ,
               finding
               it
               very
               cheap
               ;
               for
               the
               load
               of
               an
               Irish-car
               ,
               drawn
               by
               one
               Garron
               ,
               did
               stand
               them
               ,
               besides
               the
               charges
               of
               bringing
               it
               ,
               in
               nine
               pence
               only
               ,
               three
               pence
               to
               the
               digger
               ,
               and
               six
               pence
               to
               the
               owner
               .
            
             
               There
               be
               Coals
               enough
               in
               this
               Mine
               for
               to
               furnish
               a
               whole
               Country
               ;
               nevertheless
               there
               is
               no
               use
               made
               of
               them
               further
               than
               among
               the
               neighbouring
               inhabitants
               ;
               because
               the
               Mine
               being
               situated
               far
               from
               Rivers
               ,
               the
               transportation
               is
               too
               chargeable
               by
               land
               .
            
             
               These
               Coals
               are
               very
               heavy
               ,
               and
               burn
               with
               little
               flame
               ,
               but
               lye
               like
               Char-coal
               ,
               and
               continue
               so
               the
               space
               of
               seven
               or
               eight
               hours
               ,
               casting
               a
               very
               great
               and
               violent
               heat
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               place
               where
               this
               Mine
               standeth
               ,
               do
               lye
               little
               Smith-coals
               above
               the
               ground
               ,
               dispersed
               every
               where
               in
               great
               quantity
               ,
               from
               whence
               the
               Smiths
               dwelling
               in
               the
               parts
               round
               about
               did
               use
               to
               come
               and
               fetch
               them
               even
               before
               the
               Mine
               was
               discovered
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XX.
             Of
             the
             Turf
             ,
             Lime
             ,
             and
             Brick
             ,
             and
             the
             manner
             of
             making
             those
             things
             in
             Ireland
             ;
             item
             of
             the
             Glass
             made
             in
             Ireland
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               two
               sorts
               of
               Irish-turf
               .
            
             
               TUrf
               being
               very
               much
               used
               throughout
               all
               the
               land
               (
               as
               we
               have
               sayd
               before
               )
               is
               of
               two
               sor●s
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               difference
               of
               the
               Bog●
               out
               of
               the
               which
               it
               is
               taken
               .
               That
               which
               is
               taken
               out
               of
               the
               Dry-bogs
               ,
               or
               Red-bogs
               ,
               is
               light
               ,
               spungy
               ,
               of
               a
               reddish
               colour
               ,
               kindleth
               easily
               ,
               and
               burneth
               very
               clear
               ,
               but
               doth
               not
               last
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               to
               the
               contrary
               ,
               which
               is
               raised
               out
               of
               the
               green
               or
               wet
               Bogs
               ,
               is
               heavy
               ,
               firm
               ,
               black
               ,
               doth
               not
               burn
               so
               soon
               ,
               nor
               with
               so
               great
               a
               flame
               ,
               but
               lasteth
               a
               great
               while
               ,
               and
               maketh
               a
               very
               hot
               fire
               ,
               and
               leaveth
               foul
               yellowish
               ashes
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               the
               observation
               of
               women
               ,
               that
               the
               linnen
               which
               is
               dryed
               by
               a
               fire
               made
               of
               this
               last
               sort
               of
               Turf
               ,
               getteth
               a
               foul
               colour
               ,
               be
               it
               never
               so
               white
               washed
               and
               bleeched
               ,
               and
               groweth
               yellowish
               in
               that
               manner
               as
               that
               it
               can
               hardly
               be
               got
               out
               again
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               The
               manner
               of
               making
               the
               Turf
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               sort
               of
               Turf
               costeth
               but
               little
               paines
               in
               the
               making
               ;
               for
               being
               digged
               ,
               and
               having
               ●yen
               some
               dayes
               a
               drying
               (
               first
               spread
               out
               thin
               and
               single
               upon
               the
               ground
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               piled
               up
               in
               little
               heaps
               )
               it
               is
               brought
               into
               the
               Barn.
               
            
             
             
               But
               black
               Turf
               cannot
               be
               made
               without
               more
               trouble
               .
               First
               they
               mark
               out
               convenient
               places
               ;
               for
               onely
               those
               are
               fit
               for
               it
               to
               which
               some
               paths
               do
               lead
               ,
               and
               which
               in
               themselves
               are
               not
               too
               mirie
               ,
               and
               too
               deep
               ,
               but
               have
               a
               firm
               &
               sandy
               ground
               underneath
               ,
               within
               the
               space
               of
               four
               or
               five
               feet
               ,
               or
               thereabouts
               .
               Having
               found
               out
               such
               a
               place
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               too
               watery
               ,
               they
               make
               some
               trenches
               ,
               into
               which
               the
               water
               descending
               out
               of
               that
               part
               of
               the
               Bog
               wherein
               they
               intend
               to
               work
               ,
               may
               by
               them
               be
               carried
               to
               some
               place
               fit
               for
               to
               receive
               it
               ;
               to
               the
               end
               that
               the
               Bog
               being
               thereby
               grown
               somewhat
               dryer
               and
               firmer
               ,
               may
               the
               better
               bear
               the
               Labourers
               without
               s●nking
               too
               deep
               into
               it
               .
               Then
               they
               fall
               to
               the
               business
               ,
               dividing
               it
               so
               among
               the
               Labourers
               ,
               that
               one
               part
               of
               them
               do
               dig
               out
               the
               earth
               ,
               or
               rather
               the
               mud
               (
               for
               all
               the
               earth
               whereof
               this
               Turf
               is
               made
               ,
               is
               thin
               and
               muddy
               )
               and
               by
               spade●-full
               cast
               it
               on
               a
               heap
               ,
               either
               by
               the
               ●ide
               of
               the
               pit
               ,
               or
               some
               where
               within
               the
               same
               ,
               where
               others
               stand
               ,
               who
               very
               well
               work
               it
               ,
               turning
               it
               to
               and
               fro
               ,
               and
               then
               with
               their
               shovels
               fill
               it
               into
               certain
               woodden
               trayes
               ,
               amongst
               the
               English
               in
               Ireland
               peculiarly
               called
               Lossels
               ;
               the
               which
               being
               full
               ,
               another
               part
               of
               the
               Labourers
               draw
               the
               same
               ,
               with
               great
               cords
               fastened
               to
               them
               ,
               to
               some
               dry
               place
               within
               the
               Bog
               ,
               or
               by
               the
               side
               thereof
               ,
               where
               having
               poured
               out
               the
               mud
               ,
               they
               go
               back
               to
               fetch
               more
               ,
               and
               so
               go
               to
               and
               fro
               all
               day
               long
               .
               On
               that
               dry
               place
               where
               the
               mud
               is
               poured
               forth
               ,
               sit
               certain
               women
               upon
               their
               knees
               ,
               who
               mold
               the
               mud
               ,
               using
               nothing
               else
               to
               it
               but
               their
               hands
               ;
               between
               the
               which
               taking
               a
               part
               of
               it
               ,
               they
               press
               them
               together
               in
               that
               manner
               ,
               that
               their
               hands
               meeting
               above
               ,
               
               the
               turf
               is
               fashioned
               flat
               and
               broad
               beneath
               ,
               growing
               narrower
               towards
               the
               top
               ;
               which
               being
               done
               ,
               the
               Turf
               is
               let
               lye
               upon
               the
               ground
               the
               space
               of
               a
               week
               or
               more
               ,
               according
               as
               the
               weather
               is
               ,
               and
               being
               reasonably
               well
               dryed
               ,
               it
               is
               piled
               up
               in
               little
               heaps
               ,
               leaving
               every
               where
               empty
               spaces
               between
               ,
               that
               the
               air
               and
               the
               wind
               passing
               through
               them
               ,
               they
               may
               dry
               the
               sooner
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               The
               charges
               of
               making
               Turf
               .
            
             
               Ireland
               is
               so
               full
               of
               Bogs
               ,
               that
               every
               man
               almost
               hath
               Bog
               enough
               upon
               his
               own
               land
               to
               make
               Turf
               for
               his
               family
               and
               for
               all
               his
               Tenants
               ;
               so
               that
               the
               Turf
               doth
               cost
               most
               men
               no
               more
               than
               the
               hire
               of
               the
               Labourers
               who
               are
               employed
               about
               it
               .
               Those
               that
               begun
               early
               in
               the
               year
               ,
               whilst
               the
               Labourers
               had
               but
               little
               employment
               ,
               gave
               ordinarily
               ,
               besides
               meat
               and
               drink
               ,
               three
               pence
               sterling
               a
               day
               to
               every
               man
               ,
               and
               two
               pence
               to
               every
               woman
               ;
               four
               pence
               a
               day
               being
               the
               ordinary
               price
               ,
               and
               when
               it
               was
               was
               at
               the
               dearest
               ,
               five
               pence
               .
               Twenty
               men
               made
               in
               two
               or
               three
               dayes
               as
               much
               Turf
               as
               was
               sufficient
               for
               the
               whole
               years
               firing
               of
               a
               great
               family
               ;
               of
               which
               number
               five
               men
               did
               dig
               and
               cast
               up
               the
               mud
               ,
               five
               wrought
               it
               and
               filled
               it
               into
               the
               trays
               ,
               and
               ten
               were
               busied
               in
               drawing
               the
               trays
               to
               the
               place
               where
               the
               Turf
               was
               molded
               by
               the
               women
               ;
               who
               went
               so
               nimbly
               to
               work
               with
               it
               ,
               that
               onely
               two
               of
               them
               were
               sufficient
               to
               keep
               twenty
               men
               at
               work
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Lime
               ,
               and
               the
               manner
               of
               making
               it
               of
               Lime-stone
               .
            
             
               All
               the
               Lime
               in
               Ireland
               is
               made
               not
               of
               the
               shels
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               shel-fish
               ,
               as
               in
               Holland
               ,
               and
               some
               other
               Countries
               ,
               but
               onely
               of
               stone
               ;
               and
               the
               gray
               Free-stone
               ,
               whereof
               we
               have
               spoken
               in
               the
               precedent
               Chapter
               ,
               is
               very
               fit
               for
               it
               ,
               especially
               when
               it
               is
               not
               newly
               come
               out
               of
               the
               Quarrie
               ,
               but
               taken
               off
               old
               buildings
               .
               But
               a
               peculiar
               sort
               of
               stone
               properly
               called
               Lime-stone
               ,
               is
               best
               for
               it
               .
               This
               stone
               is
               of
               a
               gray
               colour
               ,
               tending
               to
               a
               dark
               blew
               ,
               which
               being
               broke
               ,
               a
               white
               dust
               out
               of
               it
               doth
               fly
               abroad
               ;
               and
               it
               is
               very
               common
               throughout
               all
               Ireland
               ,
               but
               especially
               in
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Munster
               and
               Connaught
               ,
               lying
               not
               deep
               within
               the
               ground
               ,
               but
               very
               near
               to
               the
               surface
               of
               it
               ,
               and
               in
               many
               places
               above
               ground
               .
            
             
               The
               manner
               of
               burning
               it
               into
               Lime
               ,
               usual
               over
               all
               Ireland
               ,
               is
               this
               ;
               In
               the
               side
               of
               some
               little
               height
               they
               make
               a
               great
               pit
               ,
               round
               or
               square
               according
               as
               conveniencie
               is
               offered
               ;
               of
               that
               bignes
               as
               may
               hold
               forty
               or
               fifty
               barrels
               ,
               &
               of
               that
               fashion
               that
               being
               many
               feet
               wide
               at
               the
               top
               ,
               it
               doth
               by
               degrees
               grow
               narrower
               towards
               the
               bottom
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               the
               Furnaces
               of
               the
               Iron-works
               .
               The
               inside
               of
               this
               pit
               they
               line
               round
               about
               with
               a
               wall
               built
               of
               Lime
               and
               Stone
               ,
               at
               whose
               outside
               near
               the
               bottom
               a
               hole
               or
               door
               is
               left
               ,
               by
               which
               to
               take
               out
               the
               ashes
               ;
               and
               above
               that
               an
               iron-grate
               is
               laid
               ,
               which
               cometh
               close
               to
               the
               wall
               round
               about
               :
               Upon
               this
               they
               lay
               a
               lay
               of
               Lime-stone
               (
               being
               first
               knockt
               asunder
               with
               a
               great
               Iron
               
               hammer
               ,
               and
               broke
               into
               peeces
               of
               the
               bigness
               of
               a
               f●st
               ,
               or
               thereabouts
               )
               and
               upon
               that
               a
               lay
               of
               wood
               or
               turf
               ,
               or
               a
               certain
               sort
               of
               Sea-coal
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               wonderfull
               small
               ,
               and
               peculiarly
               called
               Comb
               ,
               is
               hardly
               used
               for
               any
               other
               purpose
               .
               Upon
               that
               they
               lay
               another
               of
               Lime-stone
               ,
               and
               so
               by
               turns
               ,
               untill
               the
               whole
               Kiln
               be
               filled
               ,
               ever
               observing
               that
               the
               outmost
               lay
               be
               of
               wood
               ,
               turf
               ,
               or
               comb
               ,
               and
               not
               of
               Lime-stone
               :
               which
               being
               done
               ,
               the
               Kiln
               is
               set
               afire
               until
               all
               be
               burnt
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Another
               manner
               of
               burning
               Lime
               used
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               another
               manner
               of
               burning
               Lime
               used
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               in
               Kilns
               built
               altogether
               above
               ground
               ,
               and
               incomparably
               bigger
               than
               the
               others
               ,
               insomuch
               as
               to
               the
               quantity
               of
               three
               hundred
               Barrels
               of
               Lime
               at
               once
               is
               made
               in
               them
               .
               In
               these
               Kilns
               they
               burn
               whole
               stones
               ,
               without
               breaking
               them
               into
               peeces
               as
               the
               others
               ,
               and
               that
               onely
               with
               wood
               (
               turf
               or
               comb
               not
               being
               fit
               for
               it
               )
               whereof
               they
               consume
               a
               huge
               deal
               ,
               it
               being
               necessary
               from
               time
               to
               time
               to
               put
               new
               wood
               into
               them
               ,
               to
               which
               end
               three
               or
               four
               men
               day
               and
               night
               do
               stand
               by
               the
               Kiln
               to
               keep
               the
               fire
               from
               decaying
               or
               slackning
               .
            
             
               These
               (
               called
               French-kilns
               ,
               because
               the
               us●
               of
               them
               was
               first
               received
               from
               thence
               )
               have
               ever
               their
               walls
               made
               of
               Lime-stone
               ,
               the
               which
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               are
               turned
               into
               Lime
               ,
               so
               as
               there
               remaineth
               nothing
               standing
               of
               these
               Kilns
               after
               that
               the
               work
               is
               accomplished
               ,
               and
               the
               Lime
               taken
               away
               .
            
             
             
               Now
               albeit
               that
               in
               these
               kilnes
               a
               very
               great
               quantity
               of
               Lime
               is
               made
               at
               a
               time
               ,
               nevertheless
               it
               hath
               been
               found
               by
               experience
               ,
               that
               they
               are
               much
               more
               unprofitable
               than
               the
               others
               ,
               because
               they
               consume
               much
               more
               firing
               in
               proportion
               ,
               through
               the
               continuall
               renewing
               of
               the
               fire
               ,
               and
               require
               the
               constant
               labour
               of
               severall
               men
               all
               the
               while
               they
               are
               burning
               ,
               which
               commonly
               is
               the
               space
               of
               three
               dayes
               and
               nights
               .
               For
               these
               reasons
               was
               the
               use
               of
               these
               kilnes
               ,
               which
               never
               had
               been
               very
               generall
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               more
               and
               more
               left
               off
               in
               these
               last
               yeares
               ,
               and
               the
               others
               almost
               only
               made
               use
               of
               ;
               in
               the
               which
               the
               Lime
               came
               to
               stand
               them
               ,
               who
               burnt
               it
               ,
               in
               no
               more
               then
               four
               pence
               the
               barrell
               at
               the
               most
               ,
               all
               manner
               of
               expences
               being
               reckoned
               ;
               &
               but
               three
               to
               them
               who
               had
               the
               best
               conveniences
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Brick
               .
            
             
               In
               every
               part
               of
               Ireland
               there
               is
               found
               a
               kind
               of
               clay
               very
               fit
               for
               to
               make
               bricks
               ,
               and
               all
               sorts
               of
               Potters-ware
               ,
               although
               the
               Irish
               never
               had
               the
               wit
               or
               industrie
               to
               make
               use
               of
               it
               for
               either
               of
               these
               two
               ends
               ;
               yea
               they
               have
               ever
               been
               so
               farre
               from
               making
               any
               earthen
               vessels
               ,
               that
               even
               the
               use
               thereof
               hath
               been
               very
               rare
               amongst
               them
               ,
               and
               to
               the
               most
               part
               unknown
               ,
               not
               only
               before
               the
               comming
               in
               of
               the
               English
               ,
               but
               also
               since
               ,
               yea
               even
               untill
               these
               very
               last
               times
               ;
               although
               a
               great
               number
               of
               English
               Potters
               in
               severall
               parts
               of
               the
               land
               had
               set
               up
               their
               trade
               ,
               so
               as
               all
               kind
               of
               earthen
               ware
               was
               very
               common
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               had
               at
               very
               easie
               rates
               .
            
             
               And
               as
               for
               the
               Brick
               ,
               they
               have
               been
               little
               used
               in
               Ireland
               even
               among
               the
               English
               themselves
               for
               
               a
               great
               while
               ;
               but
               of
               late
               years
               they
               begun
               to
               be
               very
               common
               ,
               as
               well
               in
               the
               countrie
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               Cities
               ,
               especially
               Dublin
               ,
               where
               all
               the
               new
               buildings
               (
               the
               which
               not
               only
               in
               handsomness
               ,
               but
               also
               in
               number
               ,
               doe
               surpass
               the
               old
               )
               are
               all
               made
               of
               Brick
               .
               But
               that
               which
               is
               made
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               is
               not
               so
               good
               ,
               as
               that
               of
               other
               Countries
               ,
               not
               so
               much
               for
               any
               unfitness
               in
               the
               clay
               it self
               ,
               as
               for
               want
               of
               handling
               and
               preparing
               it
               aright
               ;
               as
               may
               easily
               be
               conceived
               by
               the
               following
               description
               of
               the
               manner
               they
               use
               to
               make
               it
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 7.
              
               
               The
               manner
               how
               they
               make
               their
               Brick
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               They
               dig
               a
               great
               square
               pit
               ,
               taking
               away
               all
               the
               uppermost
               earth
               ,
               untill
               they
               come
               to
               a
               good
               clay
               (
               which
               commonly
               lyeth
               one
               or
               two
               spits
               deep
               )
               This
               they
               digge
               up
               throughout
               the
               whole
               pit
               ,
               and
               having
               broke
               it
               very
               small
               with
               the
               spade
               ,
               they
               doe
               by
               degrees
               powre
               a
               great
               deal
               of
               water
               amongst
               it
               ,
               working
               and
               labouring
               it
               together
               with
               the
               spade
               and
               their
               feet
               ,
               till
               the
               whole
               mass
               become
               uniform
               ,
               firm
               and
               tough
               like
               stiff
               dough
               ;
               the
               which
               then
               in
               wheel
               barrowes
               is
               carried
               out
               of
               the
               pit
               to
               a
               place
               where
               certain
               long
               tables
               are
               set
               up
               ,
               to
               each
               of
               which
               tables
               is
               allotted
               one
               man
               ,
               one
               woman
               ,
               &
               one
               boy
               .
               The
               woman
               taketh
               up
               the
               clay
               by
               handfulls
               ,
               from
               the
               heap
               lying
               upon
               the
               ground
               ,
               and
               reacheth
               it
               unto
               the
               man
               ,
               who
               thrusteth
               it
               into
               a
               little
               wodden
               form
               without
               bottom
               ,
               strawing
               now
               and
               then
               some
               sand
               upon
               the
               table
               ,
               that
               the
               clay
               may
               not
               stick
               to
               it
               :
               and
               so
               having
               given
               them
               their
               due
               fashion
               ,
               the
               boy
               doth
               carry
               them
               from
               thence
               
               to
               a
               place
               ,
               where
               he
               layeth
               them
               all
               upon
               the
               ground
               ,
               not
               under
               any
               covert
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               open
               air
               .
               After
               they
               have
               lyen
               some
               dayes
               ,
               and
               are
               somewhat
               dryed
               ,
               they
               are
               piled
               up
               in
               small
               heaps
               ,
               twenty
               or
               thirty
               in
               a
               heap
               ,
               making
               the
               heapes
               transparent
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               ,
               as
               we
               have
               shewed
               above
               of
               the
               Turf
               ,
               Some
               dayes
               after
               those
               little
               piles
               are
               made
               into
               greater
               ,
               which
               are
               many
               feet
               long
               ,
               and
               five
               or
               six
               feet
               high
               ,
               but
               not
               above
               two
               feet
               ,
               or
               two
               and
               a
               half
               broad
               (
               making
               the
               layes
               transparent
               ,
               with
               some
               empty
               space
               between
               brick
               and
               brick
               ,
               even
               so
               as
               in
               the
               small
               piles
               )
               the
               which
               at
               the
               top
               are
               covered
               over
               with
               straw
               ,
               laying
               upon
               the
               straw
               broad
               green
               sods
               ,
               to
               keep
               off
               the
               rain
               .
               Having
               lyen
               so
               untill
               they
               be
               quite
               dry
               ,
               they
               make
               great
               ovens
               or
               Kilnes
               of
               them
               ,
               filling
               them
               within
               with
               the
               same
               ,
               strawing
               betwixt
               them
               of
               that
               small
               sort
               of
               Sea-caol
               ,
               whereof
               wee
               have
               spoke
               heretofore
               ,
               called
               Comb
               or
               Coome
               ,
               and
               having
               covered
               over
               the
               kiln
               with
               the
               same
               clay
               ,
               whereof
               the
               bricks
               are
               made
               ,
               the
               thickness
               of
               two
               hand-broads
               or
               there-abouts
               ,
               they
               set
               it
               afire
               with
               wood
               underneath
               ,
               and
               continue
               the
               fire
               untill
               not
               only
               all
               the
               bricks
               piled
               within
               the
               Kiln
               ,
               but
               all
               the
               walls
               quite
               through
               ,
               and
               at
               the
               out-side
               as
               well
               as
               at
               the
               in-side
               ,
               be
               perfectly
               burnt
               ,
               and
               turned
               into
               good
               brick
               :
               wherein
               oftentimes
               ,
               through
               the
               unskilfulness
               or
               neglect
               of
               those
               who
               make
               &
               fill
               these
               Kilns
               ,
               and
               of
               those
               that
               govern
               the
               fire
               ,
               there
               is
               great
               loss
               ,
               and
               that
               two
               manner
               of
               ways
               .
               For
               sometimes
               great
               part
               of
               the
               Bricks
               is
               found
               not
               to
               be
               sufficiently
               nor
               uniformly
               burnt
               ;
               and
               on
               the
               other
               side
               it
               falleth
               out
               oftentimes
               ,
               that
               great
               quantities
               are
               reduced
               into
               one
               ,
               beeing
               
               burnt
               ,
               or
               half-burnt
               into
               great
               unshapely
               masses
               or
               lumps
               ,
               which
               are
               good
               for
               nothing
               .
            
             
               They
               do
               commonly
               burn
               in
               those
               Kilns
               two
               or
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               Bricks
               at
               a
               time
               ;
               the
               which
               for
               the
               most
               part
               ,
               all
               charges
               being
               reckoned
               ,
               come
               to
               stand
               betwixt
               six
               and
               eight
               shillings
               sterling
               the
               thousand
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 8.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Glass
               made
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               We
               shall
               conclude
               this
               chapter
               with
               the
               Glass
               ,
               there
               having
               been
               severall
               Glass-houses
               set
               up
               by
               the
               English
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               none
               in
               Dublin
               or
               other
               cities
               ,
               but
               all
               of
               them
               in
               the
               countrie
               ;
               amongst
               which
               the
               principall
               was
               that
               of
               Birre
               ,
               a
               Market-town
               ,
               otherwise
               called
               Parsons-town
               ,
               after
               one
               Sir
               
                 Laurence
                 Parsons
              
               ,
               who
               having
               purchased
               that
               Lordship
               ,
               built
               a
               goodly
               house
               upon
               it
               ;
               his
               son
               
                 William
                 Parsons
              
               having
               succeeded
               him
               in
               the
               possession
               of
               it
               ;
               which
               Town
               is
               situate
               in
               Queens
               county
               ,
               about
               fifty
               miles
               to
               the
               South-west
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               upon
               the
               borders
               of
               the
               two
               Provinces
               of
               Leinster
               and
               Munster
               :
               From
               this
               place
               Dublin
               was
               furnished
               with
               all
               sorts
               of
               vvindovv
               and
               drinking-glasses
               ,
               and
               such
               other
               as
               commonly
               are
               in
               use
               .
               One
               part
               of
               the
               materials
               ,
               viz.
               the
               Sand
               ,
               they
               had
               out
               of
               England
               ;
               the
               other
               ,
               to
               vvit
               the
               Ashes
               ,
               they
               made
               in
               the
               place
               of
               Ash-tree
               ,
               and
               used
               no
               other
               .
               The
               chiefest
               difficulty
               vvas
               ,
               to
               get
               the
               clay
               for
               the
               pots
               to
               melt
               the
               materials
               in
               ;
               this
               they
               had
               out
               of
               the
               North.
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXI
             .
             Of
             the
             Temperature
             and
             Qualities
             of
             the
             Air
             ,
             and
             Seasons
             in
             Ireland
             ,
             as
             for
             Heat
             ,
             Cold
             ,
             and
             Moisture
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Cold
               weather
               ,
               and
               the
               Frosts
               .
            
             
               ALthough
               the
               climate
               of
               Ireland
               is
               somewhat
               Northerly
               ,
               the
               Land
               extending
               it self
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               one
               and
               fiftieth
               degree
               of
               Latitude
               ,
               until
               the
               end
               of
               the
               five
               and
               fiftieth
               ,
               nevertheless
               is
               the
               Air
               there
               very
               temperate
               ,
               and
               nothing
               subject
               to
               violent
               Colds
               (
               not
               onely
               in
               Munster
               ,
               Leinster
               ,
               and
               Connaught
               ,
               but
               even
               in
               the
               most
               Northern-part
               ,
               to
               wit
               the
               Province
               of
               Ulster
               )
               much
               less
               than
               any
               other
               Land
               lying
               in
               the
               same
               height
               or
               latitude
               ,
               yea
               than
               many
               Countries
               of
               a
               much
               more
               Southerly-climate
               .
            
             
               True
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               Cold-weather
               doth
               commonly
               begin
               here
               somewhat
               soon
               ,
               namely
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               October
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               in
               the
               middle
               or
               latter
               end
               of
               September
               ,
               continuing
               ordinarily
               the
               space
               of
               five
               or
               six
               moneths
               ,
               until
               the
               midst
               or
               latter
               end
               of
               March
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               also
               good
               part
               of
               April
               ;
               during
               which
               whole
               space
               of
               time
               all
               such
               persons
               as
               are
               chilly
               and
               cold
               of
               nature
               ,
               and
               do
               sit
               still
               much
               ,
               can
               hardly
               be
               any
               long
               while
               without
               a
               fire
               .
            
             
               But
               again
               on
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               it
               is
               very
               seldom
               violently
               cold
               there
               ,
               and
               freezeth
               but
               little
               :
               there
               are
               commonly
               three
               or
               four
               Frosts
               in
               one
               Winter
               ;
               but
               they
               are
               very
               short
               ,
               seldom
               lasting
               longer
               than
               three
               or
               four
               days
               together
               ,
               &
               withall
               
               at
               their
               very
               worst
               nothing
               near
               so
               violent
               as
               in
               most
               other
               Countries
               ;
               so
               that
               some
               all
               Winter
               long
               hardly
               come
               near
               a
               fire
               once
               in
               a
               day
               ;
               and
               that
               not
               only
               in
               the
               ordinary
               cold
               weather
               ,
               but
               even
               whilst
               it
               is
               a
               freezing
               .
            
             
               Yea
               many
               times
               the
               cold
               is
               so
               slack
               even
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               Winter-moneths
               ,
               that
               by
               walking
               onely
               ,
               or
               doing
               some
               other
               moderate
               exercise
               ,
               you
               shall
               find
               your self
               as
               warm
               ,
               and
               the
               Air
               as
               sweet
               and
               pleasant
               ,
               as
               if
               it
               were
               in
               the
               moneth
               of
               May.
               
            
             
               There
               hath
               been
               some
               Winters
               ,
               wherein
               it
               hath
               frozen
               ten
               or
               twelve
               dayes
               together
               ,
               so
               as
               the
               Liffie
               ,
               and
               other
               the
               like
               Rivers
               were
               quite
               frozen
               ,
               and
               might
               be
               gone
               upon
               by
               men
               and
               beasts
               :
               But
               those
               are
               altogether
               extraordinary
               ,
               and
               do
               come
               very
               seldom
               ,
               hardly
               once
               in
               the
               space
               of
               ten
               or
               twelve
               years
               .
            
             
               But
               how
               mild
               they
               ordinarily
               be
               ,
               and
               how
               little
               subject
               to
               excessive
               cold
               ,
               may
               appear
               hereby
               ,
               that
               all
               kind
               of
               beasts
               and
               cattle
               ,
               as
               cows
               ,
               horses
               ,
               and
               sheep
               ,
               do
               there
               all
               Winter
               long
               remain
               abroad
               ,
               and
               do
               ●eed
               in
               the
               fields
               ,
               where
               they
               are
               left
               in
               the
               night-time
               as
               well
               as
               in
               the
               day
               ,
               and
               that
               many
               herbs
               ,
               which
               in
               England
               and
               Netherland
               do●
               dye
               every
               Winter
               ,
               here
               continue
               all
               the
               year
               long
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Warm-weather
               .
            
             
               And
               as
               the
               cold
               in
               Winter
               is
               very
               moderate
               and
               tolerable
               ,
               so
               is
               also
               the
               heat
               in
               Summer
               ;
               the
               which
               is
               seldom
               so
               great
               ,
               even
               in
               the
               hottest
               times
               of
               the
               year
               ,
               as
               to
               be
               greatly
               troublesome
               .
               And
               it
               falleth
               out
               oft
               enough
               in
               the
               very
               Summer-moneths
               ,
               that
               the
               weather
               is
               more
               inclinable
               
               to
               cold
               than
               to
               heat
               ,
               so
               as
               one
               may
               very
               well
               endure
               to
               come
               near
               a
               good
               fire
               .
               And
               this
               cometh
               to
               pass
               only
               during
               the
               Wet-weather
               ,
               for
               else
               ,
               and
               whilst
               it
               is
               fair
               ,
               it
               is
               very
               warm
               all
               summer
               long
               ,
               albeit
               seldom
               over-hot
               :
               And
               so
               it
               is
               many
               times
               also
               even
               on
               the
               rainie
               dayes
               ,
               whereas
               for
               the
               most
               part
               it
               is
               very
               cool
               in
               them
               ,
               and
               the
               heat
               much
               less
               than
               the
               season
               doth
               require
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Rain
               and
               We●-weather
               .
            
             
               The
               Rain
               is
               very
               ordinary
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               it
               raineth
               there
               very
               much
               all
               the
               year
               long
               ,
               in
               the
               Summer
               as
               well
               as
               in
               the
               Winter
               .
               Commonly
               in
               the
               Spring
               of
               the
               year
               it
               is
               very
               fair
               weather
               ,
               with
               clear
               sun-shine
               from
               morning
               till
               night
               ,
               for
               the
               space
               of
               five
               or
               six
               weeks
               together
               ,
               with
               very
               little
               or
               no
               interruption
               ;
               which
               fair
               weather
               beginneth
               commonly
               in
               the
               mon●th
               of
               March
               ,
               some
               years
               in
               the
               beginning
               ,
               other
               yeares
               in
               the
               midst
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               in
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               it
               .
               But
               the
               same
               being
               once
               past
               ,
               it
               raineth
               afterwards
               very
               much
               all
               the
               Summer
               long
               ,
               so
               as
               it
               is
               a
               rare
               thing
               to
               see
               a
               whole
               week
               pass
               without
               it
               ;
               and
               many
               Summers
               it
               is
               never
               dry
               weather
               two
               or
               three
               dayes
               together
               .
               Which
               inconstancy
               and
               wetness
               of
               the
               weather
               is
               not
               only
               troublesome
               to
               men
               ,
               but
               also
               hurtfull
               to
               all
               things
               growing
               out
               of
               the
               ground
               for
               mans
               behoof
               .
               For
               the
               heat
               never
               being
               very
               great
               ,
               and
               there
               besides
               often
               interrupted
               by
               the
               intervention
               of
               the
               foul
               weather
               ,
               hath
               neither
               time
               nor
               strength
               enough
               to
               ripen
               them
               so
               well
               and
               so
               soon
               ,
               as
               otherwise
               it
               would
               ;
               whereby
               it
               cometh
               to
               pass
               ,
               that
               as
               well
               the
               fruits
               of
               trees
               ,
               as
               the
               corn
               and
               grass
               ,
               here
               commonly
               much
               ●ater
               do
               come
               to
               perfection
               ,
               
               than
               in
               the
               most
               part
               of
               other
               neighbouring
               Countries
               .
               And
               as
               the
               ripeness
               of
               the
               fruits
               and
               other
               increase
               of
               the
               earth
               is
               greatly
               retarded
               by
               the
               abundance
               of
               unseasonable
               rain
               ;
               so
               it
               doth
               also
               fall
               out
               oftentimes
               ,
               that
               the
               same
               being
               come
               to
               ripeness
               ,
               it
               is
               difficult
               to
               get
               them
               in
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               exceeding
               store
               of
               rain
               which
               doth
               come
               down
               during
               the
               Hay-time
               and
               the
               Harvest
               .
               Wherefore
               it
               behoveth
               one
               here
               to
               be
               wonderfull
               diligent
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               lose
               any
               part
               of
               the
               fair
               weather
               :
               For
               else
               one
               would
               run
               great
               hazard
               to
               sustain
               great
               losses
               ,
               and
               to
               have
               all
               spoyled
               .
               But
               those
               that
               are
               vigilant
               and
               carefull
               ,
               and
               that
               lose
               no
               occasion
               at
               all
               ,
               do
               commonly
               in
               the
               end
               get
               in
               their
               increase
               well
               enough
               ,
               notwithstanding
               all
               those
               great
               hinderances
               ;
               so
               that
               there
               be
               as
               few
               years
               of
               dearth
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               as
               in
               any
               other
               Country
               of
               Christendom
               ;
               and
               most
               years
               there
               is
               not
               only
               Corn
               enough
               got
               for
               the
               sustenance
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               but
               a
               great
               deal
               over
               and
               above
               ,
               for
               the
               sending
               out
               of
               great
               quantities
               of
               Grains
               into
               other
               countries
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               fair
               weather
               in
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               Autumn
               .
               In
               the
               foul
               weather
               the
               nights
               are
               often
               fair
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               Autumn
               weather
               is
               commonly
               fair
               again
               for
               some
               weeks
               together
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               as
               in
               the
               Spring
               ,
               but
               not
               so
               long
               ;
               which
               as
               it
               doth
               serve
               for
               to
               dry
               up
               ,
               and
               to
               get
               in
               the
               Corn
               and
               Hay
               ,
               which
               till
               then
               hath
               remained
               in
               the
               fields
               ▪
               the
               too
               much
               wet
               having
               hindered
               it
               from
               being
               brought
               away
               sooner
               ;
               so
               it
               giveth
               the
               opportunity
               of
               plowing
               the
               ground
               ,
               and
               sowing
               the
               Winter-corn
               ;
               the
               which
               
               otherwise
               would
               very
               hardly
               be
               done
               .
            
             
               For
               that
               season
               being
               once
               past
               ,
               you
               have
               very
               little
               dry
               weather
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Autumn
               ,
               and
               during
               all
               Winter
               .
               And
               although
               it
               doth
               seldom
               rain
               continually
               for
               many
               dayes
               together
               ,
               yet
               is
               the
               wetness
               very
               great
               ,
               and
               few
               weeks
               doe
               pass
               ,
               wherein
               are
               not
               two
               or
               three
               rainy
               dayes
               .
               And
               it
               is
               to
               be
               observed
               ,
               that
               ordinarily
               it
               raineth
               in
               Ireland
               much
               more
               by
               day
               than
               by
               night
               ;
               and
               that
               many
               times
               when
               it
               doth
               rain
               two
               or
               three
               dayes
               together
               ,
               the
               nights
               between
               are
               very
               clear
               and
               fair
               ;
               the
               which
               also
               many
               times
               falleth
               out
               in
               other
               foul
               weather
               ,
               and
               when
               all
               day
               long
               the
               Skie
               is
               overcast
               with
               Clouds
               and
               Mists
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Some
               dry
               Summers
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               but
               hardly
               ever
               any
               too
               dry
               .
            
             
               But
               although
               it
               is
               ordinarily
               thus
               in
               Ireland
               ;
               yet
               the
               same
               inconstancy
               and
               variablenes
               of
               years
               and
               seasons
               ,
               which
               is
               observed
               in
               most
               other
               Countries
               ,
               doth
               also
               here
               occur
               ,
               and
               that
               more
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               Summers
               &
               dry
               weather
               ,
               than
               of
               the
               Winters
               and
               cold
               .
               For
               it
               is
               marvellous
               seldom
               to
               have
               there
               a
               hard
               Winter
               and
               long
               ●rost
               ;
               but
               Summers
               have
               been
               which
               were
               ful
               of
               very
               dry
               ,
               and
               fair
               ,
               and
               pleasant
               weather
               .
               But
               as
               Winters
               cruelly
               cold
               ,
               so
               likewise
               over-dry
               Summers
               do
               in
               this
               Iland
               hardly
               come
               once
               in
               an
               Age
               ;
               And
               it
               is
               a
               common
               saying
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               that
               the
               very
               dryest
               Summers
               there
               never
               hurt
               the
               land
               :
               For
               although
               the
               Corn
               and
               Grass
               upon
               the
               high
               and
               dry
               grounds
               may
               get
               harm
               ,
               nevertheless
               the
               Country
               in
               generall
               gets
               more
               good
               than
               hurt
               by
               it
               :
               And
               when
               any
               dearths
               fall
               out
               to
               be
               in
               
               Ireland
               ,
               they
               are
               not
               caused
               through
               immoderate
               heat
               and
               drought
               ,
               as
               in
               most
               other
               Countries
               ,
               but
               through
               too
               much
               wet
               ,
               and
               excessive
               rain
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Amendment
               of
               the
               wet
               Air
               in
               Ireland
               how
               to
               be
               expected
               .
            
             
               So
               that
               the
               Irish-air
               is
               greatly
               defectuous
               in
               this
               part
               ,
               and
               too
               much
               subject
               to
               wet
               and
               rainy
               weather
               ;
               wherein
               if
               it
               were
               of
               somewhat
               a
               better
               temperature
               ,
               and
               as
               free
               from
               too
               much
               wet
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               from
               excessive
               cold
               ,
               it
               would
               be
               one
               of
               the
               sweetest
               and
               pleasantest
               in
               the
               whole
               world
               ,
               and
               very
               few
               Countries
               could
               be
               named
               ,
               that
               might
               be
               compared
               with
               Ireland
               for
               agreeable
               temperateness
               .
               And
               although
               it
               is
               unlikely
               ,
               that
               any
               revolution
               of
               times
               will
               produce
               any
               considerable
               alteration
               in
               this
               (
               the
               which
               indeed
               in
               some
               other
               Countries
               hath
               caused
               wonderfull
               changes
               )
               because
               that
               those
               who
               many
               Ages
               ago
               have
               written
               of
               this
               Iland
               ,
               doe
               witness
               the
               self
               same
               things
               of
               it
               in
               this
               particular
               ,
               as
               wee
               doe
               find
               in
               our
               time
               :
               There
               is
               nevertheless
               great
               probability
               that
               this
               defect
               may
               in
               part
               be
               amended
               by
               the
               industry
               of
               men
               ,
               if
               the
               country
               being
               once
               inhabited
               throughout
               by
               a
               civill
               Nation
               ,
               care
               were
               taken
               every
               where
               to
               diminish
               and
               take
               away
               the
               superfluous
               and
               excessive
               wetness
               of
               the
               ground
               ,
               in
               all
               the
               watery
               and
               boggy
               places
               ,
               whereby
               this
               too
               great
               moystness
               of
               the
               Air
               is
               greatly
               increased
               ,
               and
               partly
               also
               occasiond
            
             
               This
               opinion
               is
               not
               grounded
               upon
               some
               uncertain
               speculation
               ,
               but
               upon
               assured
               experience
               ;
               for
               severall
               knowing
               and
               credible
               persons
               
               have
               affirmed
               to
               me
               ,
               that
               already
               some
               yeares
               since
               good
               beginnings
               have
               been
               seen
               of
               it
               ;
               and
               that
               in
               some
               parts
               of
               the
               land
               well
               inhabited
               with
               English
               ,
               and
               where
               great
               extents
               of
               Bogs
               have
               been
               drained
               and
               reduced
               to
               dry
               land
               ,
               it
               hath
               been
               found
               by
               the
               observation
               of
               some
               years
               one
               after
               another
               ,
               that
               they
               have
               had
               a
               dryer
               air
               ,
               and
               much
               less
               troubled
               with
               rain
               ,
               than
               in
               former
               times
               .
            
             
               Herewith
               agreeth
               what
               we
               read
               in
               that
               famous
               Writer
               Pliny
               ,
               in
               the
               fourth
               Chapter
               of
               the
               seventeenth
               Book
               of
               his
               Naturall
               History
               ,
               concerning
               that
               part
               of
               Macedonie
               ,
               wherein
               the
               City
               Philippi
               was
               seated
               ;
               where
               the
               Air
               formerly
               having
               been
               very
               rainie
               ,
               was
               greatly
               amended
               by
               the
               altering
               the
               wetness
               of
               the
               ground
               :
               His
               words
               are
               these
               ,
               
                 Circa
                 Philippos
                 cultura
                 siccata
                 regio
                 ,
                 mutavit
                 coeli
                 habitum
                 :
              
               That
               is
               ,
               word
               for
               word
               ,
               
                 The
                 Country
                 about
                 Philippi
                 being
                 dryed
                 up
                 through
                 tillage
                 ,
                 hath
                 altered
                 the
                 quality
                 of
                 the
                 Air.
                 
              
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXII
             .
             Of
             the
             Dew
             ,
             Mist
             ,
             Snow
             ,
             Hail
             ,
             Hoar-frost
             ,
             Thunder
             and
             Lightning
             ,
             Earthquake
             and
             Winds
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Dew
               .
            
             
               THe
               Naturalists
               and
               Geographers
               do
               assure
               us
               ,
               that
               it
               deweth
               exceedingly
               in
               the
               hot
               and
               dry
               Countries
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               less
               it
               useth
               to
               rain
               in
               a
               Country
               ,
               the
               Dew
               doth
               fall
               there
               
               the
               more
               ●bundantly
               ;
               whereby
               it
               should
               seem
               to
               follow
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               wet
               climate
               it
               deweth
               very
               little
               ,
               and
               consequently
               that
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               where
               it
               raineth
               so
               very
               much
               ,
               the
               Dew
               must
               be
               very
               scanty
               .
               But
               there
               is
               as
               much
               Dew
               there
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               Countries
               that
               are
               a
               great
               deal
               hotter
               and
               dryer
               .
               Onely
               thus
               much
               experience
               doth
               shew
               in
               Ireland
               (
               and
               it
               may
               be
               as
               well
               in
               other
               Countries
               ,
               whereof
               I
               have
               not
               yet
               informed
               my self
               )
               that
               when
               it
               is
               towards
               any
               great
               rain
               ,
               little
               or
               no
               Dew
               doth
               fall
               ;
               so
               as
               in
               those
               times
               going
               forth
               early
               in
               the
               morning
               into
               the
               green
               fields
               ,
               you
               will
               finde
               them
               altogether
               dry
               ,
               and
               that
               even
               in
               that
               season
               ,
               wherein
               the
               Dew
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               neighbouring
               Countries
               ,
               useth
               to
               fall
               more
               abundantly
               ,
               than
               in
               any
               other
               time
               of
               the
               year
               ,
               to
               wit
               in
               the
               moneths
               of
               May
               and
               June
               :
               This
               is
               a
               certain
               sign
               to
               the
               inhabitants
               ,
               that
               great
               rain
               is
               to
               fall
               suddenly
               ;
               and
               commonly
               after
               such
               a
               dry
               and
               dewless
               night
               it
               useth
               to
               rain
               two
               or
               three
               days
               together
               .
               But
               the
               preceding
               rain
               doth
               not
               hinder
               the
               Dew
               in
               that
               manner
               ,
               as
               that
               which
               is
               imminent
               ;
               and
               it
               is
               found
               ordinarily
               ,
               that
               in
               a
               clear
               night
               follovving
               a
               rainy
               day
               (
               the
               which
               is
               very
               ordinary
               ,
               as
               we
               have
               sayd
               in
               the
               preceding
               Chapter
               )
               the
               Dew
               commeth
               down
               as
               liberally
               as
               if
               it
               had
               not
               rained
               the
               day
               before
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Of
               May-dew
               ,
               and
               the
               manner
               of
               gathering
               ,
               and
               preserving
               it
               .
            
             
               The
               English
               women
               ,
               and
               Gentlewomen
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               as
               in
               England
               ,
               did
               use
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               Summer
               to
               gather
               good
               store
               of
               Dew
               ,
               to
               keep
               it
               by
               them
               all
               the
               year
               after
               for
               
               several
               good
               uses
               both
               of
               physick
               and
               otherwise
               ,
               wherein
               by
               experience
               they
               have
               learnt
               it
               to
               be
               very
               available
               .
               Their
               manner
               of
               collecting
               and
               keeping
               it
               was
               this
               .
               In
               the
               moneth
               of
               May
               especially
               ,
               and
               also
               in
               part
               of
               the
               moneth
               of
               June
               ,
               they
               would
               go
               forth
               betimes
               in
               the
               morning
               ,
               and
               before
               Sun-rising
               ,
               into
               a
               green
               field
               ,
               and
               there
               either
               with
               their
               hands
               strike
               off
               the
               Dew
               from
               the
               tops
               of
               the
               herbs
               into
               a
               dish
               ,
               or
               else
               throwing
               clean
               linnen
               clothes
               upon
               the
               ground
               ,
               take
               off
               the
               Dew
               from
               the
               herbs
               into
               them
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               wring
               it
               out
               into
               dishes
               ;
               and
               thus
               they
               continue
               their
               work
               untill
               they
               have
               got
               a
               sufficient
               quantity
               of
               Dew
               according
               to
               their
               intentions
               .
               That
               which
               is
               gotten
               from
               the
               grass
               will
               serve
               ,
               but
               they
               chuse
               rather
               to
               have
               it
               from
               the
               green
               corn
               ,
               especially
               Wheat
               ,
               if
               they
               can
               have
               the
               conveniency
               to
               do
               so
               ,
               as
               being
               perswaded
               that
               this
               Dew
               hath
               more
               vertues
               ,
               and
               is
               better
               for
               all
               purposes
               ,
               than
               that
               which
               hath
               been
               collected
               from
               the
               grass
               or
               other
               herbs
               .
               The
               Dew
               thus
               gathered
               they
               put
               into
               a
               glass
               bottle
               ,
               and
               so
               set
               it
               in
               a
               place
               where
               it
               may
               have
               the
               warm
               Sun-shine
               all
               day
               long
               ,
               keeping
               it
               there
               all
               the
               Summer
               ;
               after
               some
               dayes
               rest
               some
               dregs
               and
               dirt
               will
               settle
               to
               the
               bottom
               ;
               the
               which
               when
               they
               perceive
               ,
               they
               pour
               off
               all
               the
               clear
               Dew
               into
               another
               vessel
               ,
               and
               fling
               away
               those
               setlings
               .
               This
               they
               doe
               often
               ,
               because
               the
               Dew
               doth
               not
               purge
               it self
               perfectly
               in
               a
               few
               dayes
               ,
               but
               by
               degrees
               ,
               so
               as
               new
               dregs
               (
               severed
               from
               the
               purer
               parts
               by
               the
               working
               of
               the
               Dew
               ,
               helped
               on
               by
               the
               Sun-beams
               )
               do
               settle
               again
               ;
               of
               the
               
               which
               as
               often
               as
               those
               good
               women
               see
               any
               notable
               quantity
               ,
               they
               st●ll
               powre
               off
               the
               clear
               Dew
               from
               them
               :
               doing
               thus
               all
               Summer
               long
               ,
               untill
               it
               be
               clear
               to
               the
               bottom
               .
            
             
               The
               Dew
               thus
               thoroughly
               purified
               looketh
               whitish
               ,
               and
               kepeth
               good
               for
               a
               year
               or
               two
               after
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Mists
               and
               Fogs
               .
            
             
               We
               have
               shewed
               how
               much
               Ireland
               is
               subject
               to
               Rain
               ,
               and
               so
               it
               is
               likewise
               to
               dark
               weather
               ,
               and
               overcasting
               of
               the
               air
               even
               when
               it
               raineth
               not
               ,
               which
               continueth
               sometimes
               many
               dayes
               together
               ,
               especially
               in
               Winter-time
               .
            
             
               But
               as
               for
               the
               Fogs
               &
               Mists
               ,
               Ireland
               is
               no
               more
               troubled
               with
               them
               than
               other
               regions
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               plain
               countrie
               ,
               for
               in
               the
               mountaines
               they
               are
               much
               more
               frequent
               ,
               so
               that
               oftentimes
               they
               are
               covered
               with
               them
               for
               a
               great
               way
               ,
               the
               space
               of
               some
               houres
               together
               ,
               when
               at
               the
               same
               time
               there
               is
               none
               in
               the
               neighbouring
               plain
               countrie
               ;
               and
               in
               the
               high
               mountaines
               it
               commeth
               many
               times
               to
               pass
               that
               in
               a
               fair
               day
               the
               top
               thereof
               for
               a
               long
               time
               together
               is
               covered
               over
               with
               a
               thick
               Mist
               ,
               when
               not
               only
               the
               adjacent
               country
               ,
               but
               even
               the
               lower
               part
               of
               those
               mountains
               doe
               njoy
               a
               clear
               Sun-shine
               .
               And
               sometimes
               it
               befalleth
               the
               tops
               as
               well
               as
               the
               lower
               parts
               beeing
               free
               from
               them
               ,
               the
               middle
               parts
               are
               quite
               covered
               there-with
               :
               as
               my
               brother
               in
               his
               travels
               hath
               many
               times
               observed
               in
               severall
               parts
               ,
               especially
               upon
               those
               high
               mountaines
               between
               Dundalke
               and
               Carlingford
               ,
               as
               well
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               summer
               ,
               as
               at
               other
               times
               of
               the
               year
               .
            
             
               And
               in
               many
               places
               it
               is
               found
               by
               experience
               
               that
               the
               like
               Fogs
               upon
               the
               tops
               of
               the
               mountaines
               is
               a
               fore-runner
               of
               rain
               in
               the
               next
               conntry
               :
               whereof
               all
               those
               who
               have
               lived
               any
               time
               at
               Dublin
               ,
               may
               have
               good
               knowledge
               .
               For
               seldom
               a
               mist
               appeareth
               upon
               the
               top
               of
               the
               Wickloe-mountains
               ,
               situated
               some
               five
               or
               six
               miles
               to
               the
               South
               of
               Dublin
               ,
               or
               of
               the
               head
               of
               both
               ,
               without
               beeing
               followed
               with
               rain
               at
               Dublin
               and
               the
               adjacent
               parts
               within
               24.
               houres
               :
               wherein
               is
               observable
               ,
               that
               a
               Fog
               quite
               covering
               those
               mountaines
               all
               over
               is
               not
               so
               sure
               a
               signe
               of
               Rain
               ,
               as
               when
               it
               is
               only
               upon
               the
               top
               :
               and
               that
               those
               generall
               Mists
               upon
               the
               mountains
               are
               often
               seen
               without
               any
               following
               Rain
               ,
               the
               which
               very
               seldom
               or
               never
               happeneth
               in
               the
               others
               .
            
             
               There
               be
               two
               sorts
               of
               Mists
               or
               Fogs
               in
               Ireland
               :
               the
               one
               is
               uniform
               and
               constant
               ,
               quite
               filling
               the
               air
               of
               all
               sides
               ,
               whereby
               all
               manner
               of
               prospect
               is
               taken
               away
               ,
               and
               continuing
               after
               the
               same
               fashion
               ,
               untill
               it
               vanish
               by
               degrees
               ,
               either
               ascending
               up
               into
               the
               Air
               ,
               or
               falling
               to
               the
               ground
               ;
               whereofhere
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               countries
               ,
               the
               first
               is
               commonly
               followed
               with
               Rain
               ,
               and
               the
               second
               with
               fair
               weather
            
             
               In
               the
               other
               sort
               are
               great
               parcells
               or
               flakes
               of
               foggie
               vapours
               scattered
               up
               and
               down
               the
               Air
               ,
               with
               clear
               spaces
               betwixt
               :
               the
               which
               flakes
               doe
               not
               keep
               one
               place
               ,
               but
               fly
               to
               and
               fro
               ,
               according
               as
               they
               are
               driven
               by
               the
               wind
               ,
               and
               that
               sometimes
               very
               swiftly
               ;
               this
               kind
               of
               Fog
               doth
               arise
               not
               only
               upon
               the
               seaside
               ,
               but
               also
               within
               the
               land
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               mountaines
               :
               oftentimes
               turning
               into
               a
               generall
               mist.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Snow
               ,
               Hail
               ,
               and
               Hoar-frost
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               most
               part
               there
               falleth
               no
               great
               store
               of
               Snow
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               some
               yeares
               none
               at
               all
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               plain
               countries
               .
               In
               the
               mountaines
               there
               is
               commonly
               greater
               plenty
               of
               Snow
               ,
               than
               in
               other
               parts
               ,
               So
               that
               all
               kind
               of
               cattle
               ,
               doe
               all
               winter
               ●ong
               remain
               there
               abroad
               ,
               being
               seldome
               troubled
               with
               very
               great
               frost
               or
               snow
               ,
               and
               doe
               feed
               in
               the
               fields
               night
               and
               day
               ,
               as
               wee
               have
               related
               more
               amply
               above
               ;
               yet
               it
               hath
               happened
               that
               in
               a
               winter
               ,
               one
               of
               many
               ,
               abundance
               of
               snow
               hath
               fallen
               ,
               instance
               that
               of
               the
               year
               1635
               where
               about
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               Ianuary
               and
               the
               beginning
               of
               February
               great
               store
               of
               snow
               did
               fall
               to
               the
               great
               damage
               of
               the
               cat●le
               ,
               chiefly
               in
               the
               Northern
               parts
               (
               where
               it
               did
               snow
               most
               excedingly
               )
               so
               as
               the
               People
               were
               put
               to
               hard
               shif●s
               to
               bring
               their
               cattle
               in
               safety
               to
               their
               folds
               and
               other
               covered
               places
               ,
               One
               history
               among
               the
               rest
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               strangeness
               of
               it
               ,
               I
               thinke
               will
               not
               be
               improper
               to
               relate
               as
               it
               hath
               been
               asser●ed
               to
               me
               by
               very
               credible
               persons
               ,
               A
               Gentleman
               living
               about
               Ballaneah
               in
               the
               Countie
               of
               Cavan
               ,
               took
               great
               pains
               to
               save
               his
               sheep
               ,
               yet
               missed
               eleven
               of
               them
               ;
               some
               dayes
               after
               being
               come
               forth
               to
               course
               ,
               his
               man
               saw
               from
               a
               ●arre
               off
               upon
               a
               hill
               ,
               in
               a
               hollow
               place
               of
               a
               rock
               ,
               part
               of
               it
               being
               covered
               with
               the
               top
               hangging
               over
               it
               ,
               something
               alive
               and
               stirring
               ,
               they
               thought
               it
               had
               been
               a
               Hare
               or
               a
               Fox
               ,
               but
               comming
               neer
               they
               found
               it
               was
               the
               lost
               sheep
               ,
               the
               which
               had
               sheer
               eaten
               away
               all
               the
               wool
               ●rom
               one
               anothers
               back
               (
               being
               destitute
               of
               all
               other
               food
               ,
               all
               ●ound
               about
               being
               covered
               with
               deep
               snow
               )
               
               and
               which
               is
               more
               wonderfull
               one
               of
               them
               being
               dead
               ,
               the
               rest
               did
               eat
               her
               flesh
               ,
               leaving
               nothing
               but
               the
               bar
               bones
               .
            
             
               It
               doth
               also
               longer
               contiune
               there
               :
               so
               as
               it
               is
               and
               ordinary
               thing
               in
               those
               by
               Dublin
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               high
               mountaines
               throughout
               the
               Land
               ,
               to
               see
               the
               Snow
               lying
               upon
               the
               tops
               of
               them
               many
               dayes
               ,
               yea
               weekes
               ,
               after
               that
               in
               the
               nether
               parts
               and
               plain
               countrie
               it
               is
               thawed
               and
               quite
               vanished
               .
            
             
               It
               Haileth
               there
               but
               seldome
               ,
               and
               in
               thinne
               short
               shoures
               ,
               the
               hail-stones
               also
               being
               very
               little
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               Hoar-frost
               ,
               that
               is
               as
               common
               here
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               countri●s
               ,
               and
               that
               not
               only
               in
               the
               coldest
               months
               ,
               and
               during
               the
               frost
               ,
               but
               even
               in
               the
               Spring
               :
               so
               as
               commonly
               during
               all
               the
               fair
               weather
               of
               that
               season
               ,
               of
               some
               weeks
               togethet
               ,
               whereof
               wee
               have
               spoke
               heretofore
               ,
               every
               morning
               all
               the
               green
               herbs
               of
               the
               gardens
               and
               fields
               are
               quite
               covered
               over
               with
               it
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Thunder
               ,
               Lightning
               ,
               and
               Earthquakes
               .
            
             
               Ireland
               is
               as
               litle
               subject
               to
               Thunder
               and
               lightning
               ,
               as
               any
               other
               countrie
               in
               the
               world
               ,
               for
               it
               is
               a
               common
               thing
               ,
               to
               see
               whole
               yeares
               pass
               wi●hout
               them
               ,
               and
               in
               those
               yeares
               ,
               where-in
               any
               are
               ,
               one
               shall
               seldome
               have
               them
               above
               once
               or
               twice
               in
               a
               Summer
               ,
               and
               that
               with
               so
               weak
               noise
               of
               the
               thunder
               ,
               and
               so
               feeble
               a
               shining
               of
               the
               Lightning
               ,
               that
               even
               the
               most
               fearfull
               persons
               are
               hardly
               frightned
               at
               all
               there-by
               ,
               much
               less
               any
               harm
               done
               to
               men
               or
               beasts
               .
            
             
               From
               Earthquakes
               this
               Iland
               is
               not
               altogether
               exempt
               ;
               but
               withall
               they
               are
               so
               seldom
               ,
               that
               they
               
               hardly
               come
               once
               in
               an
               age
               :
               and
               it
               is
               so
               long
               agoe
               since
               the
               last
               of
               all
               was
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               as
               much
               as
               the
               most
               aged
               persons
               now
               alive
               can
               even
               remember
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 6.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Winds
               .
            
             
               With
               Winds
               it
               is
               in
               this
               countrie
               almost
               as
               with
               Rain
               ,
               Ireland
               not
               only
               having
               its
               share
               in
               them
               ,
               as
               other
               countries
               ,
               but
               being
               very
               much
               subject
               to
               them
               ,
               more
               than
               most
               other
               parts
               of
               the
               world
               .
               For
               the
               Winds
               blow
               very
               much
               at
               all
               times
               of
               the
               year
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               Winter
               months
               ,
               when
               also
               there
               are
               many
               stormes
               ,
               which
               sometimes
               doe
               continue
               severall
               dayes
               together
               .
            
             
               And
               it
               is
               worth
               the
               observation
               ,
               that
               not
               only
               storm-winds
               ,
               but
               others
               also
               ,
               do
               in
               Ireland
               much
               seldomer
               blow
               out
               of
               the
               East
               ,
               than
               out
               of
               the
               West
               ,
               especiall
               in
               the
               winter
               ;
               so
               that
               commonly
               there
               is
               no
               need
               of
               a
               wind
               to
               be
               wafted
               over
               into
               England
               :
               where
               to
               the
               contrary
               ,
               those
               ,
               who
               out
               of
               England
               will
               come
               over
               into
               Ireland
               ,
               very
               ordinarily
               are
               constrained
               to
               wait
               two
               or
               three
               weeks
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               five
               or
               six
               weeks
               ,
               yea
               it
               hath
               faln
               out
               so
               more
               than
               once
               ,
               that
               in
               two
               whole
               months
               ,
               and
               longer
               ,
               there
               hath
               not
               been
               somuch
               East-wind
               ,
               as
               to
               carry
               ships
               out
               of
               England
               into
               Ireland
               :
               notable
               instances
               whereof
               the
               History
               of
               the
               first
               conquest
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               that
               of
               the
               Lord
               Mountjoy
               ,
               subbuer
               of
               Tirone's
               rebellion
               ,
               doth
               afford
               .
            
             
               But
               in
               the
               Summer-time
               ,
               and
               chiefly
               in
               the
               Spring
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               months
               of
               March
               ,
               Aprill
               ,
               and
               May
               ,
               one
               is
               not
               so
               much
               subject
               to
               that
               incommodity
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               other
               times
               of
               the
               year
               .
            
             
               And
               as
               the
               West-winds
               are
               much
               more
               common
               
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               especially
               upon
               this
               coast
               lying
               over
               against
               Great-Britain
               ,
               than
               the
               East
               ;
               so
               likewise
               the
               South
               winds
               are
               much
               more
               ordinary
               there
               ,
               than
               the
               North
               :
               which
               two
               winds
               there
               doe
               seldome
               blow
               alone
               ,
               but
               for
               the
               most
               part
               doe
               accompany
               one
               of
               the
               two
               other
               ,
               especially
               the
               North-wind
               ,
               the
               which
               also
               doth
               oftner
               join
               it self
               with
               the
               East
               than
               with
               the
               West-wind
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXIII
             .
             Of
             the
             Healthfullness
             of
             Ireland
             ,
             and
             what
             Sicknesses
             it
             is
             free
             from
             ,
             and
             subject
             unto
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Many
               old
               and
               Healthfull
               people
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               ALthough
               Ireland
               is
               obnoxious
               to
               excessive
               wetness
               ,
               nevertheless
               it
               is
               very
               wholsome
               for
               the
               habitation
               of
               Men
               ,
               as
               clearly
               doth
               appear
               by
               that
               there
               are
               as
               few
               sickly
               persons
               ,
               and
               as
               many
               people
               live
               to
               a
               great
               age
               ,
               as
               in
               any
               of
               the
               neighbouring
               Countries
               :
               For
               both
               men
               and
               women
               ,
               setting
               those
               aside
               who
               through
               idleness
               and
               intemperance
               do
               shorten
               their
               dayes
               ,
               attain
               here
               for
               the
               most
               part
               to
               a
               fair
               age
               ,
               very
               many
               living
               to
               be
               very
               old
               ,
               and
               to
               pass
               not
               only
               the
               age
               of
               fourscore
               ,
               but
               of
               fourscore
               and
               ten
               ;
               and
               severall
               there
               are
               found
               at
               all
               times
               ,
               who
               doe
               very
               near
               reach
               an
               hundred
               yea●es
               ,
               some
               out-living
               and
               passing
               them
               .
               And
               the
               most
               part
               of
               those
               aged
               persons
               are
               in
               very
               good
               disposition
               ,
               injoying
               not
               only
               their
               health
               ,
               but
               also
               the
               use
               of
               their
               
               limbs
               ,
               senses
               ,
               and
               understanding
               ,
               even
               to
               their
               utmost
               yeares
               .
               Among
               the
               women
               there
               are
               severall
               found
               ,
               who
               do
               retain
               not
               only
               their
               customary
               purgations
               ,
               but
               even
               their
               fruitfullness
               ,
               above
               the
               age
               of
               fifty
               yeares
               ,
               and
               some
               untill
               that
               of
               sixty
               :
               my
               Brother
               hath
               known
               some
               ,
               who
               being
               above
               three-score
               yeares
               old
               ,
               have
               not
               only
               conceived
               ,
               and
               brought
               forth
               children
               ,
               but
               nursed
               them
               ,
               and
               brought
               them
               up
               with
               their
               own
               milk
               ,
               being
               wonderfull
               rare
               and
               almost
               unheard-of
               in
               other
               Countries
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Ireland
               free
               from
               severall
               Diseases
               .
            
             
               Irelands
               Healthfullness
               doth
               further
               appear
               by
               this
               particular
               ,
               that
               severall
               diseases
               ,
               very
               common
               in
               other
               countries
               ,
               are
               here
               very
               rare
               ,
               and
               partly
               altogether
               unknown
               .
               For
               the
               Scurvy
               ,
               an
               evill
               so
               generall
               in
               all
               other
               Northerly
               countries
               consining
               upon
               the
               Sea
               ,
               is
               untill
               this
               day
               utterly
               unknown
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               So
               is
               the
               Quartan
               Ague
               ,
               the
               which
               is
               ordinary
               in
               England
               ,
               and
               in
               severall
               parts
               of
               it
               doth
               very
               much
               reign
               at
               all
               times
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               Tertian
               Ague
               ,
               it
               was
               heretofore
               as
               litle
               known
               in
               Ireland
               as
               the
               Quartan
               :
               but
               some
               yeares
               since
               ,
               I
               know
               not
               through
               what
               secret
               change
               ,
               it
               hath
               found
               access
               into
               this
               Iland
               ,
               so
               that
               at
               this
               time
               some
               are
               taken
               with
               it
               ,
               but
               nothing
               neer
               so
               ordinarily
               as
               in
               other
               Countries
               .
            
             
               The
               Plague
               ,
               which
               so
               often
               and
               so
               cruelly
               infecteth
               England
               ,
               to
               say
               nothing
               of
               remotes
               countries
               ,
               is
               wonderfull
               rare
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               hardly
               seen
               once
               in
               an
               age
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               The
               immunity
               from
               certain
               Diseases
               consisteth
               in
               the
               Air
               ,
               not
               in
               the
               bodies
               of
               the
               people
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               observable
               concerning
               the
               fore-mentioned
               particular
               ,
               that
               this
               privilege
               ,
               of
               being
               free
               from
               severall
               Diseases
               ,
               doth
               not
               consist
               in
               any
               peculiar
               quality
               of
               the
               bodies
               of
               men
               ,
               but
               proceedeth
               from
               some
               hidden
               property
               of
               the
               Land
               and
               the
               Air
               it self
               .
               This
               is
               made
               manifest
               two
               manner
               of
               wayes
               ,
               first
               ,
               in
               that
               strangers
               comming
               into
               Ireland
               ,
               doe
               partake
               of
               this
               same
               exemption
               ;
               and
               as
               long
               as
               they
               continue
               there
               ,
               are
               as
               free
               of
               those
               evills
               ,
               from
               which
               that
               climat
               is
               exempt
               ,
               as
               the
               Irish
               themselves
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               in
               that
               the
               natives
               ,
               born
               and
               brought
               up
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               comming
               into
               other
               countries
               ,
               are
               found
               to
               be
               subject
               unto
               those
               diseases
               as
               well
               as
               other
               people
               ,
               and
               I
               have
               known
               severall
               of
               them
               ,
               who
               being
               come
               hither
               into
               England
               ,
               have
               fallen
               into
               the
               Quartan
               Ague
               ,
               and
               have
               as
               long
               and
               as
               badly
               been
               troubled
               with
               it
               ,
               as
               ordinarily
               any
               Englishman
               useth
               to
               be
               .
            
             
               And
               credible
               persons
               have
               affirmed
               unto
               me
               the
               same
               of
               Scotland
               ,
               namely
               that
               the
               Quartan
               Ague
               never
               having
               been
               seen
               there
               ,
               the
               Scotchmen
               nevertheless
               in
               other
               countries
               are
               as
               obnoxious
               to
               it
               ,
               as
               people
               of
               any
               other
               Nation
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               The
               most
               part
               of
               all
               kind
               of
               Diseases
               are
               found
               in
               Ireland
               as
               in
               other
               Countries
               .
            
             
               True
               it
               is
               ,
               notwithstanding
               that
               privilege
               of
               being
               exempt
               from
               certain
               evills
               ,
               that
               the
               most
               part
               of
               diseases
               and
               infirmities
               ,
               whereunto
               
               mans
               body
               is
               subject
               in
               othe●
               Countries
               ,
               are
               also
               found
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               as
               wel
               outward
               as
               inward
               ;
               and
               in
               the
               number
               of
               the
               inward
               not
               only
               the
               suddain
               ones
               ,
               and
               those
               that
               in
               a
               few
               dayes
               or
               weeks
               come
               to
               an
               end
               ,
               beeing
               called
               
                 Morbi
                 Acuti
              
               by
               the
               Physicians
               ,
               as
               namely
               Feavers
               ,
               Casting
               of
               blood
               ,
               Apoplexies
               ,
               and
               others
               of
               that
               nature
               ;
               but
               also
               those
               of
               long
               continuance
               ,
               as
               the
               Falling-sickness
               ,
               the
               Pal●ie
               ,
               all
               sorts-of
               Gout
               ,
               Coughs
               ,
               the
               Consumption
               of
               the
               Lungs
               ,
               the
               Stone
               of
               the
               Kidneys
               and
               of
               the
               Bladder
               ,
               the
               Colick
               ,
               the
               laundis
               ,
               the
               Dropsie
               ,
               the
               grief
               of
               the
               Spleen
               ,
               and
               severall
               sorts
               of
               Loosnesses
               ,
               with
               all
               which
               Evills
               it
               is
               here
               as
               in
               other
               Countries
               ,
               some
               of
               them
               being
               very
               common
               here
               ,
               and
               others
               happening
               but
               seldom
               ,
               and
               in
               few
               persons
               :
               the
               more
               particular
               relation
               whereof
               wee
               will
               leave
               for
               the
               books
               of
               Physick
               ,
               and
               for
               those
               Observa●ions
               ,
               which
               perhaps
               my
               Brother
               some
               time
               or
               other
               will
               publish
               ,
               of
               what
               he
               hath
               found
               concerning
               the●e
               matters
               ,
               in
               an
               ample
               and
               flourishing
               practice
               of
               eight
               yeares
               ,
               which
               he
               hath
               lived
               in
               Dublin
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXIIII
             .
             Of
             the
             Diseases
             reigning
             in
             Ireland
             ,
             and
             whereunto
             that
             country
             is
             peculiarly
             subject
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 1.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Irish
               Agues
               .
            
             
               AS
               Ireland
               is
               subject
               to
               most
               diseases
               in
               common
               with
               other
               Countries
               ,
               so
               there
               are
               some
               ,
               whereunto
               it
               is
               peculiarly
               obnoxious
               ,
               being
               at
               
               all
               times
               so
               rife
               there
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               justly
               be
               reputed
               for
               Irelands
               
                 Endemii
                 Morbi
              
               or
               reigning
               Diseases
               ,
               as
               indeed
               they
               are
               generally
               reputed
               for
               such
               .
            
             
               Of
               this
               number
               is
               a
               certain
               sort
               of
               Malignant
               Feavers
               ,
               vulgarly
               in
               Ireland
               called
               Irish
               Agues
               ,
               because
               that
               at
               all
               times
               they
               are
               so
               common
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               as
               well
               among
               the
               Inhabitants
               and
               the
               Natives
               ,
               as
               among
               those
               who
               are
               newly
               come
               thither
               from
               other
               countries
               .
               This
               Feaver
               commonly
               accompanied
               with
               a
               great
               pain
               in
               the
               head
               a●d
               in
               all
               the
               bones
               ,
               great
               weakness
               ,
               drought
               ,
               losse
               of
               all
               manner
               of
               appetite
               ,
               and
               want
               of
               sleep
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               most
               part
               idleness
               or
               raving
               ,
               and
               restlesness
               or
               tossings
               ,
               but
               no
               very
               great
               nor
               constant
               heat
               ,
               is
               hard
               to
               be
               cured
               ,
               for
               those
               that
               understand
               the
               disease
               ,
               and
               seek
               to
               overcome
               it
               ,
               do
               it
               not
               by
               purging
               ,
               which
               cannot
               be
               used
               at
               any
               time
               without
               great
               and
               present
               danger
               ;
               for
               the
               fermentation
               of
               the
               humors
               which
               causeth
               the
               disease
               ,
               is
               hereby
               mightily
               increased
               ,
               and
               the
               patient
               weakned
               ;
               and
               hardly
               with
               bleeding
               ,
               which
               seldom
               is
               used
               with
               success
               otherwise
               than
               in
               the
               very
               beginning
               ;
               but
               with
               strengthning
               medicines
               and
               good
               cordials
               :
               in
               which
               case
               ,
               and
               if
               all
               necessary
               prescriptious
               be
               well
               observed
               ,
               very
               few
               persons
               doe
               lose
               their
               lives
               ;
               except
               when
               some
               extraordinary
               and
               pestilent
               malignity
               commeth
               to
               it
               ,
               as
               it
               befalleth
               in
               some
               yeares
               ,
               with
               so
               great
               violence
               ,
               that
               notwithstanding
               all
               good
               helps
               ,
               some
               are
               thereby
               carried
               to
               their
               graves
               ;
               the
               same
               doth
               ordinarily
               come
               to
               pass
               ,
               that
               it
               proveth
               deadly
               ,
               if
               the
               Sick
               doe
               fall
               into
               unskilfull
               hands
               ,
               or
               neglect
               all
               help
               ,
               or
               do
               not
               observe
               good
               directions
               ;
               in
               which
               cases
               many
               do
               perish
               :
               and
               
               others
               ,
               who
               come
               off
               with
               their
               lives
               through
               robustuousness
               of
               nature
               ,
               or
               hidden
               causes
               ,
               are
               forced
               to
               keep
               their
               beds
               a
               long
               time
               in
               extreme
               weakness
               ,
               being
               a
               great
               while
               before
               they
               can
               r●cover
               their
               perfect
               health
               and
               strength
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 2.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Loosness
               .
            
             
               The
               Loosness
               doth
               also
               greatly
               reign
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               as
               well
               among
               those
               of
               the
               countrie
               as
               among
               the
               Strangers
               ,
               wherfore
               the
               English
               inhabitants
               have
               given
               it
               the
               name
               of
               The
               country-disease
               .
               Many
               are
               a
               great
               while
               troubled
               with
               it
               ,
               and
               yet
               get
               no
               other
               harm
               :
               and
               those
               that
               betimes
               doe
               make
               use
               of
               good
               medicines
               ,
               are
               without
               any
               great
               difficulty
               cured
               of
               it
               .
               But
               they
               that
               let
               the
               Loosness
               take
               its
               course
               ,
               do
               commonly
               after
               some
               dayes
               get
               the
               bleeding
               with
               it
               ,
               whereby
               the
               disease
               doth
               not
               only
               grow
               much
               more
               troublesome
               and
               painfull
               ,
               but
               a
               great
               deal
               harde●
               to
               be
               cured
               ;
               &
               at
               last
               it
               useth
               to
               turn
               to
               the
               Bloody
               flux
               ,
               the
               which
               in
               some
               persons
               ,
               having
               lasted
               a
               great
               while
               ,
               leaveth
               them
               of
               it self
               ;
               but
               in
               farre
               the
               greatest
               number
               is
               very
               dangerous
               ,
               and
               killeth
               the
               most
               part
               of
               the
               sick
               ,
               except
               they
               be
               carefully
               assisted
               with
               good
               remedies
               .
            
             
               That
               this
               disease
               ,
               as
               also
               the
               other
               ,
               viz.
               the
               Malignant
               Feavers
               ,
               are
               so
               rife
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               doth
               partly
               come
               through
               the
               peculiar
               disposition
               and
               excessive
               wetness
               of
               the
               Air
               ;
               but
               partly
               also
               through
               the
               errours
               which
               people
               do
               commit
               in
               eating
               and
               drinking
               ,
               and
               other
               particulars
               :
               as
               manifestly
               doth
               appear
               by
               that
               a
               very
               great
               number
               ,
               not
               only
               of
               the
               Natives
               ,
               but
               also
               of
               the
               Strangers
               comming
               thi●
               her
               ,
               who
               t●ke
               carefull
               heed
               to
               themselves
               in
               abstaining
               from
               hurtfull
               things
               ,
               never
               are
               
               troubled
               with
               either
               of
               these
               infirmities
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 3.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Rickets
               .
            
             
               Among
               the
               reigning
               diseases
               of
               Ireland
               the
               Rickets
               also
               may
               with
               good
               reason
               be
               reckoned
               ,
               a
               disease
               peculiar
               to
               young
               children
               ,
               and
               so
               well
               known
               to
               every
               body
               in
               England
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               needless
               to
               give
               any
               description
               of
               it
               ;
               and
               yet
               to
               this
               day
               never
               any
               Physician
               ,
               either
               English
               or
               of
               any
               other
               nation
               ,
               made
               any
               the
               least
               mention
               of
               it
               ,
               no
               not
               in
               those
               works
               which
               are
               expresly
               written
               of
               all
               manner
               of
               diseases
               and
               accidents
               of
               litle
               children
               .
            
             
               In
               Ireland
               this
               disease
               is
               wonderfull
               rife
               now
               ,
               but
               it
               hath
               nothing
               neer
               been
               so
               long
               known
               there
               as
               in
               England
               ,
               either
               through
               th●
               unski●fullness
               or
               neglect
               of
               the
               Physicians
               (
               the
               most
               part
               wherof
               in
               both
               kingdomes
               to
               this
               day
               are
               ignorant
               not
               onely
               of
               the
               manner
               how
               to
               cure
               it
               ,
               but
               even
               of
               the
               nature
               and
               property
               thereof
               )
               or
               that
               really
               it
               is
               new
               there
               ,
               and
               never
               before
               having
               been
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               hath
               got
               footing
               in
               it
               only
               within
               these
               few
               yeares
               ,
               through
               some
               strange
               revolution
               or
               constellation
               ,
               or
               Gods
               immediat
               sending
               :
               which
               kind
               of
               changes
               severall
               times
               have
               befaln
               in
               divers
               Countries
               ,
               and
               in
               Ireland
               it self
               wee
               have
               alreadie
               shewed
               some
               such
               matter
               in
               another
               sickness
               ,
               namely
               the
               Tertian-Ague
               .
            
             
               This
               evill
               being
               altogether
               incurable
               ,
               when
               it
               is
               gon
               too
               farre
               ,
               is
               hard
               enough
               to
               be
               cured
               even
               in
               the
               beginning
               ,
               except
               it
               be
               very
               carefully
               looked
               unto
               ,
               and
               use
               made
               of
               the
               best
               remedies
               ;
               nevertheless
               this
               grief
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               mo●●
               others
               ,
               hath
               its
               peculiar
               medicines
               ,
               the
               which
               being
               
               applied
               betimes
               ,
               and
               with
               convenient
               care
               ,
               do
               with
               Gods
               blessing
               for
               the
               most
               part
               produce
               the
               effect
               desired
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 4.
              
               
               Of
               the
               Lepros●e
            
             
               The
               Rickets
               are
               of
               late
               very
               rife
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               where
               few
               yeares
               agoe
               unknown
               ;
               so
               on
               the
               contra●y
               it
               hath
               been
               almost
               quite
               freed
               from
               another
               disease
               ,
               one
               of
               the
               very
               worst
               &
               miserablest
               in
               the
               world
               ,
               namely
               the
               Leprosie
               ,
               which
               in
               former
               times
               used
               to
               bee
               very
               common
               there
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               Province
               of
               Munster
               ;
               the
               which
               therefore
               was
               filled
               with
               Hospitals
               ,
               expresly
               built
               for
               to
               receive
               &
               keep
               the
               Leprous
               persons
               .
               But
               many
               yeares
               since
               Ireland
               hath
               been
               almost
               quite
               freed
               from
               this
               horrible
               and
               loathsome
               disease
               ,
               and
               as
               few
               Leprous
               persons
               are
               now
               found
               there
               ,
               as
               in
               any
               other
               Countrie
               in
               the
               world
               ;
               so
               that
               be
               Hospitals
               erected
               for
               their
               use
               ,
               having
               stood
               empty
               a
               long
               time
               ,
               at
               length
               are
               quite
               decayed
               &
               come
               to
               nothing
               .
               The
               cause
               of
               th●s
               change
               is
               not
               so
               obscure
               nor
               unknown
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               in
               most
               other
               changes
               of
               that
               nature
               .
               For
               that
               this
               sickness
               was
               so
               generall
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               did
               not
               come
               by
               any
               peculiar
               defect
               in
               the
               Land
               or
               in
               the
               Air
               ,
               but
               meerly
               through
               the
               fault
               &
               foul
               gluttony
               of
               the
               inhabitants
               ,
               in
               the
               excessive
               d●vouring
               of
               unwholesome
               Salmons
               .
               The
               common
               report
               in
               Ireland
               is
               ,
               that
               boiled
               Salmons
               eaten
               hot
               out
               of
               the
               Kettle
               in
               great
               quantity
               ,
               bring
               this
               disease
               ,
               and
               used
               to
               be
               the
               cause
               why
               it
               was
               so
               common
               :
               and
               some
               famous
               Authors
               have
               not
               stuck
               to
               relate
               as
               much
               for
               a
               truth
               .
               But
               that
               is
               a
               fable
               ,
               and
               Salm●ns
               have
               not
               that
               evill
               quality
               ,
               which
               way
               soever
               they
               be
               eaten
               and
               prepared
               ,
               but
               when
               they
               are
               out
               of
               season
               ▪
               
               which
               is
               in
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               the
               year
               ,
               after
               they
               have
               cast
               their
               spawn
               :
               upon
               which
               they
               doe
               not
               onely
               grow
               very
               weak
               and
               flaggie
               ,
               but
               so
               unwholesome
               ,
               that
               over
               their
               whole
               body
               they
               break
               out
               in
               very
               filthy
               spots
               ,
               just
               like
               a
               scalled
               mans
               head
               ,
               so
               as
               it
               would
               loath
               any
               man
               to
               see
               them
               ;
               nevertheless
               the
               Irish
               ,
               a
               nation
               extremely
               barbarous
               in
               all
               the
               parts
               of
               their
               life
               ,
               did
               use
               to
               take
               them
               in
               that
               very
               season
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               at
               any
               other
               time
               of
               the
               year
               ,
               and
               to
               eat
               them
               in
               very
               great
               abundance
               ,
               as
               easily
               they
               might
               ,
               every
               river
               and
               rivelet
               in
               most
               parts
               being
               very
               full
               of
               them
               ,
               and
               by
               that
               meanes
               that
               horrible
               disease
               came
               to
               be
               so
               common
               amongst
               them
               .
               But
               the
               English
               having
               once
               gotten
               the
               command
               of
               the
               whole
               Countrie
               into
               ●heir
               hands
               ,
               made
               very
               severe
               laws
               against
               the
               taking
               of
               Salmons
               in
               that
               unwholesome
               season
               ,
               and
               saw
               them
               carefully
               observed
               ;
               whereby
               hindering
               those
               barbarians
               against
               their
               will
               to
               feed
               on
               that
               poysonous
               meat
               ,
               they
               were
               the
               cause
               that
               that
               woefull
               sickness
               ,
               which
               used
               so
               mightily
               to
               reign
               amongst
               them
               ,
               hath
               in
               time
               been
               almost
               quite
               abolished
               :
               which
               great
               benefit
               ,
               with
               so
               many
               others
               ,
               that
               hatefull
               people
               hath
               rewarded
               with
               seeking
               utterly
               to
               exterminate
               their
               benefactors
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Sect.
                 5.
              
               
               Of
               the
               League●-Sicknesses
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               English
               A●mies
               ,
               which
               since
               this
               bloody
               Rebellion
               went
               ov●r
               into
               Ireland
               to
               fight
               against
               that
               murdering
               Nation
               ,
               were
               not
               only
               the
               Loosness
               and
               the
               Malignant
               Feaver
               ,
               whereof
               wee
               have
               spoke
               above
               as
               of
               Irelands
               reigning
               diseases
               ,
               very
               common
               ,
               but
               there-besides
               severall
               other
               infirmities
               ,
               viz.
               violent
               Coughs
               and
               of
               lo●g
               continuance
               ,
               
               Stopping
               of
               the
               Breath
               ,
               called
               in
               latin
               Dispnoea
               ,
               Lameness
               of
               the
               thighs
               or
               Sciatica
               ,
               painfull
               Stranguries
               ,
               all
               which
               griefes
               seized
               on
               so
               many
               persons
               ,
               that
               they
               might
               well
               have
               been
               taken
               for
               sicknesses
               reigning
               in
               that
               land
               ;
               as
               I
               have
               many
               times
               understood
               of
               my
               Brother
               ,
               who
               at
               that
               time
               not
               only
               dwelling
               and
               practising
               at
               Dublin
               ,
               but
               being
               Physician
               generall
               of
               the
               English
               Forces
               ,
               had
               but
               too
               much
               occasion
               to
               know
               that
               perfectly
               .
            
             
               But
               withall
               he
               hath
               assured
               me
               ,
               that
               those
               diseases
               had
               their
               originall
               not
               from
               any
               defect
               of
               the
               climate
               ,
               but
               of
               the
               cold
               ,
               &
               other
               hardship
               ,
               which
               the
               soldiers
               suffered
               in
               their
               marches
               ;
               for
               they
               many
               times
               going
               to
               the
               fields
               in
               cold
               and
               foul
               weather
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               marching
               whole
               dayes
               long
               ,
               yea
               severall
               dayes
               together
               ,
               in
               very
               dirty
               and
               wet
               wayes
               ,
               where
               their
               feet
               and
               legs
               were
               continually
               cold
               and
               wet
               ,
               besides
               that
               they
               were
               sometimes
               constrained
               to
               pass
               through
               the
               water
               up
               as
               high
               as
               the
               knees
               and
               waste
               ,
               and
               after
               all
               that
               hardship
               endured
               in
               the
               day-time
               ,
               to
               lye
               in
               the
               night
               upon
               the
               wet
               ground
               in
               the
               open
               air
               ,
               this
               caused
               the
               aforenamed
               diseases
               ,
               and
               severall
               others
               amongst
               them
               ,
               in
               so
               great
               number
               ,
               it
               being
               to
               be
               wondred
               at
               ,
               that
               many
               more
               did
               not
               fall
               into
               them
               .
               And
               without
               doubt
               in
               any
               other
               countrie
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               where
               all
               the
               same
               causes
               did
               concurre
               ,
               and
               where
               an
               Armie
               indured
               the
               like
               hard-ship
               ,
               the
               same
               effects
               ,
               if
               not
               worse
               ,
               would
               follow
               :
               so
               that
               in
               this
               behalf
               the
               Land
               it self
               i●
               not
               at
               all
               to
               be
               blamed
               .
            
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           A
           Table
           of
           the
           principal
           Heads
           contained
           in
           this
           Book
           .
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               I.
               
            
             Of
             the
             situation
             ,
             shape
             ,
             and
             greatness
             of
             Ireland
             :
             its
             division
             into
             Provinces
             and
             Counties
             :
             of
             the
             English
             Pale
             :
             The
             principall
             Townes
             of
             that
             Nation
             .
             pag.
             1.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               II.
               
            
             Of
             the
             principall
             Havens
             of
             Ireland
             .
             pag.
             10.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               III.
               
            
             Of
             the
             lesser
             Havens
             ,
             and
             the
             barred
             Havens
             of
             Ireland
             ,
             also
             of
             the
             Roads
             and
             Anchor-places
             upon
             the
             Coast
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             little
             Ilands
             near
             the
             coast
             .
             p.
             24.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               IV.
               
            
             Quality
             and
             fashion
             of
             the
             Irish
             Coast
             or
             Shoares
             ;
             Item
             ,
             a
             brief
             description
             of
             the
             
             principall
             Promontories
             or
             Heads
             of
             Ireland
             p.
             35.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               V.
               
            
             Of
             the
             Sands
             or
             Grounds
             ,
             Blind-Rocks
             ,
             and
             other
             Rocks
             in
             the
             Irish
             Sea.
             p.
             40.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               VI.
               
            
             Of
             the
             Nature
             of
             the
             Irish
             Sea
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Tides
             which
             goe
             in
             the
             same
             .
             p.
             48.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               VII
               .
            
             Of
             the
             Springs
             and
             Fountaines
             ;
             Item
             of
             the
             Brooks
             and
             Rivelets
             of
             Ireland
             .
             p.
             54.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               VIII
               .
            
             Of
             the
             Rivers
             of
             Ireland
             .
             p.
             61.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               IX
               .
            
             Of
             the
             Lakes
             or
             Loughs
             in
             Ireland
             .
             p.
             71.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               X.
               
            
             Of
             the
             nature
             and
             condition
             of
             the
             Land
             ,
             both
             for
             the
             outward
             shape
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             internall
             qualities
             and
             fruitfulness
             .
             p.
             78.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XI
               .
            
             Of
             the
             severall
             manners
             of
             manuring
             and
             inriching
             the
             ground
             practised
             in
             Ireland
             .
             p.
             91.
             
          
           
             
             
               CHAP.
               XII
               .
            
             Of
             the
             Marle
             in
             Ireland
             ,
             and
             the
             manner
             of
             Marling
             the
             land
             there
             .
             p.
             100.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIII
               .
            
             Of
             the
             Heaths
             ,
             Moores
             ,
             or
             Bogs
             in
             Ireland
             .
             p.
             105.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIV
               .
            
             Originall
             of
             the
             Bogs
             in
             Ireland
             ,
             and
             the
             manner
             of
             Dra●ning
             them
             ,
             practiced
             there
             by
             the
             English
             Inhabitants
             .
             p.
             112.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XV.
               
            
             Of
             the
             Woods
             in
             Ireland
             .
             p.
             118.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVI
               .
            
             Of
             the
             Mines
             in
             Ireland
             ,
             and
             in
             partic●lar
             of
             the
             Iron-Mines
             .
             p.
             123.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVII
               .
            
             Of
             the
             Iron-works
             ,
             their
             fashion
             ,
             charges
             of
             erecting
             and
             maintaining
             them
             ,
             and
             profit
             comming
             of
             them
             :
             with
             an
             exact
             description
             of
             the
             manner
             of
             melting
             the
             Iron
             in
             them
             .
             p.
             131.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVIII
               .
            
             Of
             the
             Mines
             of
             Silver
             and
             Lead
             in
             Ireland
             :
             and
             occasionally
             of
             the
             pestiferous
             
             Damps
             and
             Vapours
             within
             the
             Earth
             .
             pag.
             p.
             141.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIX
               .
            
             Of
             the
             Free-stone
             ,
             Marble
             ,
             Flint
             ,
             Slate
             ,
             and
             Sea-coles
             which
             are
             found
             in
             Ireland
             .
             pag.
             148.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XX.
               
            
             Of
             the
             Turf
             ,
             Lime
             ,
             and
             Brick
             ,
             and
             the
             manner
             of
             making
             those
             things
             in
             Ireland
             ;
             item
             of
             the
             Glass
             made
             in
             Ireland
             .
             p.
             154
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXI
               .
            
             Of
             the
             temperature
             and
             qualities
             of
             the
             Air
             ,
             and
             Seasons
             in
             Ireland
             ,
             as
             for
             Heat
             ,
             Cold
             ,
             and
             Moysture
             .
             p.
             163.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXII
               .
            
             Of
             the
             Dew
             ,
             Mist
             ,
             Snow
             ,
             Hail
             ,
             Hoar-frost
             ,
             Thunder
             and
             Ligthning
             ,
             Earthquake
             and
             Wind.
             p.
             169.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXIII
               .
            
             Of
             the
             hea●thfulness
             of
             Ireland
             ,
             and
             what
             sicknesses
             it
             is
             free
             from
             ,
             and
             subject
             unto
             .
             p.
             177.
             
          
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXIV
               .
            
             Of
             the
             Diseases
             reigning
             in
             Ireland
             ,
             and
             whereunto
             that
             Country
             is
             perculiarly
             subject
             .
             p
             .
             180.
             
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           Errata
           .
        
         
           Pag.
           5.
           l.
           6.
           r.
           coas●
           .
           p.
           12.
           l.
           1.
           r.
           miles
           .
           l.
           3.
           r.
           breadth
           .
           p.
           31
           ▪
           l.
           9.
           r.
           
             is
             the.
          
           p.
           99.
           l.
           11.
           
             dele
             s●
          
           .
           p.
           128.
           l.
           11.
           r.
           
             of
             this
          
           .
           p.
           137.
           l.
           8.
           r.
           
             white
             mine
          
           .
        
      
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A28496-e160
           
             Rom.
             1.20
             
          
           
             Act.
             14
             .
             1●
             
          
           
             Act.
             17.27
             
          
           
             1
             Cor.
             15.46
             .
          
           
             1
             Cor.
             1.
             &c.
             
          
           
             Isa.
             11.9
             .
             He●●
             8.11
             .
          
           
             Isa.
             40
             5.